Multi Tech Systems 92U07A31817 GSM/GPRS Modem Module User Manual

Multi Tech Systems Inc GSM/GPRS Modem Module

User Manual

    Wireless GSM/GPRS  Modems  MultiModem GPRS (MTCBA-G) ModemModule GPRS (MTMMC-G) SocketModem GPRS (MTSMC-G)     AT Commands Fax Commands V.24 and V.25 Commands SIM Application Toolkit Commands   Reference Guide
Copyright and Technical Support  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 2 AT Commands for Wireless GSM/GPRS Modems Reference Guide  Products: MTCBA-G-xx, MTMMC-G-xx, and MTSMC-G-xx   PN S000293E,  Revision E  Copyright This publication may not be reproduced, in whole or in part, without prior expressed written permission from Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. Copyright © 2003-2005, by Multi-Tech Systems, Inc.   Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. makes no representations or warranties with respect to the contents hereof and specifically disclaims any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose. Furthermore, Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes from time to time in the content hereof without obligation of Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. to notify any person or organization of such revisions or changes. Revisions Revision Level  Date  Description  A 07/15/03 Initial release.  B  03/08/04 Added Values to each command. Added new commands.   C  09/28/04  Changed data/fax call to ATD<nb>; and voice call to ATD<nb>        Changed Autobauding is supported (operating from 2400 to 115200)   D  08/04/05  Added “Length of Phone Numbers” section to Chapter 3. Changed maximum length of phone numbers to 60 digits. Added <mode> to +CMGF values. Added new command, +CMMS. Removed values 2 and 4 from \N.  Increased I/O ports to ten in the index value of +WIOR and +WIOW. Added more text to +WRIM. Removed one note from +CGCONT.       Changed the font size from 10 point to 9 point; this brought the manual under 200 pages.     E  01/23/06 Added and  to products listed on the cover.     Trademarks MultiModem, SocketModem, and the Multi-Tech logo are registered trademarks of Multi-Tech Systems, Inc.  ModemModule is a trademark of Multi-Tech Systems, Inc.   World Headquarters Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. 2205 Woodale Drive Mounds View, Minnesota 55112 Phone:  763-785-3500 or 800-328-9717 Fax:  763-785-9874  Technical Support  Country  By Email  By Phone France:  support@multitech.fr  (33) 1-64 61 09 81 India:   support@multitechindia.com  91 (124) 6340778 U.K.: support@multitech.co.uk  (44) 118 959 7774 U.S. and Canada:   support@multitech.com (800) 972-2439 Rest of the World:   support@multitech.com (763) 717-5863 Internet Address:   http://www.multitech.com
Table of Contents  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 3 Contents  Chapter 1 – Introduction................................................................................................................................................9 Scope of This Document ............................................................................................................................................9 Related Documents....................................................................................................................................................9 Definitions ..................................................................................................................................................................9 Chapter 2 – AT Command Features ...........................................................................................................................10 Line Settings ............................................................................................................................................................10 Command Line.........................................................................................................................................................10 Information Responses and Result Codes ...............................................................................................................10 Chapter 3 – General Behaviors...................................................................................................................................11 SIM Card Insertion and Removal Procedures ..........................................................................................................11 Background Initialization ..........................................................................................................................................11 About the Length of Phone Numbers .......................................................................................................................11 Chapter 4 – General AT Commands ...........................................................................................................................12 Manufacturer Identification   +CGMI.........................................................................................................................12 Request Model Identification   +CGMM....................................................................................................................12 Request Revision Identification   +CGMR ................................................................................................................12 Product Serial Number   +CGSN..............................................................................................................................12 Select TE Character Set   +CSCS............................................................................................................................13 Phonebook Character Set   +WPCS ........................................................................................................................13 Request IMSI   +CIMI...............................................................................................................................................13 Card Identification   +CCID.......................................................................................................................................14 Capabilities List   +GCAP.........................................................................................................................................14 Repeat Last Command  A/ .......................................................................................................................................14 Power Off  +CPOF ...................................................................................................................................................14 Set Phone Functionality   +CFUN ............................................................................................................................15 Phone Activity Status   +CPAS.................................................................................................................................15 Report Mobile Equipment Errors   +CMEE...............................................................................................................15 Keypad Control   +CKPD .........................................................................................................................................16 Clock Management   +CCLK....................................................................................................................................16 Alarm Management   +CALA....................................................................................................................................16 Chapter 5 – AT Call Control Commands....................................................................................................................17 Dial Command   D....................................................................................................................................................17 Hang-Up command   H.............................................................................................................................................18 Answer a Call   A......................................................................................................................................................18 Remote Disconnection .............................................................................................................................................18 Extended Error Report   +CEER ..............................................................................................................................19 DTMF Signals   +VTD, +VTS ...................................................................................................................................19 Redial Last Telephone Number   DL ........................................................................................................................19 Automatic Dialing with DTR   %D.............................................................................................................................20 Automatic Answer   S0.............................................................................................................................................20 Incoming Call Bearer   +CICB ..................................................................................................................................20 Single Numbering Scheme   +CSNS........................................................................................................................21 Gain Control   +VGR, +VGT.....................................................................................................................................21 Microphone Mute Control   +CMUT..........................................................................................................................22 Speaker & Microphone Selection   +SPEAKER .......................................................................................................22 Echo Cancellation   +ECHO .....................................................................................................................................23 SideTone Modification   +SIDET ..............................................................................................................................24 Initialize Voice Parameters   +VIP ............................................................................................................................25
Table of Contents  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 4 Chapter 6 – Network Service Commands ..................................................................................................................26 Signal Quality  +CSQ ...............................................................................................................................................26 Operator Selection   +COPS ....................................................................................................................................26 Network Registration   +CREG.................................................................................................................................28 Read Operator Name  +WOPN................................................................................................................................28 Selection of Preferred PLMN List   +CPLS...............................................................................................................29 Preferred Operator List   +CPOL..............................................................................................................................29 Read Operator Name   +COPN................................................................................................................................31 Chapter 7 – Security Commands................................................................................................................................32 Enter PIN   +CPIN ....................................................................................................................................................32 Enter PIN2   +CPIN2 ................................................................................................................................................34 PIN Remaining Attempt Number   +CPINC..............................................................................................................34 Facility Lock   +CLCK...............................................................................................................................................35 Change Password   +CPWD ....................................................................................................................................36 Chapter 8 – Phonebook Commands ..........................................................................................................................37 Select Phonebook Memory Storage  +CPBS...........................................................................................................37 Read Phonebook Entries   +CPBR ..........................................................................................................................37 Find Phonebook Entries   +CPBF ............................................................................................................................38 Write Phonebook Entry   +CPBW.............................................................................................................................39 Phonebook Phone Search   +CPBP.........................................................................................................................40 Move Action in Phonebook   +CPBN........................................................................................................................40 Subscriber Number   +CNUM...................................................................................................................................41 Avoid Phonebook Initialization   +WAIP ...................................................................................................................42 Delete Calls Phonebook   +WDCP...........................................................................................................................42 Set Voice Mail Number  +CSVM ..............................................................................................................................42 Chapter 9 – Short Messages .......................................................................................................................................43 Parameters Definition...............................................................................................................................................43 Select Message Service  +CSMS ............................................................................................................................44 New Message Acknowledgement   +CNMA.............................................................................................................44 Preferred Message Storage   +CPMS......................................................................................................................45 Preferred Message Format   +CMGF.......................................................................................................................46 Save Settings   +CSAS ............................................................................................................................................46 Restore Settings   +CRES........................................................................................................................................46 Show Text Mode Parameters  +CSDH.....................................................................................................................47 New Message Indication   +CNMI ............................................................................................................................48 Read Message   +CMGR .........................................................................................................................................49 List Message   +CMGL.............................................................................................................................................50 Send Message   +CMGS .........................................................................................................................................51 Write Message to Memory   +CMGW.......................................................................................................................51 Send Message from Storage   +CMSS ....................................................................................................................52 Set Text Mode Parameters  +CSMP ........................................................................................................................52 Delete Message   +CMGD .......................................................................................................................................53 Service Center Address   +CSCA ............................................................................................................................53 Select Cell Broadcast Message Types   +CSCB......................................................................................................54 Cell Broadcast Message Identifiers   +WCBM..........................................................................................................54 Message Status Modification   +WMSC ...................................................................................................................55 Message Overwriting   +WMGO...............................................................................................................................55 Unchange SMS Status   +WUSS .............................................................................................................................56 More Messages to Send   +CMMS ..........................................................................................................................56 Chapter 10 – Supplementary Services Commands ..................................................................................................57 Call Forwarding  +CCFC ..........................................................................................................................................57
Table of Contents  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 5 Call Barring   +CLCK................................................................................................................................................58 Modify SS Password   +CPWD ................................................................................................................................58 Call Waiting   +CCWA ..............................................................................................................................................59 Calling Line Identification Restriction   +CLIR ..........................................................................................................59 Calling Line Identification Presentation   +CLIP .......................................................................................................60 Connected Line Identification Presentation   +COLP ...............................................................................................60 Advice of Charge   +CAOC ......................................................................................................................................61 Accumulated Call Meter   +CACM............................................................................................................................61 Accumulated Call Meter Maximum   +CAMM...........................................................................................................62 Price Per Unit and Currency Table   +CPUC............................................................................................................62 Call Related Supplementary Services   +CHLD .......................................................................................................62 List Current Calls   +CLCC.......................................................................................................................................63 Supplementary Service Notifications   +CSSN.........................................................................................................64 Unstructured Supplementary Service Data   +CUSD ...............................................................................................65 Closed User Group  +CCUG ....................................................................................................................................65 Chapter 11 – Data Commands ....................................................................................................................................66 Using AT Commands During a Data Connection .....................................................................................................66 Bearer Type Selection   +CBST ...............................................................................................................................67 Select Mode   +FCLASS ..........................................................................................................................................68 Service Reporting Control  +CR ...............................................................................................................................68 Cellular Result Codes   +CRC..................................................................................................................................69 DTE-DCE Local Rate Reporting   +ILRR..................................................................................................................69 Radio Link Protocol Parameters   +CRLP ................................................................................................................70 Other Radio Link Parameters  +DOPT.....................................................................................................................70 Select Data Compression  %C.................................................................................................................................70 V42bis Data Compression   +DS..............................................................................................................................71 V42bis Data Compression Report   +DR..................................................................................................................71 Select Data Error Correcting Mode   \N....................................................................................................................72 Chapter 12 – Fax Commands......................................................................................................................................73 Transmit Speed   +FTM............................................................................................................................................73 Receive Speed   +FRM ............................................................................................................................................73 HDLC Transmit Speed   +FTH .................................................................................................................................73 HDLC Receive Speed   +FRH..................................................................................................................................74 Stop Transmission and Wait   +FTS.........................................................................................................................74 Receive Silence   +FRS ...........................................................................................................................................74 Setting Up the PC Fax Application: ..........................................................................................................................74 Chapter 13 – Fax Class 2 Commands ........................................................................................................................75 Transmit Data   +FDT...............................................................................................................................................75 Receive Data  +FDR ................................................................................................................................................75 Transmit Page Punctuation  +FET ...........................................................................................................................75 Page Transfer Status Parameters  +FPTS...............................................................................................................75 Terminate Session   +FK..........................................................................................................................................76 Page Transfer Bit Order   +FBOR ............................................................................................................................76 Buffer Size Report   +FBUF......................................................................................................................................76 Copy Quality Checking  +FCQ .................................................................................................................................76 Capability to Receive  +FCR ....................................................................................................................................76 Current Sessions Parameters  +FDIS ......................................................................................................................77 DCE Capabilities Parameters   +FDCC....................................................................................................................78 Local ID String   +FLID.............................................................................................................................................78 Page Transfer Timeout Parameter  +FPHCTO ........................................................................................................78 Fax Class 2 Indication Messages.............................................................................................................................79
Table of Contents  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 6 Chapter 14 – V.24 and V.25 Commands .....................................................................................................................80 Fixed DTE Rate   +IPR.............................................................................................................................................80 DTE-DCE Character Framing   +ICF........................................................................................................................81 DTE-DCE Local Flow Control   +IFC........................................................................................................................82 Set DCD Signal   &C ................................................................................................................................................82 Set DTR Signal   &D.................................................................................................................................................82 Set DSR Signal   &S.................................................................................................................................................83 Back to Online Mode  O ...........................................................................................................................................83 Result Code Suppression   Q...................................................................................................................................83 DCE Response Format   V.......................................................................................................................................83 Default Configuration   Z ..........................................................................................................................................83 Save Configuration  &W ...........................................................................................................................................84 Auto-Tests   &T ........................................................................................................................................................84 Echo   E....................................................................................................................................................................84 Restore Factory Settings   &F ..................................................................................................................................84 Display Configuration   &V .......................................................................................................................................85 Request Identification Information   I ........................................................................................................................85 Multiplexing Mode  +WMUX .....................................................................................................................................86 Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands ........................................................................................................................87 Cell Environment Description   +CCED....................................................................................................................87 General Indications   +WIND....................................................................................................................................89 Analog Digital Converter Measurements  +ADC ......................................................................................................90 Mobile Equipment Event Reporting   +CMER ..........................................................................................................91 Indicator Control +CIND ...........................................................................................................................................92 Mobile Equipment Control Mode  +CMEC................................................................................................................93 Read Language Preference   +WLPR......................................................................................................................93 Write Language Preference   +WLPW .....................................................................................................................94 Read GPIO Value  +WIOR.......................................................................................................................................94 Write GPIO Value   +WIOW .....................................................................................................................................94 Input/Output Management   +WIOM ........................................................................................................................95 Abort Command   +WAC..........................................................................................................................................95 Play Tone   +WTONE...............................................................................................................................................96 Play DTMF Tone   +WDTMF....................................................................................................................................97 Downloading   +WDWL ............................................................................................................................................97 Voice Rate   +WVR ..................................................................................................................................................98 Data Rate   +WDR ...................................................................................................................................................98 Select Voice Gain   +WSVG.....................................................................................................................................99 Status Request   +WSTR .........................................................................................................................................99 Scan   +WSCAN.......................................................................................................................................................99 Ring Indicator Mode   +WRIM ................................................................................................................................100 32kHz Power Down Mode   +W32K .......................................................................................................................101 Change Default Melody   +WCDM .........................................................................................................................101 Custom Character Set   +WCCS............................................................................................................................102 Lock   +WLCK ........................................................................................................................................................103 CPHS Command   +CPHS.....................................................................................................................................104 Unsolicited Result: Voice Mail Indicator   +WVMI...................................................................................................106 Unsolicited Result: Diverted Call Indicator   +WDCI...............................................................................................106 Network Operator Name   +WNON ........................................................................................................................107 CPHS Information   +WCPI....................................................................................................................................107 Customer Service Profile  +WCSP.........................................................................................................................108 Customer Storage Mirror   +WMIR.........................................................................................................................108
Table of Contents  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 7 Change Default Player  +WCDP ............................................................................................................................108 CPHS Mail Box Number   +WMBN ........................................................................................................................109 Alternate Line Service   +WALS.............................................................................................................................110 Open AT Control Command   +WOPEN ................................................................................................................110 Reset   +WRST ......................................................................................................................................................111 Set Standard Tone   +WSST..................................................................................................................................112 Hang-up   +WATH..................................................................................................................................................112 Chapter 16 – SIM ToolKit...........................................................................................................................................113 Overview of SIM Application ToolKit ......................................................................................................................113 Messages Exchanged During a SIM ToolKit Operation .........................................................................................114 SIM Toolkit Commands ..........................................................................................................................................115 SIM ToolKit Set Facilities   +STSF .........................................................................................................................115 SIM ToolKit Indication   +STIN ...............................................................................................................................117 SIM ToolKit Get Information   +STGI......................................................................................................................118 Unsolicited Result: SIM ToolKit Control Response   +STCR..................................................................................121 SIM ToolKit Give Response   +STGR ....................................................................................................................121 Chapter 17 – GPRS commands ................................................................................................................................124 Define PDP Context   +CGDCONT ........................................................................................................................124 Quality of Service Profile Requested  +CGQREQ..................................................................................................126 Quality of Service Profile Minimum Acceptable   +CGQMIN ..................................................................................128 GPRS Attach or Detach   +CGATT ........................................................................................................................129 PDP Context Activate or Deactivate   +CGACT .....................................................................................................130 Enter Data State   +CGDATA.................................................................................................................................131 GPRS Mobile Station Class   +CGCLASS .............................................................................................................132 Select Service for MO SMS Messages   +CGSMS ................................................................................................133 GPRS Event Reporting   +CGEREP ......................................................................................................................134 GPRS Network Registration Status   +CGREG......................................................................................................135 Request GPRS IP Service   D................................................................................................................................135 Network Requested PDP Context Activation..........................................................................................................136 Automatic Response to a Network Request for PDP Context Activation   +CGAUTO ...........................................137 Manual Response to a Network Request for PDP Context Activation   +CGANS..................................................138 Show PDP Address   +CGPADDR.........................................................................................................................139 Cellular Result Codes   +CRC................................................................................................................................139 Service Reporting Control   +CR ............................................................................................................................140 Extended Error Report   +CEER ............................................................................................................................140 GPRS Parameters Customization   +WGPRS .......................................................................................................141 Full GPRS AT Command Examples.......................................................................................................................142 GPRS-Related Errors   +CME ERROR..................................................................................................................143 Specific GPRS Failure Cause for +CEER ..............................................................................................................143 Chapter 18 – Other AT Commands...........................................................................................................................144 V.25ter Recommendation.......................................................................................................................................144 GSM 07.05 Recommendation ................................................................................................................................144 GSM  07.07 Recommendation ...............................................................................................................................144 Appendix A – Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables ...................................................................................145 ME Error Result Code:   +CME ERROR: <error>...................................................................................................145 Message Service Failure Result Code  +CMS ERROR: <er>................................................................................146 Specific Error Result Codes ...................................................................................................................................146 Failure Cause from GSM 04.08 Recommendation  +CEER...................................................................................147 Specific Failure Cause for +CEER .........................................................................................................................148 GSM 04.11 Annex E-2:  Mobile  Originating SM-Transfer......................................................................................148 Unsolicited Result Codes .......................................................................................................................................149
Table of Contents  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 8 Final Result Codes .................................................................................................................................................149 Intermediate Result Codes.....................................................................................................................................149 Parameter Storage Mode .......................................................................................................................................150 GSM Sequences List..............................................................................................................................................152 Operator Names.....................................................................................................................................................154 Appendix B – Data  Commands  & Multiplexing, CPHS Information Field, and CSP Constants ........................162 Data Commands and Multiplexing..........................................................................................................................162 CPHS Information Field..........................................................................................................................................163 CSP Constants.......................................................................................................................................................164 Appendix C - AT Command Examples.....................................................................................................................166 Examples ...............................................................................................................................................................166 Appendix D - ME SIM ToolKit Support .....................................................................................................................170 Appendix E – Structure of the Terminal Profile.......................................................................................................171 Appendix F – Command Type  and Next Action Indicator .....................................................................................173 Appendix G – Coding of Alpha fields in the SIM for UCS2.....................................................................................174 Appendix H – Specification of Power Down Control via RS232 ............................................................................175 Appendix I – Conditions for Command Execution and SIM Dependence.............................................................176 General Commands ...............................................................................................................................................176 Call Control Commands .........................................................................................................................................176 Network Service Commands..................................................................................................................................176 Security Commands ...............................................................................................................................................177 Phonebook Commands..........................................................................................................................................177 Short Messages Commands ..................................................................................................................................177 Supplementary Services Commands .....................................................................................................................177 Data Commands ....................................................................................................................................................178 Fax Commands......................................................................................................................................................178 Class 2 Commands ................................................................................................................................................178 V24-V25 Commands ..............................................................................................................................................178 Specific AT Commands..........................................................................................................................................179 SIM ToolKit Commands .........................................................................................................................................179 Index ...........................................................................................................................................................................180
Chapter 1 – Introduction  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 9 Chapter 1 – Introduction Scope of This Document This document describes the AT-command based messages exchanged between an application and the Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. products in order to manage GSM-related events or services. Related Documents This interface specification is based on the following recommendations: [1]   ETSI GSM 07.05: Digital cellular telecommunications system  (Phase 2);  Use of DTE-DCE interface for Short Message Service (SMS) and Cell Broadcast Service (CBS) [2]   ETSI GSM 07.07: Digital cellular telecommunications system  (Phase 2);  AT command set for GSM Mobile Equipment (ME) [3]   ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter: Serial asynchronous automatic dialing and control [4]   ETSI GSM 03.40: Digital cellular telecommunications system  (Phase 2);  Technical implementation of the Short Message Service (SMS) Point-to-Point (PP) [5]   ETSI GSM 03.38: Digital cellular telecommunications system  (Phase 2);  Alphabets and language-specific information [6]   ETSI GSM 04.80: Digital cellular telecommunications system (Phase 2):  Mobile radio interface layer 3, Supplementary service specification, Formats and coding Definitions The words, “Mobile Station” (MS) or “Mobile Equipment” (ME) are used for mobile terminals supporting GSM services. A call from a GSM mobile station to the PSTN is called a “mobile originated call” (MOC) or “outgoing call”, and a call from a fixed network to a GSM mobile station is called a “mobile terminated call” (MTC) or “incoming call”. In this document, the word “product” refers to any Multi-Tech product supporting the AT commands interface.
Chapter 2 – AT Command Features Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 10  Chapter 2 – AT Command Features Line Settings A serial link handler is set with the following default values (factory settings): autobaud, 8 bits data, 1 stop bit, no parity, RTS/CTS flow control. Please use the +IPR, +IFC and +ICF commands to change these settings. Command Line Commands always start with AT (which means ATtention) and finish with a <CR> character.  Information Responses and Result Codes Responses start and end with <CR><LF>, except for the ATV0 DCE response format and the ATQ1 (result code suppression) commands. • If command syntax is incorrect, an ERROR string is returned. • If command syntax is correct but with some incorrect parameters, the +CME ERROR: <Err> or +CMS ERROR: <SmsErr> strings are returned with different error codes. • If the command line has been performed successfully, an OK string is returned. In some cases, such as “AT+CPIN?” or (unsolicited) incoming events, the product does not return the OK string as a response. In the following examples <CR> and <CR><LF> are intentionally omitted.
Chapter 3 – General Behaviors Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 11  Chapter 3 – General Behaviors SIM Card Insertion and Removal Procedures SIM card Insertion and Removal procedures are supported. There are software functions relying on positive reading of the hardware SIM detect pin. This pin state (open/closed) is permanently monitored. When the SIM detect pin indicates that a card is present in the SIM connector, the product tries to set up a logical SIM session. The logical SIM session will be set up or not depending on whether the detected card is a SIM Card or not. The AT+CPIN? command delivers the following responses: • If the SIM detect pin indicates “absent”, the response to AT+CPIN? is “+CME ERROR 10” (SIM not inserted). • If the SIM detect pin indicates “present”, and the inserted Card is a SIM Card, the response to AT+CPIN? is “+CPIN: xxx” depending on SIM PIN state. • If the SIM detect pin indicates “present”, and the inserted Card is not a SIM Card, the response to AT+CPIN? is CME ERROR 10. • These last two states are not given immediately due to background initialization. Between the hardware SIM detect pin indicating “present” and the previous results the AT+CPIN? sends “+CME ERROR: 515” (Please wait, init in progress). When the SIM detect pin indicates card absence, and if a SIM Card was previously inserted, an IMSI detach procedure is performed, all user data is removed from the product (Phonebooks, SMS etc.). The product then switches to emergency mode. Background Initialization After entering the PIN (Personal Identification Number), some SIM user data files are loaded into the product (Phonebooks, SMS status, etc.). Please be aware that it might take some time to read a large phonebook. The AT+CPIN? command response comes just after the PIN is checked. After this response user data is loaded (in background). This means that some data may not be available just after PIN entry is confirmed by ’OK’. The reading of phonebooks will then be refused by “+CME ERROR: 515” or “+CMS ERROR: 515” meaning, “Please wait, service is not available, init in progress”. This type of answer may be sent by the product at several points:  • When trying to execute another AT command before the previous one is completed (before response), • When switching from ADN to FDN (or FDN to ADN) and trying to read the relevant phonebook immediately,  • When asking for +CPIN? status immediately after SIM insertion and before the product has determined if the inserted card is a valid SIM Card. About the Length of Phone Numbers Phone numbers can be made of up to 60 digits. The first 20 digits are stored in the SIM in the phonebook file (EFADN, EFFDN or EFLND) corresponding to the selected phonebook. The next digits are stored in other extension SIM files (EFEXT1 or EFEXT2). Example:  Number of Digits  Nb of Records in EFADN Nb of Records in EFEXT1 1 to 20  1  0 21 to 40  1  1 41 to 60  1  2 If there are no more free records in the EFEXT1, the behavior is: • if the user tries to store an entry that exceeds 20 digits:  +CME: 20 • if the user tries to dial an number that exceeds 20 digits:  +CME: 20 Since the maximum length for the numbers in the ADN, FDN, and LND phonebooks is 60 digits: • if the user tries to dial a number that exceeds 60 digits: +CME: 3 Before the user can perform a call, the number of free records in the EFEXT1 is checked for availability of free space to store this number. • If there are free records left, the call is setup. • Otherwise, +CME: 20 error is returned (Memory Full). See Recommendation 3GPP 11.11 for more details.
Chapter 4 – General AT Commands Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 12   Chapter 4 – General AT Commands Manufacturer Identification   +CGMI Description:   Displays the manufacturer identification. Values:    No parameters Syntax: AT+CGMI  Command  Possible responses AT+CGMI  Note: Get manufacturer identification WAVECOM MODEM OK Note: Command valid, Wavecom modem  Request Model Identification   +CGMM Description:   Displays the supported frequency bands. With multi-band products the response may be a combination of different bands.    Values:    No parameters Syntax: AT+CGMM Command  Possible responses AT+CGMM Note: Get hardware version MULTIBAND 900 E 1800 OK Note: Multiband: GSM 900 MHz extended band and  DCS 1800  AT+CGMM Note: Get hardware version MULTIBAND G850 1900 OK Note: Multiband: GSM 850 and PCS   Request Revision Identification   +CGMR Description:    Displays the revised software version. Values:    No parameters Syntax:   AT+CGMR Command  Possible responses AT+CGMR  Note: Get software version 640b09gg.Q2406A 1266500 070403 17:06 OK Note: Software release 6.40b,  generated on the 4th of July 2003   Product Serial Number   +CGSN Description:  Allows the user application to get the IMEI (Interrnational Mobile Equipment Identity, 15-digit number) of the product.  Values:    No parameters Syntax:    AT+CGSN Command  Possible responses AT+CGSN  Note: Get the IMEI 012345678901234 OK Note: IMEI read from EEPROM AT+CGSN Note: Get the IMEI +CME ERROR: 22 Note: IMEI not found in EEPROM
Chapter 4 – General AT Commands Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 13  Select TE Character Set   +CSCS Description:  Informs the ME which character set is used by the TE. The ME can convert each character of entered or displayed strings. This is used to send, read or write short messages. See also +WPCS for the phonebooks’ character sets.  Values: <Character Set>   GSM  GSM default alphabet. PCCP437  PC character set code page 437. CUSTOM  User defined character set (cf. +WCCS command). HEX  Hexadecimal mode. No character set used; the user can read or write hexadecimal values. Default: GSM alphabet Syntax:    AT+CSCS=<Character Set> Command  Possible responses AT+CSCS=”GSM” Note: GSM default alphabet OK Note: Command valid AT+CSCS=”PCCP437” Note: PC character set code  OK Note: Command valid AT+CSCS=?  Note: Get possible values +CSCS: ("GSM","PCCP437","CUSTOM","HEX") OK Note: Possible values  Phonebook Character Set   +WPCS Description:  Informs the ME which character set is used by the TE for the phonebooks. The ME can convert each character of entered or displayed strings. This is used to read or write phonebook entries. See also +CSCS for the short messages character sets. Values:  <Character Set>  TRANSPARENT Transparent mode. The strings are displayed and entered as they are stored in SIM or in ME. CUSTOM  User defined character set (cf. +WCCS command). HEX  Hexadecimal mode. No character set used; the user can read or write hexadecimal values. Syntax:      AT+WPCS=<Character Set> Command  Possible responses AT+WPCS=”TRANSPARENT” Note: Transparent mode OK Note: Command valid AT+WPCS=”CUSTOM” Note: Custom character set OK Note: Command valid AT+WPCS=?  Note: Get possible values +WPCS: ("TRANSPARENT","HEX","CUSTOM") OK Note: Possible values   Request IMSI   +CIMI Description:  Reads and identifies the IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) of the SIM card. The PIN may need to be entered before reading the IMSI. Values: No parameters Syntax:    AT+CIMI Command  Possible responses AT+CIMI Note: Read the IMSI 208200120320598 OK Note: IMSI value (15 digits), starting with MCC (3 digits) / MNC (2 digits, 3 for PCS 1900)
Chapter 4 – General AT Commands Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 14  Card Identification   +CCID Description:   Orders the product to read the EF-CCID file on the SIM card. Values: No parameters Syntax: AT+CCID Command  Possible responses AT+CCID Note: Get card ID +CCID: “123456789AB111213141” Note: EF-CCID is present, hexadecimal format AT+CCID? Note: Get current value + CCID: “123456789AB111213141” Note: Same result as +CCID AT+CCID= ? Note: Get possible value OK Note: No parameter but this command is valid Note: If there is no EF-CCID file present on the SIM, the +CCID answer will not be sent, but the OK message will be returned.   Capabilities List   +GCAP Description:   Displays the complete list of capabilities. Values: No parameters Syntax: AT+GCAP Command  Possible responses AT+GCAP  Note: Get capabilities list +GCAP: +CGSM +FCLASS OK Note: Supports GSM and FAX commands   Repeat Last Command  A/ Description:  Repeats the previous command. Only the A/ command itself cannot be repeated. Values: No parameters Syntax: A/ Command  Possible responses A/ Note: Repeat last command        Power Off  +CPOF Description:  Stops the GSM software stack as well as the hardware layer. The AT+CFUN=0 command is equivalent to +CPOF. Values: No parameters Syntax: AT+CPOF Command  Possible responses AT+CPOF Note: Stop GSM stack OK Note: Command valid
Chapter 4 – General AT Commands Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 15  Set Phone Functionality   +CFUN Description:  Selects the mobile station’s level of functionality. When the application wants to stop the product with a power off, or if the application wants to force the product to execute an IMSI DETACH procedure, then it must send: AT+CFUN=0 (equivalent to AT+CPOF). This command executes an IMSI DETACH and makes a backup copy of some internal parameters in SIM and in EEPROM. The SIM card cannot then be accessed. If the mobile equipment is not powered off by the application after this command has been sent, a re-start command (AT+CFUN=1) will have to issued to restart the whole GSM registration process. If the mobile equipment is turned off after this command, then a power on will automatically restart the whole GSM process. The AT+CFUN=1 command restarts the entire GSM stack and GSM functionality: a complete software reset is performed. All parameters are reset to their previous values if AT&W was not used. If you write entries in the phonebook (+CPBW) and then reset the product directly (AT+CFUN=1, with no previous AT+CFUN=0 command), some entries may not be written (the SIM task does not have enough time to write entries in the SIM card). In addition, the OK response will be sent at the last baud rate defined by the +IPR command. With the autobauding mode the response can be at a different baud rate, it is therefore preferable to save the defined baud rate with AT&W before directly sending the AT+CFUN=1 command.  Values: <functionality level>   0   Set minimum funtionality; IMSI detach procedure   1   Set the full functionality mode with a complete software reset Syntax: AT+CFUN=<functionality level> Command  Possible responses AT+CFUN? Note: Ask for current functionality level +CFUN: 1 OK Note: Full functionality AT+CFUN=0 Note: Set minimum functionality, IMSI detach procedure OK Note: Command valid AT+CFUN=1 Note: Set the full functionality mode with a complete software reset OK Note: Command valid   Phone Activity Status   +CPAS Description:  Returns the activity status of the mobile equipment. Values: <pas>  0  ready (allow commands from TA/TE)  1  unavailable (does not allow commands)  2 unknown  3  ringing (ringer is active)  4 call in progress  5  asleep (low functionality) Syntax: AT+CPAS  Command  Possible responses AT+CPAS Note: Current activity status +CPAS: <pas> OK   Report Mobile Equipment Errors   +CMEE Description:  Disables or enables the use of the “+CME ERROR: <xxx>” or “+CMS ERROR:<xxx>” result code instead of simply “ERROR”. See Appendix A for +CME ERROR result codes description and +CMS ERROR result codes. Values: <error reporting flag>  0  Disable ME error reports; use only ERROR  1  Enable +CME ERROR: <xxx> or +CMS ERROR: <xxx>     Syntax:  AT+CMEE=<error reporting flag>   Command  Possible responses AT+CMEE=0 Note: Disable ME error reports, use only ERROR OK  AT+CMEE=1 Note: Enable +CME ERROR: <xxx> or +CMS ERROR: <xxx> OK
Chapter 4 – General AT Commands Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 16   Keypad Control   +CKPD Description:  Emulates the ME keypad by sending each keystroke as a character in a <keys> string. The supported GSM sequences are listed in the Appendix A.   If emulation fails, a +CME ERROR: <err> is returned. If emulation succeeds, the result depends on the GSM sequence activated: <keys>: string of the following characters (0-9,*,#).  Note: In the case where the FDN phonebook is activated, the sequences concerning “call forwarding” are allowed only if the entire sequence is written in the FDN. Values: <keys>     Keyboard sequence; string of the following characters (0-9, *, #)  Syntax: AT+CKPD=<keys>  Command  Possible responses AT+CKPD=”*#21#” Note: Check every call forwarding status +CCFC: 0,7  AT+CKPD=”1234” Note: Sequence not allowed +CME ERROR 3   Clock Management   +CCLK Description:  Sets or gets the current date and time of the ME real-time clock.   Values: <date and time string>     String format for date/time is “yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss”   Note: Valid years are 98 (for 1998) to 97 (for 2097). The seconds field is not mandatory. Default date/time is “98/01/01,00:00:00” (January 1st, 1998 / midnight). Syntax:  AT+CCLK=<date and time string>  Command  Possible responses AT+CCLK=”00/06/09,17:33:00” Note: set date to June 9th, 2000, and time to 5:33pm OK Note: Date/Time stored AT+CCLK=”00/13/13,12:00:00” Note: Incorrect month entered +CME ERROR 3 AT+CCLK? Note: Get current date and time +CCLK: “00/06/09,17:34:23” OK Note: current date is June 9th, 2000 current time is 5:34:23 pm    Alarm Management   +CALA Description:  Sets the alarm date/time in the ME. The maximum number of alarms is 16. Values: <date and time string> String format for alarms: “yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss” (see +CCLK)   Note: Seconds are taken into account.  <index> Offset in the alarm list, range 1 to 16 Syntax:  AT+CALA=<date and time string> (set alarm)  AT+CALA=””,<index> (delete alarm) Command  Possible responses AT+CALA=”00/06/09,07:30” Note: set an alarm for June 9th, 2000 at 7:30 am OK Note: Alarm stored AT+CALA=”99/03/05,13:00:00” Note: set an alarm for March 5th, 1999 at 1:00 pm +CME ERROR 3  Note: Invalid alarm (date/time expired) AT+CALA?  Note: list all alarms +CALA: “00/06/08,15:25:00”,0 +CALA: “00/06/09,07:30:00”,1 +CALA: “00/06/10,23:59:00”,2 Note: three alarms are set (index 0, 1, 2)   +CALA: “00/06/08,15:25:00”,0  Note: an alarm occurs (index 0) AT+CALA=””,2 Note: delete alarm index 2 OK Note: Alarm index 2 deleted AT+CALA? Note: list all alarms +CALA: “00/06/09,07:30:00”,1 Note: Only one alarm (index 1)
Chapter 5 – AT Call Control Commands Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 17  Chapter 5 – AT Call Control Commands Dial Command   D Description:  The ATD command sets a voice, data or fax call. As per GSM 02.30, the dial command also controls supplementary services.  For a data or a fax call, the application sends the following ASCII string to the product (the bearer must be previously selected with the +CBST command):  ATD<nb> where <nb> is the destination phone number;  For a voice call, the application sends the following ASCII string to the product: (the bearer may be selected previously, if not a default bearer is used).  ATD<nb>;  where <nb> is the destination phone number.   Please note that for an international number, the local international prefix does not need to be set (usually 00) but does need to be replaced by the ‘+’ character.   Example: to set up a voice call to Multi-Tech offices from another country, the AT command is: “ATD+17637853600;”   Note that some countries/regions may have specific numbering rules for their GSM handset numbering. Values: <nb>  Destination phone number   <I>    Optional parameter  <I> means “invocation” (restrict CLI presentation)    <i>  Means “suppresssion” (allow CLI presentation)  <mem>    Phonebook (one of SM, LD, MC, ME, RC, MT or SN). A default value can be selected by +CPBS command.   <index>   Call number at indicated offset from the phonebook selected by the +CPBS command.  <name>  Call number corresponding to given name from the phonebook selected by the +CPBS command.  The response to the ATD command is one of the following: Verbose result code  Numeric code (with ATV0 set) Description OK  0  if the call succeeds, for voice call only CONNECT <speed>  10,11,12,13,14,15  if the call succeeds, for data calls only, <speed> takes the value negotiated by the product. BUSY  7  If the called party is already in communication NO ANSWER  8  If no hang up is detected after a fixed network time-out NO CARRIER  3  Call setup failed or remote user release. Use the AT+CEER command to know the failure cause    Direct Dialing from a Phonebook (stored in the SIM card) can be performed with the following commands: ATD> <index>;  to call <index> from the selected phonebook (by the +CPBS command)  ATD> “BILL”;  to call “BILL” from the selected phonebook ATD> mem <index>   (mem is SM, LD, MC, ME, RC, MT or SN, see +CPBS command) allows direct dialing from a phonebook number. Does not function with ON mem. Syntax: ATD<nb>[<I>][;] ATD>[<mem>]<index>[<I>][;] ATD>[<mem>]<name>[<I>][;] Command  Possible responses AT+CPBS? Note: Which phonebook is selected ? +CPBS:”SM”,8,10 Note: ADN phonebook is selected, 8 locations are used and 10 locations are available ATD>SM6; Note: Call index 6 from AND phonebook  OK  Note: Call succeeds
Chapter 5 – AT Call Control Commands Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 18    When the FDN phonebook has been locked, only numbers beginning with the digits of FDN phonebook entries can be called. For example, if “014629” is entered in the FDN phonebook all the phone numbers beginning with these 6 digits can be called. The CLIR supplementary service subscription can be overridden for this call only.   “I” means “invocation” (restrict CLI presentation).    “i” means “suppression” (allow CLI presentation).   Control of CUG supplementary service information by “G” or “g” is allowed for this call only. The index and info values set with the +CCUG command are used. An outgoing call attempt could be refused if the AOC service is active and credit has expired (NO CARRIER). When trying to set up an outgoing call while there is an active call, the active call is first put on hold, then the call set up is carried out. As per GSM 02.30, GSM sequences may be controlled using dial commands. These sequences can contain “*”, “#”, but “;” is forbidden. If the sequence is not supported or fails, +CME ERROR: <err> is returned. In the case where the FDN phonebook is activated, the sequences concerning call forwarding are allowed only if there are written in the FDN. Command  Possible responses ATD*#21# Note: Check any call forwarding status  +CCFC: 0,7 Note: No call forwarding  ATD**61*+33146290800**25# Note: Register call forwarding on no reply, with no reply timer fixed at 25 s.  OK  Note: done ATD*2# Note: Bad sequence  +CME ERROR 3   Hang-Up command   H Description:  The ATH (or ATH0) command disconnects the remote user. In the case of multiple calls, all calls are released (active, on-hold and waiting calls). The specific ATH1 command has been appended to disconnect the current outgoing call, only in dialing or alerting state (ie. ATH1 can be used only after the ATD command, and before its terminal response (OK, NO CARRIER, ...). It can be useful in the case of multiple calls.   Values: <n> 0  Ask for disconnection (default value) 1  Ask for outgoing call disconnection Syntax:    ATH<n> Command  Possible responses ATH Note: Ask for disconnection  OK Note: Every call, if any, is released  ATH1 Note: Ask for outgoing call disconnection OK  Note: Outgoing call, if any, is released   Answer a Call   A Description:  When the product receives a call, it sets the RingInd signal and sends the ASCII “RING” or “+CRING: <type>” string to the application (+CRING if the cellular result code +CRC is enabled). Then it waits for the application to accept the call with the ATA command. Syntax:   ATA Command  Possible responses   RING Note: Incoming call  ATA Note: Answer to this incoming call  OK  Note: Call accepted ATH Note: Disconnect call  OK  Note: Call disconnected   Remote Disconnection This message is used by the product to inform the application that an active call has been released by the remote user. The product sends “NO CARRIER” to the application and sets the DCD signal. In addition, for AOC, the product can release the call if credit has expired (release cause 68 with +CEER command).
Chapter 5 – AT Call Control Commands Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 19  Extended Error Report   +CEER Description:  This command gives the cause of call release when the last call set up (originating or answering) failed. Values:   No parameters Syntax:    AT+CEER Command  Possible responses ATD123456789; Note: Outgoing voice call NO CARRIER Note: Call setup failure  AT+CEER  Note: Ask for reason of release  +CEER: Error <xxx> OK Note: <xxx>is the cause information element values from GSM recommendation 04.08 or specific  Call accepted Note:  “NO CARRIER” indicates that the AT+CEER information is available for failure diagnosis.   DTMF Signals   +VTD, +VTS +VTD Description:  The product enables the user application to send DTMF tones over the GSM network. This command is used to define tone duration (the default value is 300ms). To define this duration, the application uses: AT+VTD=<n> where <n>*100 gives the duration in ms. If n < 4, tone duration is 300 ms.   Values:  <n>  tone duration.  *100 is the duration in ms. If < 4, tone duration is 300 ms; if n > 255, the value used is modulo 256.    Default value: 300 ms, that is <n> = 3. Syntax:    AT+VTD=<n> Command  Possible responses AT+VTD=6 Note: To define 600 ms tone duration OK Note: Command valid  AT+VTD=0 Note: To set the default value  OK   +VTDS Description:  The product enables the user application to send DTMF tones over the GSM network. This command enables tones to be transmitted only when there is an active call.   To transmit DTMF tones (only when there is an active call), the application uses:  AT+VTS=<Tone>    where <Tone> is in {0-9,*,#,A,B,C,D} Values: <Tone>   DTMF tone to transmit. Tone is in {0-9, *, #, A, B, C, D} Syntax:    AT+VTS=<Tone> Command  Possible responses AT+VTS=A  OK Note: Command valid  AT+VTS=11 Note: To set the default value  +CME ERROR: 4 Note: If the <Tone> is wrong AT+VTS=4  +CME ERROR: 3 Note: If there is no communication Example: To send tone sequence 13#, the application sends: AT+VTS=1;+VTS=3;+VTS=#  OK  Redial Last Telephone Number   DL Description:  This command redials the last number used in the ATD command. The last number dialed is displayed followed by “;” for voice calls only.   Values:   No parameters Syntax:  ATDL Command  Possible responses ATDL Note: Redial last number 0146290800; OK Note: Last call was a voice call. Command valid
Chapter 5 – AT Call Control Commands Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 20  Automatic Dialing with DTR   %D Description:  This command enables and disables:   Automatic dialing of the phone number stored in the first location of the ADN phonebook,   Automatic sending of the short message (SMS) stored in the first location of the SIM.   The number is dialed when DTR OFF switches ON. The short message is sent when DTR OFF switches ON. Values: <n>  Enable or disables automatic message transmission or number dialing.    Informs the product that the number is a voice rather than a fax or data number.  0 Disables automatic DTR number dialing / message transmission.  1; Enables automatic DTR dialing if DTR switches from OFF to ON; Dials the phone number in the first location of the ADN phonebook. Voice call.  1 Activates automatic DTR dialing if DTR switches from OFF to ON; Dials the phone number in the first location of the ADN phonebook. Data or Fax call.  2 Activates automatic DTR message transmission if DTR switches from OFF to ON. Syntax:     AT%D<n>[;] Command  Possible responses AT%D1; Note: Activates DTR number dialing OK Note: Command has been executed DTR is OFF DTR switches ON Note: The number in the first location of the ADN is dialed automatically DTR switches OFF Note: The product goes on-hook  AT%D2 Note: Activates DTR short message sending OK Note: Command has been executed Automatic Answer   S0 Description:  This S0 parameter determines and controls the product automatic answering mode.   Values:    <value> is the number of rings before automatic answer (3 characters padded with zeros) Range of values is 0 to 255. Syntax: ATS0=<value> Command  Possible responses ATS0=2 Note: Automatic answer after 2 rings OK  ATS0?  Note: Current value 002 OK Note: always 3 characters padded with zeros  ATS0=0 Note: No automatic answer OK Note: Command valid All others S-parameters (S6,S7,S8 …) are not implemented.   Incoming Call Bearer   +CICB Description:  This command sets the type of incoming calls when no incoming bearer is given (see +CSNS).  Note:   Setting the +CICB command affects the current value of +CSNS.   Values: <mode>   0 Data  1 Fax  2 Speech Syntax:     AT+CICB=<mode> Command  Possible responses AT+CICB=1 Note: If no incoming bearer, force a fax call OK Note: Command accepted AT+CICB=2 Note: If no incoming bearer, force a voice call OK Note: Command accepted  AT+CICB? Note: Interrogate value +CICB: 2 OK Note: Default incoming bearer: voice call AT+CICB=? Note: Test command +CICB: (0-2) OK Note: Speech, data or fax default incoming bearer
Chapter 5 – AT Call Control Commands Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 21  Single Numbering Scheme   +CSNS Description:  Selects the bearer to be used when an MT single numbering scheme call is set up (see +CICB).    Note: Setting the +CSNS command affects the current value of +CICB. Values: <mode>   0   Voice  2   Fax  4   Data Syntax:    AT+CSNS Command  Possible responses AT+CSNS=2  Note: force a fax call  OK  Note: Command accepted AT+CSNS=0  Note: force a voice call OK  Note: Command accepted  AT+CSNS? Note: Interrogate value +CSNS: 0  Note: Default incoming bearer: voice call AT+CSNS=?  Note: Test command  +CSNS: (0,2,4)  Note: Voice, data or fax default incoming bearer  Gain Control   +VGR, +VGT Description:  This command is used by the application to tune the receive gain of the speaker and the transmit gain of the microphone.    Values:    <Rgain> is the reception gain  <Tgain> is the transmission gain Syntax:   AT+VGR=<Rgain>  and    AT+VGT=<Tgain> Command  Possible responses AT+VGR=25  OK   Note: Command valid AT+VGT=45  OK  Note: Command valid AT+VGR? Note: Interrogate value +VGR: 64 OK  Note: Default receive gain AT+VGR=? Note: Test command +VGR: (0-255) OK Note: Possible values AT+VGT? Note: Interrogate value +VGT: 64 OK  Note: Default transmit gain AT+VGT=? Note: Test command +VGT: (0-255) OK Note: Possible values Note:  For the AT+VGT? command with controller 1 set, the value is the lower value of range, whereas with controller 2, value corresponds to the entered value with AT+VGT=xx. The application sends: AT+VGR=<val>  for receive gain  AT+VGT=<val> Controller 1 for transmit gain Controller 1 AT+VGT=<val> Controller 2 for transmit gain Controller 2 0 to 15  +6 db  0 to 31  +30 db  0  +0 db 16 to 31  +4 db  32 to 63  +33 db  1  +0,5 db 32 to 47  +2 db  64 to 95  +36 db  2  +1 db 48 to 63  +0 db  96 to 127  +39 db  3  +1,5 db 64 to 79  -2 db  128 to 159  +42 db  …  … 80 to 95  -4 db  160 to 191  +45 db  19  +9,5 db 96 to 111  -6 db  192 to 223  +48 db  20  +10 db 112 to 127  -8 db  224 to 255  +51 db  21 (**)  +10.5 db 128 to 143  -10 db      22 (**)  +11 db 144 to 159  -12 db      23 (**)  +11.5 db 160 to 175  -14 db      …   176 to 191  -16 db      58 (**)  +29 db 192 to 207  -18 db      59 (**)  +29.5 db 208 to 223  -20 db      60 (**)  +30 db 224 to 255 (*)  -22 db      61  +30,5 db  62 +31 db  … …     101 +50,5 db         102 to 127  +51 db         128 to 243  -6,5 db     244 -6 db     245 -5,5 db     246 -5 db     … …     255 -0,5 db The gain values listed here are relative, for absolute (electrical) values please refer to the specific hardware documentation of the module used in the application.
Chapter 5 – AT Call Control Commands Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 22   Microphone Mute Control   +CMUT Description:  This command mutes the microphone input on the product (for the active microphone set with the +SPEAKER command). This command is only allowed during a call.    Values: <mode>   0 microphone mute off (default value).  1 microphone mute on. Syntax:    AT+CMUT=<mode> Command  Possible responses AT+CMUT=?  Note: Test command +CMUT: (0,1) OK Note: Enable / disable mute AT+CMUT?  Note: Ask for current value +CMUT: 0 OK Note: Current value is OFF AT+CMUT=1 Note: Mute ON (call active) OK Note: Command valid AT+CMUT?  Note: Ask for current value +CMUT: 1 OK Note: Mute is active (call active) AT+CMUT=0 Note: Mute OFF (call not active) +CME ERROR:3 Note: Command not valid  Speaker & Microphone Selection   +SPEAKER Description: This specific command selects the speaker and the microphone set.    Values: <ActiveSpkMic>   0 Speaker One, Micro One  1 Speaker Two, Micro Two Syntax:      AT+SPEAKER=<ActiveSpkMic> Command  Possible responses AT+SPEAKER=0 Note: Speaker ONE and Micro ONE OK Note: Command valid AT+SPEAKER?   +SPEAKER: 0 OK Note: Speaker ONE and Micro ONE are active AT+SPEAKER=? +SPEAKER: (0,1) OK
Chapter 5 – AT Call Control Commands Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 23  Echo Cancellation   +ECHO Description:  This command enables, disables or configures the Echo Cancellation functions for voice calls (in rooms, in cars, etc.). It is necessary to tune the Microphone gain (AT+VGT) and the Speaker gain (AT+VGR) before activating the Echo Cancellation.   Values: <mode>    0 Deactivate Echo  1 Activate Echo      When mode = 1 is choosen, AlgoId is mandatory.  <AlgoId>   1 Echo cancellation 1  3 Echo cancellation 3     To use Echo cancellation 3, the ECHO feature must be activated. Echo cancellation 1 (4 parameters): <Volout>  The parameter <Volout> specifies the maximum attenuation of the switch 0  31 db (default) 1  29 db 2  27 db 3  25 db … 14  3 db 15  1 db <Step>   The parameter <Step> specifies the attenuation step between attenuation and no attenuation. 0  1 db 1  2 db 2  3 db <PcmThRel> specifies the relative threshold between max and min energy information. The allowed range is [0 - 31]. Default = 10. <PcmThMax> specifies threshold of max energy information. The allowed range is [0 - 31]. Default = 7.  Echo Cancellation 3 (3 parameters): <AlgoParam>  high value leads to high echo attenuation but the full-duplex quality will be less efficient. The allowed range is [ 0 ; 63 ]. (30 by default)  <NoiseThres>  indicates the noise threshold. Low value leads to high noise attenuation. The threshold 32767 indicates no noise attenuation. The allowed range is [0 ;32767].  The default is 8000. <NmbTaps> indicates the Number of Taps of the Adaptive Filter. The allowed range is [64 -256].   The default is 256. 64 taps = short Echo 256 taps = long Echo. Read Command:   AT+ECHO? This command returns the current settings of the Echo cancellation. Returns:   +ECHO: <Status>,<AlgoId>, <Param1>,<Param2>, <Param3>, <Param4>, <Param5>,<Param6> The number of parameters displayed depends on the algorythm used. For Echo cancellation 1, 4 parameters are displayed, 3 parameters are displayed for Echo cancellation 3. <Status>  0   Echo Deactivated. 1  Echo Activated for Mic/Spk one. 2  Echo Activated for Mic/Spk two. 3  Reset the product. Note:  You can activate/deactivate the echo cancellation during a call without resetting the product if the <AlgoId> parameter is not changed, but you have to use the syntax with all parameters: AT+ECHO=1,3,30,8000,256 for instance.
Chapter 5 – AT Call Control Commands Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 24  Syntax:   AT+ECHO= <mode> [,<AlgoId>, <Param1>,<Param2>,<Param3>,<Param4>,<Param5>,<Param6>] Command  Possible responses AT+CMEE=1 Note: Enables the use of result code OK AT+SPEAKER?  + SPEAKER: 0 OK Note: Speaker ONE and Micro ONE are activeAT+SIDET=0 Note: Deactivate the Sidetone OK AT+SIDET? +SIDET: 0,0 AT+ECHO? Note: Read current settings +ECHO: 0,1,0,3,10,7 OK AT+ECHO=1,1,0,3,10,7 Note: Active Echo cancellation 1 for Mic/Spk one.OK AT+ECHO? Note: Read current settings +ECHO: 1,1,0,3,10,7 OK AT+ECHO=1,3,30,8000,256 Note: Activate the Echo cancellation 3 +CME ERROR: 519  Note: The new algorithm will be activated after a reset of the product AT+ECHO? Note: Read  the Echo cancellation settings +ECHO: 3,3,30,8000,256 OK AT+CFUN=1 Note: Reset the product OK AT+ECHO? Note: Read current settings +ECHO: 1,3,30,8000,256 OK AT+ECHO=0 Note: Deactivate the Echo Cancellation OK   SideTone Modification   +SIDET Description:  This command sets the level of audio feedback in the speaker (microphone feedback in the speaker). Values: <val1>  0 SideTone is disabled    1 SideTone is enabled  <val2>  (default value 0 will be used if this parameter is not given)  0 0 db  1 - 6 db  2 - 12 db  3 - 18 db Syntax:     AT+SIDET=<val1>,<val2> Command  Possible responses AT+SIDET=1,0 OK Note: Command valid AT+SIDET? Note: Current value +SIDET: 1,0 OK Note: Command valid
Chapter 5 – AT Call Control Commands Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 25  Initialize Voice Parameters   +VIP Description:  This command allows factory settings for voice parameters to be restored from EEPROM.   These voice parameters include: Gain control (+VGR & +VGT commands) Gain controller (+WSVG command) Microphone mute control (+CMUT command) Speaker & Microphone selection (+SPEAKER command) Echo cancellation (+ECHO command) Side tone modification (+SIDET command) Values:   <n>  1 Restore all voice parameters.   Other values are not supported. Syntax:     AT+VIP=<n> Command  Possible responses AT+VIP? +VIP: 1 OK AT+VIP=2 Note: Syntax error +CME ERROR: 3 AT+VIP=1 Note: Restore the factory settings from EEPROM OK Note: The command has been executed AT+VIP=1 Note: Restore the factory settings from EEPROM with the current Echo cancellation algo (different of the default algo). CME ERROR: 519 Note: Reset the product to accept the new algo.AT+VIP=? Note: List of supported <n>s +VIP: (1) OK
Chapter 6 – Network Service Commands   Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 26  Chapter 6 – Network Service Commands  Signal Quality  +CSQ Description:  This command determines the received signal strength indication (<rssi>) and the channel bit error rate (<ber>) with or without a SIM card inserted.    Values: <rssi>:  0 -113 dBm or less  1 -111 dBm   2 to 30     -109 to –53 dBm  31 -51dBm or greater  99 not known or not detectable   <ber>:   0…7: as RXQUAL values in the table GSM 05.08  99 not known or not detectable Syntax:     AT+CSQ Command  Possible responses AT+CSQ  +CSQ: <rssi>,<ber>  (Note: <rssi> and <ber> as defined below) OK       Operator Selection   +COPS Description:  There are three possible ways of selecting an operator (PLMN): 1)  The product is in manual mode. It then tries to find the operator specified by the application and if found, tries to register. 2)  The product is in automatic mode. It then tries to find the home operator and if found, tries to register. If not found, the product automatically searches for another network. 3)  The product enters into manual/automatic mode, and then tries to find an operator as specified by the application (as in manual mode). If this attempt fails, it enters automatic mode. If this is successful, the operator specified by the application is selected. The mobile equipment then enters into automatic mode. Note:  The read command returns the current mode and the currently selected operator. In manual mode, this PLMN may not be the one set by the application (as it is in the search phase). These commands are not allowed during one communication. Values: <mode>    0 automatic (default value)  1 manual  2 deregistration ; ME will be unregistered until <mode>=0 or 1 is selected.  3 set only <format> (for read command AT+COPS?)  4 manual / automatic (<oper> shall be present), if manual selection fails, automatic mode is entered.  <format>  <format>: format of <oper> field  0 long alphanumeric format <oper>  1 short alphanumeric format <oper>  2 numeric <oper> (default value) <stat>: status of <oper>  <stat>  0 unknown  1 available  2 current  3 forbidden  <oper>: operator identifier (MCC/MNC in numeric format only for operator selection)    The long alphanumeric format can be up to 16 characters long (see Appendix A for operator names description, field is “Name”). The short alphanumeric format can be up to 8 characters long. Syntax:     AT+COPS=<mode>, [<format> [ , <oper> ] ]     (To force an attempt to select and register on a network, the application must send this command)
Chapter 6 – Network Service Commands   Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 27 Possible responses for AT+COPS=<mode>:   OK   (Network is selected with full service)   +CME ERROR: 30  (No network service),   +CME ERROR: 32  (Network not allowed – emergency calls only)   +CME ERROR: 3  (not allowed during one Communication)   +CME ERROR: 4  (Incorrect parameters)   +CME ERROR: 527  (Please wait, and retry your selection later)   +CME ERROR: 528  (Location update failure – emergency calls only)   +CME ERROR: 529  (Selection failure – emergency calls only)  Response syntax for AT+COPS?:  +COPS: <mode> [, <format>, <oper> ] Response syntax for AT+COPS=?:  +COPS: [list of supported (<stat>, long alphanumeric <oper>, short alphanumeric <oper>s, numeric <oper>) s]   If an incoming call occurs during a PLMN list request, the operation is aborted (+CME ERROR: 520) and the unsolicited RING appears.  Command  Possible responses AT+COPS? Note: Ask for current PLMN +COPS: 0,2,20801 OK Note: Home PLMN is France Telecom Orange AT+COPS=?   Note: Ask for PLMN list +COPS: (2,”F Itinéris”,”Itline”,”20801”), (3,”F SFR”,”SFR”,”20810”) OK Note: Home PLMN is France Telecom SFR network has been detected AT+COPS=1,2,20810 Note: Ask for registration on SFR network +CME ERROR: 32 Note: Network not allowed – emergency calls only AT+COPS=1,1,23433 Note: Ask for registration on UK Orange network +CME ERROR: 529 Note: Selection failed – emergency calls only AT+COPS=0 Note: Ask for registration on home network OK Note: Succeeded AT+COPS=3,0 Note: Set <format> to long alphanumeric OK AT+COPS?  Note: Ask for current PLMN +COPS: 0,0,”Orange F” OK Note: Home PLMN is France Telecom Orange AT+COPS=2 Note: Ask for deregistration from network OK Note: Succeeded AT+COPS? Note: Ask for current PLMN +COPS: 2 Note: ME is unregistered until <mode>=0 or 1 is selected
Chapter 6 – Network Service Commands   Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 28  Network Registration   +CREG Description:  This command is used by the application to ascertain the registration status of the product. Values: <mode>  0  Disable network registration unsolicited result code (default) 1   Enable network registration code result code +CREG: <stat> 2   Enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code +CREG: <stat>,<lac>,<ci> if there is a change of network cell. <stat>  0   not registered, ME is not currently searching for a new operator. 1   registered, home network. 2   not registered, ME currently searching for a new operator to register to. 3   registration denied. 4   unknown. 5   registered, roaming. <lac>:  string type; two byte location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g. “00C3” equals 195 in decimal). <ci>:  string type; two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format. Syntax:  Command Syntax:   AT+CREG= <mode> Response syntax:   +CREG: <mode>, <stat> [ ,<lac>,<ci> ] for AT+CREG? Command only Command  Possible responses AT+CREG?  +CREG: <mode>,<stat> OK Note: As defined here-above AT+CREG=0 Note: Disable network registration unsolicited result codeOK Note: Command valid AT+CREG=1 Note: Enable network registration unsolicited result code OK Note: Command valid AT+CREG=2 Note: Enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code OK Note: Command valid AT+CREG=? +CREG: (0-2) Note: 0,1,2 <mode> values are supported   Read Operator Name  +WOPN Description:  This command returns the operator name in alphanumeric format when given the numeric format.   With E-ONS feature, lac is an optional parameter to read names from OPL/PNN sim files. If it is not entered, name will be given with current lac. Note that in limited service, current lac is set to 0. Values:    <format> is the required format. Only long (0) and short (1) alphanumeric formats are supported.  <NumOper> is the operator in numeric format.  <AlphaOper> is the operator in long or short alphanumeric format (see Appendix A for description).  <lac> is the two byte Location Area Code to be used to get the PLMN name. If it is not entered, Current   lac will be used (0 if limited service). Syntax: Command syntax:    AT+WOPN=<format>,<NumOper>  Response syntax:   +WOPN: <format>,<AlphaOper> Command  Possible responses AT+WOPN=? Note: Test command OK   AT+WOPN=0,20801 Note: Give an operator in numeric format +WOPN: 0,”Orange F” OK Note: Alphanumeric answer AT+WOPN=0,99999 Note: Give a wrong operator +CME ERROR: 22 Note: Not found AT+WOPN=0,2081,36 Note: Give an operator in numeric format for lac 36 +WOPN: 0, “OrangeF” OK Note: Alphanumeric answer
Chapter 6 – Network Service Commands   Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 29  Selection of Preferred PLMN List   +CPLS Description:   This command selects one PLMN selector with access technology list in the SIM card that is used by AT+CPOL command.   Values: <List>:  0 User controlled PLMN selector with access technology EF_PLMNwAct   Note: if this file is not found EF_PLMNSel will be selected  1 Operator controlled PLMN selector with access technology EF_OPLMNwAct    2 Home PLMN selector with access technology EF_HPLMNwAct Syntax:    AT+CPLS= <List> Command  Possible responses AT+CPLS?  Note: Ask for selection of the SIM file +CPLS: 1 OK Note: EF_OPLMNwAct is selected AT+CPLS=0 Note: selection of EF_PLMNwAct Note: if EF_PLMNwAct is not present, EF_PLMNsel will be selected AT+CPLS=1 Note: selection of EF_OPLMNwAct +CME ERROR: 3 Note: EF_OPLMNwAct is not present AT+CPLS=? Note: Get possible values  +CPLS: (0-2) OK Note: The 3 files with Acces technology are present and can be selected AT+CPLS=?  Note: Get possible values +CPLS: (0) OK Note: Only EF_PLMNwAct or EF_PLMNsel can be selected   Preferred Operator List   +CPOL Description:   This command edits (or updates) the SIM preferred list of networks. This list is read in the SIM file selected by the command AT+CPLS.   Values: <index>: position of the operator record in the Sim preferred operator list. Use AT+CPOL=? to view the maximum index of the selected EF.  <format>   0  long alphanumeric format for <oper>  1  short alphanumeric format for <oper>  2  numeric format for <oper>  <oper>: characterstring or integer (see <format>) indicating operator identifier.  <GSM_AcT>: GSM access technology  <GSMcomp_Act>: GSM compact access technology  <Utran_Act>: UTRA access technology  0 access technology not selected  1 access technology selected Syntax:    AT+CPOL=  [<index>] [,<format>[,<oper>[,<GSM_AcT>,<GSMcomp_Act>,<Utran_Act>]]]   The different possibilities are: AT+CPOL = <index> to delete an entry. AT+CPOL = , <format> to set the format used by the read command (AT+CPOL?). AT+CPOL = , <format>, <oper> to put <oper> in the next free location. AT+CPOL =  <index> , <format> , <oper> to write <oper> in the <format> at the <index>. AT+CPOL =  <index>,<format>,<oper>,<GSM_AcT>,<GSMcp_Act>,<Utran_Act>    To write <oper> in the <format> at the <index> precising the access technology (in the case of EF_PLMNwact, EF_HPLMNwact  or EF_OPLMNwact is present).  Note:  Per default if Acces technology parameters are not given, the GSM access technology will be chosen.   The supported format are those of the +COPS command.   The length of this list is limited to 85 entries for EF_PLMNsel, and 51 for EF_PLMNwAct, EF_OPLMNwAct, EF_HPLMNwAct.  (See table on next page)
Chapter 6 – Network Service Commands   Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 30  Command  Possible responses AT+CPOL?  Note: Ask for preferred list of networks With only EF_PLMNsel present +CPOL:1,2,26201 +CPOL: 6,2,20810 OK  Note: Preferred list of networks in numeric format (read in EF_PLMNsel) AT+CPOL?    Note: Ask for preferred list of networks With EF_PLMNwAct selected and present +CPOL:1,2,26201,1,0,0 +CPOL: 6,2,20810,1,0,0 OK  Note: Preferred list of networks in numeric format (read in EF_PLMNwAct) GSM acces technology selected GSM compact acces technology not selected Utran acces technology not selected AT+CPOL=,0 Note: Select long alphanumeric format OK AT+CPOL?  Note: Ask for preferred list of networks With only EF_PLMNsel present +CPOL: 1,0,”D1-TELEKOM” +CPOL: 6,0,”F SFR” OK Note: Preferred list of networks in long alphanumeric format AT+CPOL=7,2,20801 Note: Add a network to the list OK  AT+CPOL?  Note: Ask for preferred list of networks With only EF_PLMNsel present +CPOL: 1,0,”D1-TELEKOM” +CPOL: 6,0,”F SFR” +CPOL: 7,0,”Orange F” OK Note: Preferred list of networks in long alphanumeric format AT+CPOL=7 Note: Delete 7th location OK  AT+CPOL?  Note: Ask for preferred list of networks With only EF_PLMNsel present +CPOL: 1,0,”D1-TELEKOM” +CPOL: 6,0,”F SFR” OK Note: Preferred list of networks in long alphanumeric format AT+CPOL=8,2,77777 Note: Add a new network to the list With only EF_PLMNsel present OK  AT+CPOL=8,2,77777,0,0,1 Note: Add a new network to the list With EF_PLMNwact present OK Note: Acces technology UTRAN is selected AT+CPOL=8,2,77777 Note: Add a new network to the list With EF_PLMNwact present OK Note: Per default Acces technology GSM is selected AT+CPOL?    Note: Ask for preferred list of networks With only EF_PLMNsel present +CPOL: 1,0,”D1-TELEKOM” +CPOL: 6,0,”F SFR” +CPOL: 8,2,77777” OK Note: Preferred networks list in long alphanumeric format; 8th entry is unknown so the product edits it in the numeric format AT+CPOL=9,0,”Orange F” Note: Add a new network to the list (text format)   AT+CPOL?    Note: Ask for preferred list of networks With only EF_PLMNsel present +CPOL: 1,0,”D1-TELEKOM” +CPOL: 6,0,”F SFR” +CPOL: 8,2,77777” +CPOL: 9,0,”Orange F” OK Note: Preferred list of networks in long alphanumeric format  AT+CPOL=?  +CPOL:  (1-16),(0-2) OK Note: The EF can accept 16 records. Supported formats are 0, 1, or 2.
Chapter 6 – Network Service Commands   Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 31 Read Operator Name   +COPN Description:   This command returns the list of all operator names (in numeric and alphanumeric format) stored in the module. Values: <NumOper>: is the operator in numeric format  <AlphaOper>: is the operator in long alphanumeric format Syntax:     AT+COPN Command Response:   +COPN: <NumOper>,<AlphaOper> Command  Possible responses AT+COPN  Note: Ask for list of operators +COPN:  23201,”A1” +COPN:  23203,”Amax.” +COPN:  23207,”A tele.ring” +COPN:  23205,”one” … OK  +CME ERROR:  <err> AT+COPN=? OK
Chapter 7 – Security Commands Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 32  Chapter 7 – Security Commands Enter PIN   +CPIN Description:  This command enters the ME passwords (CHV1 / CHV2 / PUK1 / PUK2, etc.), that are required before any ME functionality can be used. CHV1/CHV2 is between 4 and 8 digits long, PUK1/PUK2 is only 8 digits long. If the user application tries to make an outgoing call before the SIM PIN code (CHV1) has been confirmed, then the product will refuse the “ATD” command with a “+CME ERROR: 11” (SIM PIN required). The application is responsible for checking the PIN after each reset or power on - if the PIN was enabled.   Values:   <pin> is the personal identification number   <puk> is the personal unblocking key needed to change the PIN. Syntax:    AT+CPIN=<pin> Command  Possible responses AT+CPIN=1234 Note: Enter PIN OK Note: PIN code is correct AT+CPIN=5678 Note: Enter PIN +CME ERROR: 3 Note: Operation not allowed, PIN previously entered   After 3 unsuccessful attempts to enter the PIN (Personal Identification Number), the PUK (Personal Unblocking Key) will be required.    PUK validation forces the user to enter a new PIN code as a second parameter and this will be the new PIN code if PUK validation succeeds. CHV1 is then enabled if PUK1 is correct. The application therefore uses this command:  AT+CPIN=<Puk>,<NewPin> Command  Possible responses AT+CPIN=00000000,1234 Note: Enter PUK and new PIN +CME ERROR: 16  Note: Incorrect PUK AT+CPIN=12345678,1234 Note: Enter PUK and new PIN, 2nd attempt OK Note: PUK correct, new PIN stored  To determine which code must be entered (or not), the following query command can be used: AT+CPIN?   The possible responses are: +CPIN: READY  ME is not pending for any password +CPIN: SIM PIN  CHV1 is required +CPIN: SIM PUK  PUK1 is required +CPIN: SIM PIN2  CHV2 is required +CPIN: SIM PUK2  PUK2 is required +CPIN: PH-SIM PIN  SIM lock (phone-to-SIM) is required +CPIN: PH-NET PIN  Network personnalisation is required +CME ERROR: <err>  SIM failure (13) absent (10) etc… Please note that in this case the mobile equipment does not end its response with the OK string. The response +CME ERROR: 13 (SIM failure) is returned after 10 unsuccessful PUK attempts. The SIM card is then out of order and must be replaced by a new one.
Chapter 7 – Security Commands Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 33  Example:   Three (3) failed PIN validations + 1 successful PUK validation AT+CPIN? +CPIN: SIM PIN Read the PIN status The product requires SIM PIN AT+CPIN=1235  +CME ERROR: 16 First attempt to enter a SIM PIN  Wrong PIN AT+CPIN=1236 +CME ERROR: 16 Second attempt  Wrong PIN AT+CPIN=1237 +CME ERROR: 16 Third attempt  Wrong PIN AT+CPIN?  +CPIN: SIM PUK Read PIN state  The product requires PUK AT+CPIN=99999999,5678 OK The PUK is entered, the new PIN shall be 5678 PUK validation is OK. New Pin is 5678 AT+CPIN?  +CPIN: READY Read PIN state  The product is ready    If the user tries to do something which requires PIN2 (CHV2), the product will refuse the action with a “+CME ERROR: 17” (SIM PIN2 required). The product then waits for SIM PIN2 to be given. Of course, if SIM PIN2 is blocked, SIM PUK2 is required instead of SIM PIN2.   For example, the product needs PIN2 to write in the fixed dialing phonebook (FDN) , so if SIM PIN2 authentication has not been performed during the current session, SIM PIN2 is required Command  Possible responses AT+CPBS=”FD” Note: Choose FDN OK  AT+CPBW=5,”01290917”,129,”Jacky” Note: Write in FDN at location 5 +CME ERROR: 17 Note: SIM PIN2 is required AT+CPIN? SIM PIN2 Note: SIM PIN2 is required AT+CPIN=5678 Note: Enter SIM PIN2 OK AT+CPBW=2,”01290917”,129,”Jacky” Note: Write in FDN at location 5 OK Note: Now writing in FDN is allowed Note:   Please note that the product only requests PIN2 or PUK2 once. Therefore, if they are not entered properly, the next +CPIN? command will return “+CPIN: READY”.
Chapter 7 – Security Commands Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 34  Enter PIN2   +CPIN2  Description:  This command validates the PIN2 code (CHV2) or the PUK2 code (UNBLOCK CHV2) and defines a new PIN2 code. Of course, the +CPIN command allows PIN2 or PUK2 codes to be validated, but only when the last command executed resulted in PIN2 authentication failure. PIN2 length is between 4 and 8 digits; PUK2 length is 8 digits only.   Values:   <pin2> is the personal identification number 2  <puk2> is the personal unblocking key 2 needed to change the PIN 2  <newpin2>  Note: PIN2 length is between 4 and 8 digits; PUK2 length is 8 digits only. Syntax:   AT+CPIN2=<pin2> Command  Possible responses AT+CPIN2=1234 Note: Enter PIN2 OK Note: PIN2 code is correct AT+CPIN2=5678 Note: Enter PIN2 +CME ERROR: 3 Note: Operation not allowed, PIN2 previously entered  After 3 unsuccessful attempts, PUK2 will be required. PUK2 validation forces the user to enter a new PIN2 code as a second parameter and this will be the new PIN2 code if PUK1 validation succeeds. The application uses this command:  AT+CPIN2=<puk2>,<NewPin2> Command  Possible responses AT+CPIN2=00000000,1234 Note: Enter PUK2 and new PIN2 +CME ERROR: 16 Note: Incorrect Password (PUK2) AT+CPIN2=12345678,1234 Note: Enter PUK2 and new PIN2, 2nd attempt OK Note: PUK2 correct, new PIN2 stored  To determine which code must be entered (or not), the following query command can be used: AT+CPIN2? The possible responses are: +CPIN2: READY  No PIN2 is needed +CPIN2: SIM PIN2  PIN2 is required +CPIN2: SIM PUK2  PUK2 is required +CME ERROR: <err>  Absent (10) etc…  PIN Remaining Attempt Number   +CPINC Description:  This command gets the number of valid attempts for PIN1 (CHV1), PIN2 (CHV2), PUK1 (UNBLOCK CHV1) and PUK2 (UNBLOCK CHV2) identifiers.   Values <n1>, <n2> are the attempts left for PIN1, PIN2 (0 = blocked, 3 max)  <k1>, <k2> are the attempts left for PUK1, PUK2 (0 = blocked, 10 max)   For this to work, the card should be present at the time of initialization; otherwise, an error will be sent (+CME ERROR: 10). Command syntax: AT+CPINC Response syntax: +CPINC: <n1>,<n2>,<k1>,<k2> Command  Possible responses AT+CPINC Note: Get the number of attempts left +CPINC: 2,3,10,10 OK Note: First CHV1 attempt was a failure AT+CPINC? Note: Get current values +CPINC: 2,3,10,10 OK Note: First attempt was a failure AT+CPINC=? Note: Get possible values OK
Chapter 7 – Security Commands Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 35  Facility Lock   +CLCK Description:  This command locks, unlocks or interrogates an ME or network facility <fac>.  Note: Test SIM cards (with MCC=001 & MNC=01) do not check “PS”, “PN”, “PU”, “PP” and “PC” locks. Values: <fac> supported facilities: “PS”: SIM lock facility with an 8-digit password.  “SC“: PIN enabled (<mode> = 1) / disabled (<mode> = 0) “AO”: BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls) “OI”: BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls) “OX”: BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing. International Calls except to Home Country) “AI”: BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls) “IR”: BIC-Roam (Barr Inc.  When Roaming outside Home Country) “AB”: All Barring services “AG”: All outGoing barring services “AC”: All inComing barring services “PN”: Network lock with an 8-digit password (NCK).  “PU”: Network Subset lock with an 8-digit password (NSCK). “PP”: Service Provider lock with an 8-digit password (SPCK). “PC”: Corporate lock with an 8-digit password (CCK). “FD”: SIM Fixed Dialing Numbers (FDN) memory feature (PIN2 is required as <password>) <mode>    0  unlock the facility 1  lock the facility 2  query status <class>   A facility status can be changed for only one class, or for all classes (7 or omitted).  1    Voice (telephony) 2  Data (apply to all bearer services) 4  Fax (facsimile services) 8  Short Message service 7  Equal to all classes (Default value) Any attempt to combine different classes will result in activation / deactivation / interrogation of all classes. Password maximum length is given with the AT+CPWD=? Command. Note: It will not possible to lock the FDN phonebook if this one is not loaded. Command syntax: AT+CLCK= <fac>,<mode>[,<passwd>[,<class>] ] Response syntax: +CLCK: <status> [ ,<class1> ]<CR><LF>+CLCK: <status>,<class2> [ … ] ] Command  Possible responses AT+CLCK=”SC”,1,1234 Note: Enable PIN OK Note: PIN was correct AT+CLCK? Note: Read PIN status +CLCK:(“PS”,0),(“SC”,0),(“FD”,0),(“PN“,0),(“PU“,0),(“PP“,0),(“PC“,0) OK      Note: PIN is enabled, no SIM lock, no network lock, no information on Call barring (no longer supported in GSM Technical Specification 07.07) AT+CLCK=”SC”,0,5555 Note: Disable PIN +CME ERROR: 16 Note: PIN was wrong AT+CPIN=1234 Note: Enter PIN OK Note: PIN was good AT+CLCK=? Note: Request supported facilities +CLCK: (“PS”,”SC”,”AO”,”OI”,”OX”,”AI”,”IR”,”AB”,”AC”, ”FD”,"PN","PU","PP",”PN”) OK                       Note: Supported facilities AT+CLCK=”PN”,1,12345678 Note: Activate network lock OK Network lock activated AR+CLCK=”AO”,1,1234,2 Note: Activate all outgoing calls except data calls OK Note: Call barring is activate AT+CLCK=”AO”,2 Note: Query BAOC status +CLCK: 1,2 OK              Note: BAOC activate for data calls only AT+CLCK=”SC”,0,0000 Note: Disable PIN  +CME ERROR: 521 Note: PIN deactivation is forbidden with this SIM card
Chapter 7 – Security Commands Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 36  Change Password   +CPWD Description:  This command changes a password (PIN, call barring, NCK, etc.). The facility values (<fac>) are the same as for the +CLCK command with a “P2” facility to manage SIM PIN2. For the network lock (“PN”), unlocking is forbidden after 10 failed attempts to disable (unlock) the network lock with an incorrect password. Values:   <fac> supported facilities: “PS”: SIM lock facility with an 8-digit password.  “SC“: PIN enabled (<mode> = 1) / disabled (<mode> = 0) “AO”: BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls) “OI” : BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls) “OX”: BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing. International Calls except to Home Country) “AI” : BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls) “IR” : BIC-Roam (Barr Inc.  When Roaming outside Home Country) “AB”: All Barring services “AG”: All outGoing barring services “AC”: All inComing barring services “P2”:   “FD”: SIM Fixed Dialing Numbers (FDN) memory feature (PIN2 is required as <password>) “PN” “PU” “PP” “PC” <oldpwd>,<newpwd>   4 or up to 8 or 16 digits according to the facility. Syntax:   AT+CPWD= <fac>, <oldpwd>, <newpwd> Command  Possible responses AT+CPWD=? Note: Possible values +CPWD: (“PS”,8),(“SC”,8),(“AO”,4),(“OI”,4),(“OX”,4), (“AI”,4),(“IR,4),(“AB”,4),(“AG”,4),(“AC”,4), (“P2”,8),(“FD”,8),("PN",8),("PU",8),("PP",8), ("PC",8) OK Note: CHV1/CHV2 must be on 8 digits maximum (4mn) For call barring, on 4 digits maximum AT+CPWD=”SC”,1234,5555 Note: Change PIN OK Note: PIN was correct AT+CPWD=”SC”,1234,5555 Note: Change PIN +CME ERROR: 16 Note: PIN was wrong AT+CPIN=5555 Note: Enter PIN OK Note: PIN was correct AT+CPWD=”PN”,12345678,00000000 Note: Change NCK OK Note: NCK changed for net lock
Chapter 8 – Phonebook Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 37  Chapter 8 – Phonebook Commands Select Phonebook Memory Storage  +CPBS Description:  This command selects phonebook memory storage. The available phonebooks are:    Values:  “SM”     ADN (SIM phonebook)   “FD”    FDN (SIM Fix Dialing, restricted phonebook)   “ON”     MSISDN (SIM own numbers)   “EN”     EN (SIM emergency number)   “LD”      LND (combined ME and SIM last dialing phonebook)   “MC”    MSD (ME missed calls list)   “ME”     ME (ME phonebook)   “MT”     MT (combined ME and SIM phonebook)   “RC”     LIC (ME received calls list)   “SN”    SDN (Services dialing phonebook) Syntax:     AT+CPBS Command  Possible responses AT+CPBS=”SM” Note: Select ADN phonebookOK Note: ADN phonebook is selected AT+CPBS=? Note: Possible values +CPBS: ("SM","LD","MC","ON","ME","RC","MT","SN") OK Note: only “EN” phonebook is not supported with this SIM card. AT+CPBS? Note: Status +CPBS:”SM”,10,20 OK    Note: ADN phonebook selected, 10 locations used, 20 locations available The ADN phonebook could not be selected as FDN is active.  Read Phonebook Entries   +CPBR Description:   This command returns phonebook entries for a range of locations from the current phonebook memory storage selected with +CPBS.   Note: For all phonebook read commands (+CPBR, +CPBF, +CPBN, +CPBP, +CNUM), the TON/NPI MSB of each number is set to 1 (ex: a TON/NPI stored as 17 is displayed as 145). Values:     <first_entry>,<last_entry>   Location or range of locations of the phonebook entry or entries Syntax:     AT+CPBR Command  Possible responses AT+CPBR=? Note: Test command +CPBR: (1-50),60,10 OK Note: 50 locations (from 1 to 50), max length for phone number is 60 digits, 10 characters max for the text AT+CPBR=12,14 Note: Read entries from 12 to 14 +CPBR: 12,”112”,129,”Emergency” +CPBR: 13,”+331290909”,145,”Fred” +CPBR: 14,”0146290808”,129,”Zazi” OK Note: Display locations 12,13,14 with location, number, type (TON/NPI), Text AT+CPBR=10 Note: Read entry 10 +CPBR:10,”0146290921”,129,”Rob” OK Note:  Display location 10 AT+CPBR=11 Note: Read entry 11 (UCS2 format) +CPBR:11,”0146290921”,129,”8000010002FFFF” OK Note: Display location 11 AT+CPBR=52 Note: Read entry 52 (wrong) +CME ERROR: 21 Note: Invalid index
Chapter 8 – Phonebook Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 38  Find Phonebook Entries   +CPBF Description:  This command returns phonebook entries with alphanumeric fields starting with a given string. The AT+CPBF= “” command can be used to display all phonebook entries sorted in alphabetical order. This command is not allowed for "LD", "RC", "MC", "SN" phonebooks and for the “EN” phonebook, which does not contain alphanumeric fields. It is possible to use this command with UCS2 strings. If a wrong UCS2 format is entered, the string is considered as an ASCII string. Values: <string>   Searched starting string (depends on the format of the data stored in the phonebooks) Syntax:     AT+CPBF Command  Possible responses AT+CPBF=? Note: Test command +CPBF: 60,10 OK Note: Max length for phone number is 60 digits, 10 characters for the text AT+CPBF=“E” Note: Read entries with “E” +CPBF: 12,”112”,129,”Emergency” +CPBF: 15,”+331290101”,145,”Eric” OK Note: Display locations with text field starting with “E” AT+CPBF=”H” Note: Read entries with “H” +CME ERROR: 22 Note:  Entry not found AT+CPBF=”800001FFFF” Note: Read entries starting with 0001 UCS2 character +CPBF: 11, ”0146290921”,129,”8000010002FFFF” OK Note: Display locations with text field starting with 0001 UCS2 character AT+CPBF=”8045C” Note: Read entries with “8045C” (ASCII format) +CME ERROR: 22 Note: Entry not found. The string has a wrong UCS2 format, it is therefore considered as an ASCII string
Chapter 8 – Phonebook Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 39  Write Phonebook Entry   +CPBW Description:  This command writes a phonebook entry in location number <index> in the current phonebook memory storage. “RC” and “MC” phonebooks could be erased only by +CPBW. Adding a field and/or modifying a field is not allowed for these phonebooks.       This command is not allowed for “EN”, “LD”, “MC”, “RC”, “MT”, and “SN” phonebooks (they cannot be written). Note:  +CSCS (Select Character set) does not affect the format for phonebook entries. Values: <index>  Integer type value depending on the capacity of the phonebook memory.  <number>  Phone number in ASCII format.  <type>  TON/NPI (Type of address byte in integer format). Note:  for the <type> parameter, all values are allowed from 0 to 255, but the MSB will be set to 1 in all cases (ex: a <type> value of 17 will be written as 145).  <text> String type. Note:   For the <text> parameter all strings starting with “80” , “81” or “81” are considered in UCS2 format. See the Appendix G (Coding of Alpha fields in the SIM for UCS2). Syntax:     AT+CPBW=<index>[,<number>[,<type>[,<text>]]] Command  Possible responses AT+CPBW=? Note: Test command +CPBW: (1-50),60,(129,145),10 OK Note: 50 locations, phone number = 60 digits max, TON/NPI of 129 or 145, text length = 10 AT+CPBW= 3 Note: Erase location 3 OK Note: Location 3 erased AT+CPBW=5,”112”,129,”SOS” Note: Write at location 5 OK Note: Location 5 written AT+CPBW=5,”01290917”,129,”Jacky” Note: Overwrite location 5 OK Note: Location 5 overwritten AT+CPBW=6,”01292349”,129,”8000410042” Note: write location 6 (UCS2 format for the <text> field) OK Note: Location 6 is written AT+CPBW=,”+33145221100”,145,”SOS” Note: Write at the first location available OK Note: First location available is written AT+CPBW=,”0345221100”,129,”SOS” Note: Write at the first location available +CME ERROR: 20 Note: Phonebook full AT+CPBW=57,”112”,129,”WM” Note: Write at location 57 (wrong) +CME ERROR: 21 Note: Invalid index AT+CPBW=7,”012345678901234567890”,129,”WAVE” Note: Write at location 7 a phone number exceeding the limit (21 digits) +CME ERROR: 26  Note: Phone number too long AT+CPBW=7,”0122334455”,129,”TEL” Note: Write at location 7 along text (11 characters) +CME ERROR: 24 Note: Text too long AT+CPBW=8,”01292349”,129,”80xyz” Note: write location OK Note: Location 8 is written. The string has a wrong UCS2 format, it is therefore considered as an ASCII string When the fixed dialing phonebook (FDN) is locked, this command is not allowed. Moreover, when the FDN is unlocked, PIN2 is required to write in the FDN phonebook.  But if PIN2 authentication has been performed during the current session, the +CPBW command with FDN is allowed. Command  Possible responses AT+CPBS=”FD” Note: Choose FDN OK  AT+CPBW=5,”01290917”,129,”Jacky” Note: Write in FDN at location 5 +CME ERROR: 17 Note: SIM PIN2 is required AT+CPIN?  SIM PIN2 Note:  SIM PIN2 is required AT+CPIN=5678 Note: Enter SIM PIN2 OK  AT+CPBW=5,”01290917”,129,”Jacky” Note: Write in FDN at location 5 OK Note: Writing in FDN is now allowed
Chapter 8 – Phonebook Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 40  Phonebook Phone Search   +CPBP Description:   This command orders the product to search the phonebook for an item with the same phone number as that defined in the parameter. Values:        <PhoneNumber>     coded according to GSM 07.07/GSM 07.05 Syntax:        AT+CPBP=<PhoneNumber>  Command  Possible responses AT+CPBP=”+331290101” Note: Search entries corresponding to this phone number +CPBP: 15,”+331290101”,145,”Eric” OK Note: Display the entry corresponding to the specified phone number AT+CPBP=”+331290101” Note: Search entries corresponding to this phone number +CPBP: 15,”01290101”,129,”Eric” OK Note: Display the entry corresponding to the specified phone number AT+CPBP=”01290202” Note: Search entries corresponding to this phone number +CPBP: 15,”+331290202”,145,”David” OK Note: Display the entry corresponding to the specified phone number AT+CPBP=”+331288575” Note: Search entries corresponding to this phone number +CPBP: 15,”+331290101”,145,”8045682344FFFF” (UCS2 format) OK Note: Display the entry corresponding to the specified phone number AT+CPBP=”0129” Note: Search entries corresponding to this phone number +CME ERROR: 22 Note: Entry not found  Move Action in Phonebook   +CPBN Description:  This specific command instructs the product to make a forward or backward move in the phonebook (in alphabetical order). This command is not allowed for the “EN” phonebook - which does not contain alphanumeric fields. Values: <mode>   0 First item 1 Last item 2  Next valid item in alphabetical order 3  Previous valid item in alphabetical order 4  Last item read (usable only if a read operation has been performed on the current phonebook since the end of initialization (+WIND: 4)) 5  Last item written (usable only if a write operation has been performed on the current phonebook since the end of initialization (+WIND: 4)) Syntax:     AT+CPBN=<mode> Command  Possible responses AT+CPBN=? Note: Test command +CPBN: (0-5) OK Note: Possible modes AT+CPBN=0 Note: Read the first location +CPBN: 15,”+331290101”,145,”Eric” OK Note: Display the first location AT+CPBN=2 Note: Read the next location +CPBN: 5,”+33147658987”,145,”Frank” OK Note: Display the second location AT+CPBN=2 Note: Read the next location +CPBN: 6,”+331290302”,145,”Marc” OK Note: Display the third location AT+CPBN=3 Note: Read the previous location +CPBN: 5,”+33147658987”,145,”Frank” OK Note: Display the second location AT+CPBN=1 Note: Read the last location +CPBN: 6,”+331290302”,145,”Marc” OK Note: Display the last location AT+CPBN=2 Note: Read the next location +CPBP: 15,”+331290101”,145,”Eric” OK Note: Display the first location
Chapter 8 – Phonebook Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 41  Using mode 4 and 5 with +CPBF command and CPBW: Command  Possible responses AT+CPBF=”Er” Note: Find ”Er” in phonebook +CPBF: 15,”+331290101”,145,”Eric” OK Note: Display the location AT+CPBN=2 Note: Read the next location +CPBN: 5,”+33147658987”,145,”Frank” OK Note: Display the following location AT+CPBF=”Er” Note: Find ”Er” in phonebook +CPBF: 15,”+331290101”,145,”Eric” OK Note: Display the location AT+CPBN=4 Note: Get the last location read +CPBF: 15,”+331290101”,145,”Eric” OK Note: Display the last location read AT+CPBW=,”0146290800”,129,”WM” Note: Write an item at the first location available OK Note: No information about this location AT+CPBN=4 Note: Get the last location read +CPBF: 15,”+331290101”,145,”Eric” OK Note: Display the last location read   AT+CPBN=38,”0146290800,129,”WM” Note: Display the last item written with its location AT+CPBN=4 Note: Get the last item read AT+CPBN=38,”0146290800,129,”WM” Note: Now the last item read is the last written item too AT+CPBF=”800041FFFF” Note: Find”800041” in phonebook +CPBF: 15,”+3312345”,145,”8000414339FFFF” OK Note: Display this location AT+CPBN=4 Note: Get the last location read +CPBF: 15,”+3312345”,145,”8000414339FFFF” OK Note: Display the last location read Note:   The AT+CPBN=5 command is useful after an AT+CPBW command used without a location.  Subscriber Number   +CNUM Description:  This command returns the subscriber MSISDN(s). If the subscriber has different MSISDNs for different services, each MSISDN is returned in a separate line.   Values: <alphax>  optional alphanumeric string associated with <numberx>  <numberx> string type phone number with format as specified by <typex>  <typex>   type of address byte in integer format Command syntax: AT+CNUM Response syntax: +CNUM: <alpha1>, <number1>, <type1> <CR><LF> +CNUM: <alpha2>, <number2>, <type2> …. Command  Possible responses AT+CNUM  Note: Get MSISDN(s) +CNUM:”Phone”, “0612345678”,129 +CNUM:”Fax”, “0687654321”,129 +CNUM: “80001002FFFF”, “+0183773”, 145 (UCS2 format) OK Note: MSISDNs AT+CNUM=? OK
Chapter 8 – Phonebook Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 42  Avoid Phonebook Initialization   +WAIP Description:  This specific command allows the initialization of all phonebooks to be inhibited during subsequent boots.  Values: <mode>   0 Normal initialization (with phonebooks)  1  No phonebook initialization Syntax:    AT+WAIP=<mode> Command  Possible responses AT+WAIP?  Note: Current values ? +WAIP:0 OK Note: Default value (init phonebooks) AT+WAIP=? Note: Possible values ? +WAIP: (0,1) OK     Note: Disable / enable AT+WAIP =1 Note: Inhibit initialization of phonebooks (next boot) OK Note: no answer AT&W     Note: Save modifications in EEPROM   Caution:  The given value should be stored in EEPROM. Therefore, the AT&W command must be used to save the new <mode> value. Note:   phonebook commands are allowed if +WAIP=1 (after boot). If a phonebook command is entered, a “+CME ERROR: 3” is returned.  Delete Calls Phonebook   +WDCP Description:  This specific command deletes the calls listed in some phonebooks. Values: <calls phonebook>  “LD” SIM (ME extended) Last dialing phonebook  “MC” ME missed calls list phonebook  “RC” ME received calls list phonebook Syntax:      +WDCP=<calls phonebook> Command  Possible responses AT+WDCP? OK AT+WDCP=?  Note: Possible values ? +WDCP: ("LD","MC","RC") OK      Note: Identifiers of the phonebooks supporting a list of callsAT+WDCP=”LD” Note: Delete all the content of Last Dialing phonebook.OK Note: Last Dialing phonebook is now empty.   Set Voice Mail Number  +CSVM Description:  This commands sets/gets and enables/disables the voice mail number in memory.. Values: <mode>   0  Disable the voice mail number  1  Enable the voice mail number  <number>   Phone number in ASCII format.   <type>     TON/NPI (Type of address byte in integer format).  Note:  For the <type> parameter, all values are allowed from 0 to 255, but the MSB will be set to 1 in all cases (ex: a <type> value of 17 will be written as 145). Syntax:     AT+CSVM=<mode>[,<number>[,<type>]] Command  Possible responses AT+CSVM?  Note: Get mail number +CSVM: 1,”660”,129 OK Note: Voice mail number “660” is activated AT+CSVM=?  Note: Possible values ? +CSVM: (0-1),(129,145) OK Note: activation/deactivation and format 129 & 145 are supported AT+CSVM=0,”888”,129 Note: Disable Voice Mail number and change value to “888”. OK
Chapter 9 – Short Messages Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 43  Chapter 9 – Short Messages Parameters Definition <da>  Destination Address, coded according to the GSM Technical Specification 03.40 TP-DA <dcs>  Data Coding Scheme, coded according to document [5] <dt>  Discharge Time in string format:  “yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz”(Year [00-99], Month [01-12],    Day [01-31], Hour, Minute, Second and Time Zone [quarters of an hour] ) <fo>  First Byte, coded according to SMS-SUBMIT first byte in document [4], default value is 17 for SMS-SUBMIT <index>  Place of storage in memory <length>  Text mode (+CMGF=1): number of characters PDU mode (+CMGF=0): length of the TP data unit in bytes  <mem1>  Memory used to list, read and delete messages (+CMGL, +CMGR and +CMGD) <mem2>   Memory used to write and send messages (+CMGW, +CMSS) <mid>  CBM Message Identifier <mr>   Message Reference <oa>  Originator Address <pid>  Protocol Identifier <pdu> For SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM Technical Specification 03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal format, coded as specified in doc [4] For CBS: GSM Technical Specification 03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format <ra> Recipient Address <sca>  Service Center Address <scts>  Service Center Time Stamp in string format: “yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz” (Year/Month/Day,Hour:Min:Seconds±TimeZone) <sn>  CBM Serial Number <st>   Status of a SMS-STATUS-REPORT <stat>  Status of message in memory <tooa>   Type-of-Address of <oa> <tora>  Type-of-Address of <ra> <tosca>  Type-of-Address of <sca> <total1>   Number of message locations in <mem1> <total2>  Number of messages locations in <mem2> <used1>   Total number of messages locations in <mem1> <used2>  Total number of messages locations in <mem2> <vp>  Validity Period of the short message, default value is 167
Chapter 9 – Short Messages Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 44 Select Message Service  +CSMS Description:  The supported services include originated (SMS-MO) and terminated short messages (SMS-MT) as well as Cell Broadcast Message (SMS-CB) services. Values: <service>   0  SMS AT commands are compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase 2 version 4.7.0.  1  SMS AT commands are compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase 2 + version . Syntax:    AT+CSMS=<service> Command  Possible responses AT+CSMS=0  Note: SMS AT command Phase 2 version 4.7.0 +CSMS: 1,1,1 OK Note: SMS-MO, SMS-MT and SMS-CB supported AT+CSMS=1 Note: SMS AT command Phase 2 + +CSMS: 1,1,1 Note: SMS-MO, SMS-MT and SMS-CB supported AT+CSMS? Note: Current values ? +CSMS: 0,1,1,1 OK Note: GSM 03.40 and 03.41 (SMS AT command Phase 2 version 4.7.0 AT+CSMS=? Note: Possible services +CSMS: (0,1) OK  New Message Acknowledgement   +CNMA Description:  This command allows reception of a new message routed directly to the TE to be acknowledged.,    In TEXT mode, only positive acknowledgement to the network (RP-ACK) is possible.    In PDU mode, either positive (RP-ACK) or negative (RP-ERROR) acknowledgement to the network is possible.    Acknowledgement with +CNMA is possible only if the +CSMS parameter is set to 1 (+CSMS=1) when a +CMT or +CDS indication is shown (see +CNMI command).    If no acknowledgement occurs within the network timeout, an RP-ERROR is sent to the network. The <mt> and <ds> parameters of the +CNMI command are then reset to zero (do not show new message indication). Values:  <n>: Type of acknowledgement in PDU mode  0 send RP-ACK without PDU (same as TEXT mode)  1 send RP-ACK with optional PDU message  2 send RP-ERROR with optional PDU message  <length>: Length of the PDU message Syntax: Command syntax in text mode:    AT+CNMA Command syntax in PDU mode:   AT+CNMA [ = <n> [ , <length> [ <CR>  Note: PDU is entered using <ackpdu> format instead of <pdu> format (e.g., SMSC address field is not present). PDU is entered <ctrl-Z / ESC> ] ] ] Example of new message acknowledgement in TEXT mode Command  Possible responses AT+CMGF=1 Note: Set TEXT mode OK Note: TEXT mode valid AT+CNMI=2,2,0,0,0 Note: <mt>=2 OK    +CMT: “123456”,”98/10/01,12:30 00+00”,129,4 ,32,240, “15379”,129,5<CR><LF> Received message Note: message received AT+CNMA Note: acknowledge the message received OK Note: send positive acknowledgement to the network AT+CNMA Note: try to acknowledge again +CMS ERROR: 340 Note: no +CNMA acknowledgment expected
Chapter 9 – Short Messages Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 45  Example of new message acknowledgement in PDU mode: Command  Possible responses AT+CMGF=0 Note: Set PDU mode OK Note: PDU mode valid   +CMT: ,29 07913366003000F1240B913366920547F30000003003419404800B506215D42ECFE7E17319 Note: message received AT+CNMA=2,<length> <CR> … Pdu message … <Ctrl-Z/ESC> Note: negative acknowledgement for the message.  OK Note: send a negative acknowledgement to the network (RP-ERROR) with PDU message (<ackpdu> format).   Preferred Message Storage   +CPMS Description:  This command allows the message storage area to be selected (for reading, writing, etc). Values: <mem1>: Memory used to list, read and delete messages. It can be: “SM”  SMS message storage in SIM (default) “BM”  CBM message storage (in volatile memory). “SR”  Status Report message storage (in SIM if the EF-SMR file exists, otherwise in the ME non volatile memory)  Note: “SR” ME non-volatile memory is cleared when another SIM card is inserted. It is kept, even after a reset, while the same SIM card is used.  <mem2>: Memory used to write and send messages   “SM”  SMS message storage in SIM (default).     If the command is correct, the following message indication is sent:     +CPMS: <used1>,<total1>,<used2>,<total2>    When <mem1> is selected, all following +CMGL, +CMGR and +CMGD commands are related to the type of SMS stored in this memory. Syntax:     AT+CPMS=<mem1>,[<mem2>] Command  Possible responses AT+CPMS=?  Note: Possible message storages +CPMS: ((“SM”,”BM”,”SR”),(“SM”)) OK Note:  Read, list, delete: SMS, CBM or SMS Status Report Write, send: SMS AT+CPMS?  Note: Read +CPMS: “SM”,3, 10,”SM”,3,10 OK Note: Read, write…SMS from/to SIM  3 SMS are stored in SIM. 10 is the total memory available in SIM AT+CPMS=”AM” Note: Select false message storage+CMS ERROR: 302  AT+CPMS=”BM”  Note: Select CBM message storage+CPMS: 2,20,3,10 OK Note: Read, list, delete CBM from RAM 2 CBM are stored in RAMAT+CPMS?  Note: Read +CPMS: “BM”,2,20,”SM”,3,10 OK Note: Read list, delete CBM from RAM, Write SMS to SIM
Chapter 9 – Short Messages Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 46 Preferred Message Format   +CMGF Description:  The message formats supported are text mode and PDU mode.  In PDU mode, a complete SMS Message including all header information is given as a binary string (in hexadecimal format). Therefore, only the following set of characters is allowed: {‘0’,’1’,’2’,’3’,’4’,’5’,’6’,’7’,’8’,’9’, ‘A’, ‘B’,’C’,’D’,’E’,’F’}. Each pair of characters are converted to a byte (e.g.: ‘41’ is converted to the ASCII character ‘A’, whose ASCII code is 0x41 or 65). In Text mode, all commands and responses are in ASCII characters. The format selected is stored in EEPROM by the +CSAS command.   Values: <mode> PDU or Text Mode 0 PDU mode 1 Text mode   The <pdu> message is composed of the SC address (« 00 means no SC address given, use default SC address read with +CSCA command) and the TPDU message. In this example, the length of bytes of the TPDU buffer is 14, coded according to GSM Technical Specification 03.40 . In this case the TPDU is: 0x01 0x03 0x06 0x91 0x21 0x43 0x65 0x00 0x00 0x04 0xC9 0xE9 0x34 0x0B, which is GSM 03.40:  <fo>  0x01 (SMS-SUBMIT, no validity period)  <mr> (TP-MR)   0x03 (Message Reference)  <da> (TP-DA)    0x06 0x91 0x21 0x43 0x65 (destination address +123456)  <pid> (TP-PID)   0x00 (Protocol Identifier)  <dcs> (TP-DCS)   0x00 (Data Coding Scheme: 7 bits alphabet)  <length> (TP-UDL)   0x04 (User Data Length, 4 characters of text)  TP-UD   0xC9 0xE9 0x34 0x0B (User Data: ISSY)   TPDU in hexadecimal format must be converted into two ASCII characters; e.g., an byte with hexadecimal value 0x2A is presented to the ME as two characters ‘2’ (ASCII 50) and ‘A’ (ASCII 65). Syntax:    AT+CMGF Command  Possible responses AT+CMGF ?  Note: Current message format +CMGF: 1 OK Note: Text mode AT+CMGF=?  Note: Possible message format +CMGF: (0-1) OK Note: Text or PDU modes are available Example:  Sending an SMS Message in PDU mode: Command  Possible responses AT+CMGF=0 Note: Set PDU mode OK Note: PDU mode valid AT+CMGS=14<CR> 0001030691214365000004C9E9340B Note: Send complete MSG in PDU mode, no SC address+CMGS: 4 OK Note: MSG correctly sent, <mr> is returned  Save Settings   +CSAS Description:  All settings specified by the +CSCA and +CSMP commands are stored in EEPROM if the SIM card is a Phase 1 card or in the SIM card if it is a Phase 2 SIM card. Values:   No parameters  Syntax:    AT+CSAS Command  Possible responses AT+CSAS Note: Store +CSCA and +CSMP parameters OK Note: Parameters saved    Restore Settings   +CRES Description:  All settings specified in the +CSCA and +CSMP commands are restored from EEPROM if the SIM card is Phase 1 or from the SIM card if it is a Phase 2 SIM card. Values:   No parameters Syntax:     AT+CRES Command  Possible responses AT+CRES Note: Restore +CSCA and +CSMP parameters OK Note: Parameters restored
Chapter 9 – Short Messages Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 47  Show Text Mode Parameters  +CSDH Description:  This command gives additional information on text mode result codes. This information is given in brackets in the +CMTI, +CMT, +CDS, +CMGR, +CMGL commands.   Values:    <n>: show indicator   0 do not show header values  1 show the values in result codes Syntax:    AT+CSDH Command  Possible responses AT+CSDH=0 Note: Set  value to “do not how” OK AT+CSDH? Note: Current value +CSDH: 0 OK    Note: Do not show header values
Chapter 9 – Short Messages Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 48  New Message Indication   +CNMI Description:   This command selects the procedure for message reception from the network.    Values: <mode>: controls the processing of unsolicited result codes Note: Only <mode>=2 is supported.  Any other value for <mode> (0,1 or 3) is accepted (return code will be OK),  but the processing of unsolicited result codes will be the same as with <mode>=2.  0   Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code buffer is full, indications can be buffered in some other place, or the oldest indications may be discarded and replaced with the new received indications  1   Discard indication and reject new received message unsolicited result codes when TA-TE link is reserved. Otherwise forward them directly to the TE  2   Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA when TA-TE link is reserved and flush them to the TE after reservation. Otherwise forward them directly to the TE  3   Forward unsolicited result codes directly to the TE. TA-TE link specific inband used to embed result codes and data when TA is in on-line data mode  <mt>: sets the result code indication routing for SMS-DELIVERs. Default is 0.  0   No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed.  1   SMS-DELIVERs are routed using unsolicited code: +CMTI: “SM”,<index>  2   SMS-DELIVERs (except class 2 messages) are routed using unsolicited code: +CMT: [<alpha>,] <length> <CR> <LF> <pdu> (PDU mode) or +CMT: <oa>,[<alpha>,] <scts> [,<tooa>, <fo>, <pid>, <dcs>, <sca>, <tosca>, <length>] <CR><LF><data> (text mode)  3   Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly using code in <mt>=2 ; Message of other classes result in indication <mt>=1  <bm>:   Set the rules for storing received CBMs (Cell Broadcast Message) types depend on its coding scheme, the setting of Select CBM Types (+CSCB command) and <bm>. Default is 0.  0   No CBM indications are routed to the TE. The CBMs are stored.  1   The CBM is stored and an indication of the memory location is routed to the customer application using unsolicited result code: +CBMI: “BM”, <index>  2   New CBMs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited result code. +CBM: <length><CR><LF><pdu>  (PDU mode) or +CBM:<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages>(Text mode) <CR><LF> <data>  3 Class 3 CBMs: as <bm>=2. Other classes CBMs: as <bm>=1.  <ds> for SMS-STATUS-REPORTs. Default is 0.  0  No SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed.  1 SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed using unsolicited code: +CDS: <length> <CR> <LF> <pdu> (PDU mode) or +CDS: <fo>,<mr>, [<ra>] , [<tora>], <scts>,<dt>,<st> (Text mode)  2  SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are stored and routed using the unsolicited result code: +CDSI: “SR”,<index>  <bfr> Default is 0.  0 TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the TE when <mode> 1…3 is entered (OK response shall be given before flushing the codes)  1   TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when <mode> 1…3 is entered. Syntax:     AT+CNMI=<mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr> Command  Possible responses AT+CNMI=2,1,0,0,0           Note: <mt>=1 OK  AT+CMTI: “SM”,1 Note: message received AT+CNMI=2,2,0,0,0            Note: <mt>=2 OK   +CMT: “123456”,”98/10/01,12:30 00+00”,129,4,32,240, “15379”,129,5<CR><LF> Note: message received AT+CNMI=2,0,0,1,0            Note: <ds>=1 OK AT+CMGS=”+33146290800”<CR> Message to send <ctrl-Z> Note: Send a message in text mode +CMGS: 7 OK                           Note: Successful transmission   +CDS: 2, 116, ”+33146290800”, 145, “98/10/01,12:30:07+04”, “98/10/01 12:30:08+04”, 0 Note: message was correctly delivered
Chapter 9 – Short Messages Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 49  Read Message   +CMGR Description:  This command allows the application to read stored messages. The messages are read from the memory selected by the +CPMS command.   Command syntax:    AT+CMGR=<index> Response syntax for text mode: +CMGR:  <stat>,<oa>,[<alpha>,] <scts> [,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>] <CR><LF> <data> (for SMS-DELIVER only) +CMGR:  <stat>,<da>,[<alpha>,] [,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>, [<vp>], <sca>, <tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF> <data> (for SMS-SUBMIT only) +CMGR:  <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st> (for SMS-STATUS-REPORT only) Response syntax for PDU mode: +CMGR: <stat>, [<alpha>] ,<length> <CR><LF> <pdu>  A message read with status “REC UNREAD” will be updated in memory with the status “REC READ”. Note: The <stat> parameter for SMS Status Reports is always “READ”. Command  Possible responses   AT+CMTI: “SM”,1 Note: New message received AT+CMGR=1 Note: Read the message +CMGR: “REC UNREAD”,”0146290800”, ”98/10/01,18:22:11+00”,<CR><LF> ABCdefGHI OK AT+CMGR=1 Note: Read the message again +CMGR: “REC UNREAD”,”0146290800”, ”98/10/01,18:22:11+00”,<CR><LF> ABCdefGHI OK Note: Message is read now AT+CMGR=2 Note: Read at a wrong index +CMS ERROR: 321 Note: Error: invalid index AT+CMGF=0 ;+CMGR=1  Note: In PDU mode +CMGR: 2,,<length> <CR><LF><pdu> OK Note: Message is stored but unsent, no <alpha>field AT+CMGF=1;+CPMS=”SR”;+CNMI=,,,2 Reset to text mode, set read memory to “SR”, and allow storage of further SMS Status Report into “SR” memory OK AT+CMSS=3 Send an SMS previously stored +CMSS: 160 OK  +CDSI: “SR”,1 New SMS Status Report stored in “SR” memory at index 1 AT+CMGR=1 Read the SMS Status Report +CMGR: "READ",6,160, "+33612345678",129,"01/05/31,15:15:09+00", "01/05/31,15:15:09+00",0 OK
Chapter 9 – Short Messages Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 50  List Message   +CMGL Description:  This command allows the application to read stored messages, by indicating the type of the message to read. The messages are read from the memory selected by the +CPMS command. Values: <stat> possible values (status of messages in memory):  Text mode possible values PDU mode possible values Status of messages in memory “REC UNREAD”  0  received unread messages “REC READ”  1  received read messages “STO UNSENT”  2  stored unsent messages “STO SENT”  3  stored sent messages “ALL” 4  all messages Note:  For SMS Status Reports, only “ALL” / 4 and “READ” / 1 values of the <stat> parameter will list messages ; other values will only return OK. Command syntax:     AT+CMGL=<stat> Response syntax for text mode: +CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<da/oa>[,<alpha>], [<scts>, <tooa/toda>, <length>] <CR><LF><data> (for SMS-DELIVER and SMS-SUBMIT, may be followed by other <CR><LF>+CMGL:<index>…) +CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st> (for SMS-STATUS-REPORT only, may be followed by other <CR><LF>+CMGL:<index>…) Response syntax for PDU mode: +CMGL: <index>,<stat>, [<alpha>], <length> <CR><LF> <pdu> (for SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT and SMS-STATUS-REPORT, may be followed by other <CR><LF>+CMGL:<index>…) Command  Possible responses AT+CMGL=“REC UNREAD” Note: List unread messages in text mode +CMGL: 1,”REC UNREAD”,”0146290800”, <CR><LF> Unread message ! +CMGL: 3,”REC UNREAD”, “46290800”, <CR><LF> Another message unread! OK Note: 2 messages are unread, these messages will then have their status changed to “REC READ” (+CSDH:0) AT+CMGL=”REC READ” Note: List read messages in text mode +CMGL: 2,”REC READ”,”0146290800”, <CR><LF>   Keep cool OK AT+CMGL=”STO SENT” Note: List stored and sent messages in text mode OK Note: No message found AT+CMGL=1 Note: List read messages in PDU mode +CMGL: 1,1,,26 <CR><LF> 07913366003000F3040B913366920547F40013001190412530400741AA8E5A9C5201 OK
Chapter 9 – Short Messages Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 51  Send Message   +CMGS Description:   The <address> field is the address of the terminal to which the message is sent. To send the message, simply type, <ctrl-Z> character (ASCII 26). The text can contain all existing characters except <ctrl-Z> and <ESC> (ASCII 27). This command can be aborted using the <ESC> character when entering text. In PDU mode, only hexadecimal characters are used (‘0’…’9’,’A’…’F’).   Values:   <ctrl-Z / ESC >  Note: Type this to send the message Command syntax in text mode:  AT+CMGS= <da> [ ,<toda> ] <CR>  Text is entered:    <ctrl-Z / ESC > Command syntax in PDU mode:  AT+CMGS= <length> <CR> PDU is entered:   <ctrl-Z / ESC > Command  Possible responses AT+CMGS=”+33146290800”<CR> Please call me soon, Fred. <ctrl-Z> Note: Send a message in text mode +CMGS: <mr> OK Note: Successful transmission AT+CMGS=<length><CR><pdu><ctrl-Z> Note: Send a message in PDU mode  +CMGS: <mr> OK Note: Successful transmission The message reference <mr> is returned to the application and allocated by the product. This number begins with 0, is incremented by one for each outgoing message (successes and failures), and is cyclic on one byte (0 follows 255).       Note:  This number is not a storage number. Outgoing messages are not stored.   Write Message to Memory   +CMGW Description:  This command stores a message in memory (either SMS-SUBMIT or SMS-DELIVERs). The memory location <index> is returned (no choice possible as with phonebooks +CPBW). Text or PDU is entered as described for the Send Message +CMGS command. Values: <oa/da>   Originating or Destination Address Value in string format  <tooa/toda>  Type of Originating / Destination Address  <stat>  Integer type in PDU mode (default 2 for +CMGW) or string type in text mode (default “STO UNSENT” for +CMGW). Indicates the status of message in memory. If <stat> is omitted, the stored message is considered as a message to send  0  “REC UNREAD”  1 “REC READ”  2 “STO UNSENT”  3 “STO SENT”  <length>:   Length of the actual data unit in bytes Command syntax in text mode:  (<index> is returned in both cases)  AT+CMGW= <oa/da> [,<tooa/toda> [,<stat> ] ] <CR>  Enter text :   <ctrl-Z / ESC> Command syntax in PDU mode:  AT+CMGW= <length> [,<stat>] <CR>  Give PDU:    <ctrl-Z / ESC> Response syntax:    +CMGW: <index> or +CMS ERROR: <err> if writing fails Command  Possible responses AT+CMGW=”+33146290800”<CR> Hello how are you ?<ctrl-Z> Note: Write a message in text mode +CMGW: 4 OK Note: Message stored in index 4 AT+CMGW=<length><CR><pdu><ctrl-Z> Note: Write a message in PDU mode +CMGW: <index> OK Note: Message stored in <index>
Chapter 9 – Short Messages Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 52  Send Message from Storage   +CMSS Description:   This command sends a message stored at location value <index>.   Values: <index>  location of stored message  <da> desination address   <toda> type of destination address  <mr> message reference Command syntax:   AT+CMSS=<index>[,<da> [,<toda>] ] Response syntax:    +CMSS: <mr> or +CMS ERROR: <err> if sending fails If a new recipient address <da> is given, it will be used instead of the one stored with the message Command  Possible responses AT+CMGW=0660123456<CR> Today is my birthday  +CMGW: 5 OK Note: Message stored with index 5  AT+CMSS=5, 0680654321  Note: Send the message 5 to a different destination number AT+CMSS:<mr> OK Note: Successful transmission AT+CMSS=5, 0680654321  Note: Send the message 5 to a different destination number +CMSS:<mr> OK Note: Successful transmission  Set Text Mode Parameters  +CSMP Description:  This command selects a value for <vp>, <pid>, and <dcs>.   Values:   <fo> byte comprises 6 different fields: B7 B6 B5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 RP UDHI SRR  VPF RD  MTI RP   Reply Path, not used in text mode.  UDHI  User Data Header Information, b6=1 if the beginning of the User Data field contains a Header in addition to the short message. This option is not supported in +CSMP command, but can be used in PDU mode (+CMGS). SRR  Status Report Request, b5=1 if a status report is requested. This mode is supported. VPF   Validity Period Format     b4=0 & b3=0 -> <vp> field is not present      b4=1 & b3=0 -> <vp> field is present in relative format     Others formats (absolute & enhanced) are not supported. RD   Reject Duplicates, b2=1 to instruct the SC to reject an SMS-SUBMIT for an SM still held in the SC that has the same <mr> and <da> as the previously submitted SM from the same <oa>. MTI   Message Type Indicator b1=0 & b0=0 -> SMS-DELIVER (in the direction SC to MS) b1=0 & b0=1 -> SMS-SUBMIT (in the direction MS to SC) In text mode <vp> is only coded in “relative” format. The default value is 167 (24 hours). This means that one byte can describe different values: VP value  Validity period value 0 to 143  (VP + 1) x 5 minutes (up to 12 hours) 144 to 167  12 hours + ( (VP – 143) x 30 minutes ) 168 to 196  (VP – 166) x 1 day 197 to 255  (VP – 192) x 1 week <pid>   is used to indicate the higher layer protocol being used or indicates interworking with a certain type of telematic device. For example, 0x22 is for group 3 telefax, 0x24 is for voice telephone, 0x25 is for ERMES. <dcs>   is used to determine the way the information is encoded. Compressed text is not supported. Only GSM default alphabet, 8 bit data and UCS2 alphabet are supported. Syntax:    AT+CSMP=<fo>, <vp>, <pid>,<dcs> Command  Possible responses AT+CSMP?  Note: current values +CSMP: 0,0,0,0 OK Note: No validity period <dcs>= PCCP437 alphabet (8 bits Æ 7 bits) AT+CMPS=17,23,64,244 Note:<vp> = 23 (2 hours, relative format) <dcs> = GSM 8 bits alphabet  OK Note: Command correct
Chapter 9 – Short Messages Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 53  Delete Message   +CMGD Description:  This command deletes one or several messages from preferred message storage (“BM” SMS CB ‘RAM storage’, “SM” SMSPP storage ‘SIM storage’ or “SR” SMS Status-Report storage).   Values: <index>   (1-20) When the preferred message storage is “BM”      Integer type values in the range of location numbers of SIM Message memory when the preferred message storage is “SM” or “SR”.  <DelFlag>   0  Delete message at location <index>.   1    Delete All READ messages   2    Delete All READ and SENT messages   3    Delete All READ, SENT and UNSENT messages   4    Delete All messages. Note:  When the preferred message storage is “SR”, as SMS status reports are assumed to have a “READ” status, if <DelFlag> is greater than 0, all SMS status reports will be deleted. Syntax:    AT+CMGD=<Index> [,<DelFalg>] Command  Possible responses  +CMTI:”SM”,3 Note: New message received AT+CMGR=3 Note: Read it +CMGR: “REC UNREAD”,”0146290800”, “98/10/01,18:19:20+00” <CR><LF> Message received! Note: Unread message received from 0146290800 on the 01/10/1998 at 18H19m 20s AT+CMGD=3 Note: Delete it OK Note: Message deleted AT+CMGD=1,0 OK Note: The message from the preferred message storage at the location 1 is deleted AT+CMGD=1,1 OK Note: All READ messages from the preferred message storage are deleted AT+CMGD=1,2 OK Note: All READ messages and SENT mobile originated messages are deleted AT+CMGD=1,3 OK Note: All READ, SENT and UNSENT messages are deleted AT+CMGD=1,4 OK Note: All messages are deleted   Service Center Address   +CSCA Description:  This command indicates the service center to which the message must be sent. The product has no default value for this address. If the application tries to send a message without having indicated the service center address, an error will be generated. Therefore, the application must indicate the SC address when initializing the SMS. This address is then permanently valid. The application may change it if necessary. Values:    <sca> service center address Syntax:    AT+CSCA Command  Possible responses AT+CMGS= “+33146290800”<CR> Hello, how are you?<ctrl-Z> Note: Send a message +CMS ERROR: 330 Note: service center unknown AT+CSCA=”0696741234” Note: Service center initialization OK  AT+CMGS=”+33146290800”<CR> Happy Birthday ! <ctrl-Z> Note:  +CMGS: 1 OK Note: Successful transmission
Chapter 9 – Short Messages Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 54  Select Cell Broadcast Message Types   +CSCB Description:  This command selects which types of CBMs are to be received by the ME. This command is allowed in both PDU and text modes.    Values:  The <bm> parameter of +CNMI command controls the message indication.    The activation of CBM reception (<mode>=0) can select only specific Message Indentifiers (list in <mids>) for specific Languages (list in <dcss>), but the deactivation stops any reception of CBMs (only AT+CSCB=1 is allowed).    Message Identifiers (<mids> parameter) indicates the type of message identifiers for which the ME should listen.  <dcss> Supported languages 0 for German  8 for Portuguese 1 for English  9 for Finnish 2 for Italian  10 for Norwegian 3 for French  11 for Greek 4 for Spanish  12 for Turkish 5 for Dutch  13 for Hungarian 6 for Swedish  14 for Polish 7 for Danish  32 for Czech Syntax:     AT+CSCB= <mode>, [  <mids>, [ <dcss> ] ] Important Note: Test read command (AT+CSCB ? is not supported). Command  Possible responses AT+CSCB=0,”15-17,50,86”,” ” Note: Accept SMS-CB types, 15,16,17,50 and 86 in any language OK Note: CBMs can be received   +CBM: 10<CR><LF> 00112233445566778899 Note: CBM length of a received Cell Broadcast message (SMS-CB), CBM bytes in PDU mode AT+CSCB=1 Note: Deactivate the reception of CBMs OK Note: CBM reception is completely stopped   Cell Broadcast Message Identifiers   +WCBM Description:  This specific command is used to read the EF-CBMI SIM file. The EF-CBMI file is not used with the +CSCB command. The application should read this file (using AT+WCBM ?) and combine the Message Identifiers with those required by the application. Values: <mids> message identifiers Syntax:     AT+WCBM= <mids> Command  Possible responses AT+WCBM=”10,100,1000,10000” Note : Write 4 messages identifiers in EFCBMI OK Note : CBMIs AT+WCBM? Note : Read the CBMIs in EF-CBMI  +WCBM=”10,100,1000,100000” OK Note : 4 CBMIs are stored in EF-CBMI
Chapter 9 – Short Messages Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 55  Message Status Modification   +WMSC Description:   This command allows the manipulation of a message status. The accepted status changes are from READ to NOT READ and vice versa, and also from SENT to NOT SENT and vice versa. Values: <loc> location number of the stored message <interger>  <status> new status to be stored, as in the +CMGL command PDU Mode  Text Mode 0   “REC UNREAD” 1   “REC READ” 2   “STO UNSENT” 3 “STO SENT” Syntax:     AT+WMSC= <loc>, <status> Command  Possible responses AT+CMGR=2 +CMGR: “REC READ”,”+336290918”,,”99/05/01  14:19:44+04” <CR><LF> Hello All of you! OK AT+WMSC=2,”REC UNREAD”   AT+CMGR=2  +CMGR: “REC UNREAD”,”+336290918”,,”99/05/01  14:19:44+04” <CR><LF> Hello All of you! OK Note: If all parameters are correct, the product overwrites the whole SMS in SIM.  Only the first byte (Status byte) is changed. Possible responses: OK if the location is valid +CMS ERROR: 321 if <loc> is invalid or free +CMS ERROR: 302 if the new <status> and the previous one are incompatible (1)   Message Overwriting   +WMGO Description:  The +CMGW command writes an SMS to the first location available. To write an SMS to a specified location, the +WMGO command forces the product to write an SMS (with the +CMGW command) to the location specified with +WMGO, but for just one +CMGW command.    Important Notes: • If the external application specifies a free location and an incoming message is received before the AT+CMGW command occurs, the product may store the incoming message at the specified available location. If the user then issues an AT+CMGW command without changing the location with another AT+WMGO, the received message will be overwritten. • The location number is not kept over a software reset. Values:    <loc> location number of the SIM record to write or overwrite. The number depends on the SIM capacity.  Syntax:    AT+WMGO= <loc> Command  Possible responses AT+CMGW=”+33146290800”<CR> Hello how are you?<ctrl-Z> Note: Write a message in text mode +CMGW: 4 OK Note: Message stored in index 4 AT+WMGO=4   AT+CMGW=”+33146299704”<CR> You are overwritten<ctrl-Z>  +CMGW: 4  OK Note: New Message stored in index 4 AT+WMGO? +WMGO: 4 OK AT+WMGO=999 +CMS ERROR:321 AT+WMGO=?  +WMGO: [<range of location>] OK
Chapter 9 – Short Messages Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 56  Unchange SMS Status   +WUSS Description:  The +WUSS command allows the SMS Status to be kept at UNREAD after +CMGR or +CMGL. Values: <mode> 0  The SMS Status will change 1  The SMS Status will not change Syntax:    AT+WUSS = <mode> Command  Possible responses AT+WUSS=1 OK  +CMTI: “SM”,10 Note: SMS has been received in index 10 AT+CMGR=10  +CMGR: “REC UNREAD”,”+33660669023”,,”03/02/ 13, 18: 36:35+00”<CR><LF> Do you want to change state?  OK AT+CMGR=10   +CMGR: “REC UNREAD ,”+33660669023”,,”03/02/ 13, 18: 36:35+00”<CR><LF> Do you want to change state?  OK Note: The state hasn’t been updated AT+WUSS=0 OK AT+CMGR=10  +CMGR: “REC UNREAD”,”+33660669023”,,”03/02/ 13, 18: 56:55+00”<CR><LF> It is me again.  OK AT+CMGR=10  +CMGR: “REC READ”,”+33660669023”,,”03/02/ 13, 18: 56:55+00”<CR><LF> It is me again.  OK   More Messages to Send   +CMMS Description:   This short message service-oriented AT command allows the link to be kept open while sending several short messages with only a short delay between them. Values: <mode> 0  Disable feature 1  Keep link opened while messages are sent. If the delay between two messages exceeds 5 seconds, the link is closed and the mode is reset to 0: the feaure is disabled. 2  Keep link opened while messages are sent. If the delay between two messages exceeds 5 seconds, the link is closed but the mode remains set to 2: the feaure is still enabled. Note: • IMPORTANT: Before sending the last SMS in the link, you must use the AT+CMSS=0 command. This command will indicate that the FOLLOWING SMS will be the last one. • The delay of 5 seconds complies with Rec 3GPP 27.005...3.5.6 Command Syntax:  AT+CMMS = <mode> Command  Possible responses AT+CMMS=0 Note: Disable feature OK Note: Feature is disabled AT+CMMS=1 Note: Enable feature 1 time OK Note: Feature is enabled; link is open AT+CMMS=2 Note: Enable feature OK Note: Feature is enabled; link is open AT+CMMS? +CMMS: 2 OK AT+CMMS=? +CMMS: (0-2) OK
Chapter 10 – Supplementary Services Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 57  Chapter 10 – Supplementary Services Commands Call Forwarding  +CCFC Description:   This commands allows control of the "call forwarding" supplementary service..   Values:  <reason>  0 Unconditional 1 Mobile busy 2 No reply 3 Not reachable 4  All call forwarding 5  All conditional call forwarding  <mode>  0 Disable 1 Enable 2 Interrogate 3 Registration 4 Erasure  <type> TON/NPI (Type of address byte in integer format) (default 145 when dialing string includes international access code character “+”; otherwise, 129).  <class>  1 Voice  2 Data  3 Fax  4 Short Messages  5 All classes  Note: The combination of different classes is not supported, it will only result in the activation / deactivation / status request of all classes (7).   In the case where the FDN phonebook is activated, the registration is restricted to the phone numbers written in the FDN.   If <Class> parameter is not given in the command, 7 is used as the default value.  <subaddr> not managed  <satype> not managed  <time>  For <reason> = 2 (No reply), 4 (all call forwarding) and 5 (all conditional call forwarding), time to wait (1 to 30) in seconds before call is forwarded. Default value is 20.  <status>  0  not active 1  active Command syntax:  AT+CCFC= <reason>, <mode> [, <number> [,<type> [,<class> [,<subaddr> [, <satype> [,<time> ] ] ] ] ] ] Response syntax:  +CCFC: <status>, <class1> [, <number>, <type> [,<subaddr>, <satype> [,<time> ] ] ] [ <CR><LF>+CCFC: <status>, <class2> [, <number>, <type> [,<subaddr>, <satype>  [,<time> ] ] ] [ … ] ] Command  Possible responses AT+CCFC=0,3,”0146290800” Note: Register to an unconditional call forwarding  OK Note: Command valid  AT+CCFC=0,2 Note: Interrogate unconditional call forwarding  +CCFC:1,1,”0146290800”,129 Note: Call forwarding active for voice <CR><LF>+CCFC:1,2,”0146290802”,129 Note: Call forwarding active for data <CR><LF>+CCFC:1,4,”0146290804”,129 OK Note: Call forwarding active for fax AT+CCFC=0,4 Note: Erase unconditional call forwarding  OK Note: Command valid +CCFC responses are not sorted by <class> parameter, but only by the order of network response.
Chapter 10 – Supplementary Services Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 58  Call Barring   +CLCK Description:  This command allows control of the call barring supplementary service. Locking, unlocking or querying the status of call barring is possible for all classes or for a specific class. Values: <fac> “AO”, “OI”, “OX”   barring outgoing calls “AI”, “IR”  barring incoming calls “AG”, “AC”, “AB  barring all calls (<mode>=0 only)  <mode>  0 Unlocks the facility  1 Locks the facility  2 Query status  <class>   See description for the +CLCK command (Facility Lock) or +CCFC (Call forwarding).  Note: A combination of different classes is not supported. It will only result in the activation/deactivation/status_request for all classes (7).  <status>  0 Not active  1 Active Command Syntax:    AT+CLCK= <fac>, <mode> [, <password> [, <class> ] ] Response Syntax:   +CLCK: <status> [, <class1> [ <CR><LF>+CLCK: <status>, <class2> [… ] ]       (for <mode>=2 and command successful) Command  Possible responses AT+CLCK=”AO”,1,1234   OK Note: Command valid  AT+CLCK=”AO”,0,5555   +CME ERROR: 16 Note: Wrong password AT+CLCK=”AO”,0,1234  OK  Note: Command valid    Modify SS Password   +CPWD Description:  This command changes the supplementary service password.    Values: <fac>  See +CLCK command with only “P2” facility added (SIM PIN2).  Note: Regardless of the specified facility, the change of password applies to barring all calls.  <OldPassword>, (NewPassword> The password code is over 8 digits for P2 facility (4 to 8 digits)       The password code is over 4 digits for other facilities (1 to 4 digits) Syntax:    AT+CPWD=<fac>,<OldPassword>, <NewPassword> Command  Possible responses AT+CPWD=”AO”,1234,5555 Note: Change Call Barring password OK Note: Password changed AT+CPWD=”AO”,1234,5555 Note: Change password +CME ERROR: 16 Note: Wrong password AT+CPWD=”AO”,5555,1234 Note: Change password OK  Note: Password changed
Chapter 10 – Supplementary Services Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 59  Call Waiting   +CCWA Description:  This command controls the call waiting supplementary service. The product will send a +CCWA unsolicited result code when the call waiting service is enabled. Values: <n>:  result code presentation status in the TA 0   Disable 1   Enable  <mode> 0   Disable 1   Enable  2   Query status  <class> 1   Voice 2   Data 4   Fax  8   Short Messages 7   All classes (voice, data, and fax)  Note: A combination of different classes is not supported. It will only result in the activation / deactivation / status request for all classes (7).   <status> 0   Not Active 1   Active  <alpha>: Optional string type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry found in the ADN or FDN phonebook. Command Syntax:   AT+CCWA=<n>, [ <mode> [, <class> ] ] Response Syntax:  +CCWA: <status> [, <class1> [ <CR><LF>+CCWA: <status>, <class2> [ … ] ]   (for <mode>=2 and command successful) Unsolicited Result: +CCWA: <number>, <type>, <class> [ ,<alpha>]  (when waiting service is enabled) Command  Possible responses AT+CCWA=1,1,1 Note: Enable call waiting for voice calls OK Note: Command valid AT+CCWA=1,2 Note: Interrogate call waiting +CCWA:1,1 OK Note: Call waiting active for voice calls  +CCWA:”0146290800”,145,1,”FREDDY” or  +CCWA:”0146290800”,145,1,”8023459678FFFF”   (UCS2 format) Note: Number and name of the waiting voice call                                   AT+CCWA=1,0,7 Note: Erase call waiting OK  Note: Command valid  +CCWA:,,1 Note: voice call waiting (no number)   Calling Line Identification Restriction   +CLIR Description:  This command controls the Calling Line Identification restriction supplementary service. Values: <n>   Sets the line ID restriction for outgoing calls 0   Presentation indicator is used according to the subscription of the CLIR service 1   CLIR invocation 2 CLIR suppression <m>  Shows the subscriber CLIR status in the network 0   CLIR not provisioned 1   CLIR provisioned in permanent mode 2   Unknown (no network…) 3   CLIR temporary mode presentation restricted 4   CLIR temporary mode presentation allowed Command syntax:   AT+CLIR=<n> Response syntax:   +CLIR:<n>,<m> (for AT+CLIR ?) Command  Possible responses AT+CLIR=2   OK Note: Command valid AT+CLIR ? Note: Ask for current functionality +CLIR:<n>,<m> OK           Note: <n> and <m> as defined above
Chapter 10 – Supplementary Services Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 60  Calling Line Identification Presentation   +CLIP Description:  This command controls the calling line identification presentation supplementary service. When presentation of the CLI (Calling Line Identification) is enabled (and calling subscriber allows), +CLIP response is returned after every RING (or +CRING) result code. Values: <n> Parameter sets/shows the result code presentation in the TA 0   Disable 1   Enable <m>  parameter shows the subscriber CLIP service status in the network 0   CLIP not provisioned 1   CLIP provisioned 2   Unknown (no network…) Command syntax:   AT+CLIP=<n> Response syntax:   +CLIP: <n>,<m>  (as response to AT+CLIP) +CLIP: <number>, <type>[ ,<subaddr>, <satype>, <alpha> ]    (for an incoming call, after each RING or +CRING indication Command  Possible responses AT+CLIP=1 Note: Enable CLIP OK Note: CLIP is enabled AT+CLIP? Note: Ask for current functionality +CLIP:<n>,<m> OK Note: <n> and <m> defined as below  RING Note: Incoming call +CLIP: “0146290800”,129,1,,,”FRED” Note: Incoming call with number and name presentation  RING Note: Incoming call +CLIP:  “0146290800”,129,1,, “8000204212FFFF” Note: Incoming call with number and name presentation (UCS2 format) AT+CLIP=0 Note: Disable CLIP presentation OK  Note: Command valid   Connected Line Identification Presentation   +COLP Description:   This command controls the connected line identification presentation supplementary service - useful for call forwarding of the connected line. Values: <n>   Parameter sets/shows the result code presentation status in the TA 0   Disable 1   Enable  <m>  Parameter shows the subscriber COLP service status in the network 0   COLP not provisioned 1   COLP provisioned 2   Unknown (no network) Command syntax:    AT+COLP=<n>   Response syntax:    +COLP: <n>,<m>  (as response to AT+COLP?)   +COLP: <number>,<type> [ ,<subaddr>, <satype>, <alpha> ]      After ATD command, before OK or CONNECT <speed> Command  Possible responses AT+COLP=1 Note: Activate COLP OK Note: Command valid AT+COLP? Note: Ask for current functionality +COLP:1,1 OK  Note: COLP is enabled and provisioned ATD146290928; Note: Outgoing call +COLP:”0146290928”,129,,,”JOE” or +COLP:“0146290800”,129,1,,,”8000204212FFFF”   (UCS2 format) OK Note: Connected outgoing line number and name presentation AT+COLP=0 Note: Deactivate COLP OK  Note: Command valid
Chapter 10 – Supplementary Services Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 61  Advice of Charge   +CAOC Description:   This refers to the Advice of Charge supplementary service (GSM 02.24 and GSM 02.86), which enables the subscriber to obtain information on call cost. With <mode>=0, the command returns the current call meter value (CCM) from the ME.    If AOC is supported, the command can also enable unsolicited event reporting on CCM information.    The unsolicited result code +CCCM: <ccm> is sent when the CCM value changes. Deactivation of unsolicited event reporting is performed with the same command.    If AOC is supported, the Read command indicates whether unsolicited reporting is activated or not.  Values: <mode>   0   Query CCM value 1   Deactivate the unsolicited reporting of CCM value 2   Activate the unsolicited reporting of CCM value <ccm>    String type; three bytes of the current call meter value in hexadecimal format (e.g. “00001E” corresponds to the decimal value 30); value is in home units and bytes are coded in a similar way as the ACMmax value in SIM Command syntax: AT+CAOC= <mode> Command  Possible responses AT+CAOC=0 Note: Query CCM value +CAOC: “000A08” OK Note: Display Current Call Meter value (CCM=2568) AT+CAOC=1 Note: Deactivate unsolicited report of CCM value OK  Note: CCM report deactivated AT+CAOC=2 Note: Activate unsolicited report of CCM value OK Note: CCM report activated AT+CAOC ? Note: Request mode +CAOC:<mode> OK  Note: Display unsolicited report mode (1 or 2) AT+CAOC=? Note: Request supported modes +CAOC: (0-2) OK Note: 0,1,2 modes supported  Accumulated Call Meter   +CACM Description:  This command resets the Advice of Charge for accumulated call meter value in SIM file EFACM. The ACM contains the total number of home units for both the current and preceding calls. SIM PIN2 is required to reset the value. If setting fails in an ME error, +CME ERROR: <err> is returned. The Read command returns the current value of the ACM. The ACM value (entered or displayed) is in hexadecimal format with 6 digits.   Values: <pin2 passwd>  string type  <acm value>  string type coded as <ccm> under +CAOC Command Syntax:  AT+CACM Command  Possible responses AT+CACM? Note: Request ACM value +CACM: “000400”  OK Note: Display ACM value (ACM=1024) AT+CACM= 1234 Note: Request ACM reset, real PIN2 is “1234” OK  Note: ACM value is reset AT+CACM= 0000 Note: Request ACM reset with wrong PIN2 value +CME ERROR: 16 Note: Incorrect password AT+CACM ? Note: Request ACM value +CACM: “000000” OK  Note: Display ACM value (ACM = 0)
Chapter 10 – Supplementary Services Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 62  Accumulated Call Meter Maximum   +CAMM Description:   The set command sets the Advice of Charge related to accumulated call meter maximum value in SIM file EFACMmax. ACMmax contains the maximum number of home units the subscriber is allowed to consume. When ACM (see +CACM) reaches ACMmax, calls are prohibited. SIM PIN2 is required to set the value. If setting fails in an ME error, +CME ERROR: <err> is returned.     The Read command returns the current value of ACMmax.    The ACMmax value (entered or displayed) is in hexadecimal format with 6 digits. Values: <ACMmax>  String type coded as <CCM> under  +CAOC. Value 0 disables ACMmax feature.   <pin2 passwd>  String type Command syntax: AT+CAMM:<ACMmax>,<pin2 passwd> Command  Possible responses AT+CAMM=”000400”,1234 Note: Request ACMmax update, PIN2 is “1234”  OK Note: ACMmax updated to 1024 AT+CAMM=”000400”,0000 Note: Request ACMmax update, PIN2 is “1234” +CME ERROR: 16  Note: Incorrect password AT+CAMM ? Note: Request ACMmax value +CAMM: “000400” OK Note: ACMmax = 1024  Price Per Unit and Currency Table   +CPUC Description:  The set command sets the parameters for Advice of Charge related to price per unit and the currency table in SIM file EFPUCT. PUCT information can be used to convert the home units (as used in +CAOC, +CACM and +CAMM) into currency units. SIM PIN2 is required to set the parameters. If setting fails in an ME error, +CME ERROR: <err> is returned..   Values: <currency>  String type   <ppu>  String type   <pin2 passwd>  String type Command syntax: AT+CPUC <currency>,<ppu>,<pin2 passwd>    Command  Possible responses AT+CPUC=”FFR”,”0.82”,1234 Note: Request Currency and Price per unit update  OK   AT+CPUC=”FFR”,”0.82”,1111 Note: Request Currency and PPU update (wrong PIN2) + CME ERROR: 16 Note: Incorrect password AT+CPUC? Note: Request Currency and Price +CPUC:”FFR”,”0.82” OK Note: Currency= “FFR” Price per unit= “0.82”   Call Related Supplementary Services   +CHLD Description:  This command manages call hold and multiparty conversation (conference call). Calls can be put on hold, recovered, released or added to a conversation.   Values: <n>  0  Release all held calls or set User Determined User Busy (UDUB) for a waiting call. 1  Release all active calls (if any exist) and accepts the other (held or waiting) call. 1x  Release a specific call X (active, held or waiting) 2  Place all active calls (if any exist) on hold and accepts the other (held or waiting) call. 2x  Place all active calls on hold except call X with which communication is supported. 3  Adds a held call to the conversation. 4  Connects the two calls and disconnects the subscriber from both calls (Explicit Call Transfer). Command syntax:    AT+CHLD= < n > Response syntax:    +CHLD: (0-4, 11-17, 21-27)    for AT+CHLD=? Command  Possible responses AT+CHLD=<n> OK Note: If n is within the defined values AT+CHLD=?  +CHLD: (0-4, 11-17, 21-27) OK
Chapter 10 – Supplementary Services Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 63  List Current Calls   +CLCC Description:  This command returns a list of current calls.   Values: <idx>  integer type, call identification as described in GSM 02.30 <dir>  0  mobile originated (MO) call 1  mobile terminated (MT) call <stat> (state of the call): 0  active 1  held 2  dialing (MO call) 3  alerting (MO call) 4  incoming (MT call) 5  waiting (MT call) <mode> (teleservice): 0  voice 1  data 2  fax 9  unknown <mpty>    0  call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties 1  call is one of multiparty (conference) call parties <number>   string type phone number in format specified by <type> <type>   type of address byte in integer format  <alpha>  optional string type alphanumeric representation of <number>  corresponding to the entry found in phonebook. (for UCS2 format see commands examples +CLIP, +CCWA or +COLP) Command syntax:    AT+CLCC Response syntax:    OK   (if no calls are available) Else: +CLCC: <id1>, <dir>, <stat>, <mode>, <mpty> [ ,<number>, <type>  [ <alpha> ] ] [<CR><LF> +CLCC: <id2>, <dir>, <stat>, <mode>, <mpty> [ ,<number>, <type>  [<alpha> ] ] [. . . ] ] ] <CR><LF> OK Command  Possible responses RING Note: Incoming call   AT+CLCC +CLCC: 1,1,4,0,0,”0146294079”,129 OK ATA Note: Answering the call OK AT+CLCC +CLCC: 1,1,1,0,0,”0146294079”,129 OK ATD0146299704 Note: Outgoing Call OK AT+CLCC Note: Before the phone called is ringing +CLCC: 1,0,2,0,0,”0146294079”,129 OK AT+CLCC Note: The phone called is ringing +CLCC: 1,0,3,0,0,”0146294079”,129 OK AT+CLCC Note: The call is being answered +CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,”0146294079”,129 OK
Chapter 10 – Supplementary Services Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 64  Supplementary Service Notifications   +CSSN Description:   This command refers to supplementary service related network initiated notifications.    Values: <n> Parameter sets/shows the +CSSI result code presentation status 0  disable 1  enable <m>  Parameter sets/shows the +CSSU result code presentation status 0  disable 1  enable <code1> 4  closed User Group call, with CUG <index> 5  outgoing calls are barred 6  incoming calls are barred 7  CLIR suppression rejected <code2> 1  closed User Group call, with CUG <index> 2  call has been put on hold (during a voice call, <number> & <type> fields may be present) 3  call has been retrieved (during a voice call, <number> & <type> fields may be present) 4  multiparty call entered (during a voice call, <number> & <type> fields may be present) 5  call on hold has been released (during a voice call) 7  call is being connected (alerting) with the remote party in alerting state in Explicit Call Transfer operation (during a voice call) 8  call has been connected with the other remote party in Explicit Call Transfer operation (during a voice call, <number> & <type> fields may be present) <index>    Closed User Group index <number>  String type phone number <type>   Type of address Command syntax:  AT+CSSN= <n>, <m>   When <n>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a mobile originated call setup, intermediate result code +CSSI:<code1>[,<index>] is sent before any other MO call setup result codes.   When <m>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received during a call, unsolicited result code +CSSU:<code2>[,<index>[,<number>,<type>]] is sent.
Chapter 10 – Supplementary Services Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 65  Unstructured Supplementary Service Data   +CUSD Description:  The USSD supplementary service is described in GSM 02.90. It is based on sequences of digits which may be entered by a mobile user with a handset. A sequence entered is sent to the network which replies with an alphanumerical string,  for display only, or for display plus request for the next sequence.    This command is used to:   • Enable or disable the CUSD indication sent to the application by the product when an incoming USSD is received • Send and receive USSD strings Values: <n>  0  Disable the result code presentation  1  Enable the result code presentation 2  Cancel session (not applicable to read command response) <m>  0  no further user action required (network initiated USSD-Notify, or no further information needed after mobile initiated operation) 1  further user action required (network initiated USSD-Request, or further information needed after mobile initiated operation) 2  USSD terminated by network 4  Operation not supported <str> is network string, converted in the selected character set <dcs> is the data coding scheme received (GSM TS 03.38). Command syntax:  AT+CUSD = <n> [ ,<str> [ <dcs> ] ] Note:  In case of enabled presentation, a +CUSD (as direct answer to a send USSD) is then indicated with:                 +CUSD: <m> [,<str>,<dcs> ] Command Syntax To Send and Receive USSD:   AT+CUSD= <n> [,<str> [,<dcs>]] Note: Please be aware that the send USSD command needs the user to re-enter the <n> parameter! Values for “To Send and Receive USSD” <str>   The USSD string to be sent. <dcs>  The default alphabet and the UCS2 alphabet are supported. When the product sends a USSD, an OK response is first returned, the intermediate +CUSD indication comes subsequently. In case of error, a +CUSD: 4 indication is returned.    Closed User Group  +CCUG Description:   The Closed User Group Supplementary Service enables subscribers to form closed user groups with restricted access (both access to and from).     The CUG supplementary service is described in GSM 02.85. This service is provided on prior arrangement with the service provider. Subscription options should be selected at implementation.   The +CCUG command is used to:   Activate/deactivate the control of CUG information for all following outgoing calls,   Select a CUG index.    Suppress outgoing access (OA). OA allows a member of a CUG to place calls outside the CUG.   Suppress the preferential CUG. Preferential is the default CUG used by the network when it does not receive an explicit CUG index. Values:   <n>  0   Disable CUG mode (default) 1   Enable CUG mode <index>  0-9   CUG index (0 default), 10   Preferred CUG  <info> 0   No information (default) 1   Suppress OA 2   Suppress preferential CUG 3   Suppress OA and preferential CUG Note: To activate the control of the CUG information by call, add [G] or [g] to the ATD command. Index and info values will be used. Command syntax:  AT+CCUG = <n> [ ,<index> [ <info> ] ]
Chapter 11 – Data Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 66   Chapter 11 – Data Commands Using AT Commands During a Data Connection To use AT Commands during a data connection (such as while the product is in online mode), it is necessary either to switch to offline mode, or to use the +WMUX command to enable Commands / Data multiplexing.  Switch from online to offline mode To switch from online mode to offline mode, the “+++” sequence must be sent. Following this, the product gets back to offline mode with an “OK” response, and an AT command can be sent. Note:  The “+++” sequence only works with the +ICF command using the following settings: • 8 data bits, with no parity • 7 data bits, with even parity  Switch from offline to online mode See the ATO command description.
Chapter 11 – Data Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 67  Bearer Type Selection   +CBST Description:   This command applies to both outgoing and incoming data calls. For an outgoing call, the two parameters (e.g. <speed> and <ce>) apply, whereas for an incoming call, only the <ce> parameter applies.    Notes:  • For incoming calls, if <ce> is set to T only and the network offers NT only or vice versa, then the call is released.  • The values 2 and 3 for the <ce> parameter are equivalent to the former values of 100 and 101. Those values are managed for compatibility purposes, but they should no longer be used in the new code (2 as former 100 and 3 as former 101). Values: <speed>   0 (default) Autobauding (modem type: none) 1  300 bps (modem type: V.21) 2  1200 bps   (modem type: V.22) 3  1200/75 bps (modem type: V.23) 4  2400 bps   (modem type: V.22bis) 5  2400 bps   (modem type: V.26ter) 6  4800 bps   (modem type: V.32) 7  9600 bps   (modem type: V.32) 8   Specific 12  9600 bps   (modem type: V.34) 14(*)  1400 bps   (modem type: V.34) 65  300 bps (modem type: V.110) 66  1200 bps   (modem type: V.110) 68  2400 bps   (modem type: V.110) 70  4800 bps   (modem type: V.110) 71  9600 bps   (modem type: V.110) 75(*)  14400 bps (modem type: V.110) (*)This speed configures data and fax 14.4 kbps bearers. <name>   No data compression is provided and only asynchronous modem is supported (<name> = 0). <ce>         Connection element 0   Transparent only 1(default)   Non transparent only 2   Transparent preferred 3   Non transparent preferred Command syntax:    AT+CBST= <speed>, <name>, <ce> Command  Possible responses AT+CBST=? Note: Test command +CBST: (0-8,65,66,68,70,71),(0),(0-3) OK Note: Data 14,4 kbps not supported AT+CBST=? Note: Test command +CBST: (0-8,12,14,65,66,68,70,71,75),(0),(0-3) OK Note: Data 14,4 kbps not supported AT+CBST=7,0,1 Note: Ask for a bearer OK Note: Bearer supported AT+CBST?  Note: Current values +CBST:7,0,1 OK Note: Command valid AT+CBST=81,0,0 Note: Ask for a bearer +CME ERROR: 4 Note: Bearer not supported
Chapter 11 – Data Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 68  Select Mode   +FCLASS Description:  This command puts the product into a particular operating mode (data or fax).   Values:   <n>  0  Data 1  Fax class 1 2  Fax class 2 Command syntax: AT+FCLASS= <n> Command  Possible responses AT+FCLASS=? Note: Test command +FCLASS: (0,1)  OK Note: Fax class 2 not supported AT+FCLASS=? Note: Test command +FCLASS: (0,1,2) OK Note: Fax class 2 supported AT+FCLASS=0 Note: Data mode requested OK Note: Command valid AT+FCLASS=1 Note: Fax class 1 mode requested OK Note: Command valid AT+FCLASS?  Note: Current value +FCLASS: 1 OK Note: Command valid  Service Reporting Control  +CR Description:   This command enables a more detailed type of service reporting in the case of incoming or outgoing data calls. Before sending the CONNECT response to the application, the product will specify the type of data connection that has been set up.     These report types are:  +CR: ASYNC  For asynchronous transparent  +CR: REL ASYNC  For asynchronous non-transparent Values: <mode>  0  Disable extended reports 1  Enable extended reports Command syntax: AT+CR=<mode> Command  Possible responses AT+CR=0 Note: Extended reports disabled OK Note: Command valid AT+CR=1 Note: Extended reports enabled OK Note: Command valid AT+CR? +CR: 1 OK AT+CR=? +CR: (0,1) OK
Chapter 11 – Data Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 69  Cellular Result Codes   +CRC Description:   This command shows more detailed ring information for an incoming call (voice or data). Instead of the string “RING”, an extended string is used to indicate which type of call is ringing (e.g. +CRING: VOICE).   These extended indications are:   +CRING: ASYNC  for asynchronous transparent   +CRING: REL ASYNC  for asynchronous non-transparent     +CRING: VOICE  for normal speech.   +CRING: FAX  for fax calls Values: <mode>  0  Disable extended reports 1  Enable extended reports Command syntax: AT+CRC=<mode> Command  Possible responses AT+CRC=0 Note: Extended reports disabled OK Note: Command valid AT+CRC=1 Note: Extended reports enabled OK Note: Command valid AT+CRC? +CRC: 1 OK AT+CRC=? +CRC: (0,1) OK   DTE-DCE Local Rate Reporting   +ILRR Description:   This parameter controls whether or not the extended-format “+ILRR:<rate>” information text is transmitted from the DCE to the DTE. The <rate> reported represents the current (negotiated or renegotiated) DTE-DCE rate.    If enabled, the intermediate result code is transmitted in an incoming or outgoing data call, after any data compression report, and before any final result code (CONNECT).  Values: <value> 0   Disable local port rate report 1   Enable local port rate report <rate> Can take the following values: 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200 Kbps. Command syntax:   AT+ILRR = <value> Command  Possible responses AT+ILRR=0 Note: Local port rate report disabled OK Note: Command valid AT+ILRR=1 Note: Local port rate report enabled OK Note: Command valid AT+ILRR? +ILRR: 1 OK AT+ILRR=? +ILRR: (0,1) OK
Chapter 11 – Data Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 70  Radio Link Protocol Parameters   +CRLP Description:   This command changes the radio link protocol parameters used for non transparent data transmission.  Values:   Range:  Description: <iws>   0-61   Down window size, (default is 61) <mws>   0-61  Up window size, (default is 61) <T1>   40-255  Acknowledgement timer in units of 10ms, (default is 48) <N2> 1-255  Retransmission attempts, (default is 6) <ver> 0-1 Version number 0  V42bis is not supported  1  V42bis is supported Command syntax:  AT+CRLP=<iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2>, <ver> Command  Possible responses AT+CRLP=? Note: Test command +CRLP: (0-61),(0-61),(40-255),(1,255),(0) OK Note: V42bis not supported AT+CRLP=? Note: Test command +CRLP: (0-61),(0-61),(40-255),(1,255),(0,1) OK                       Note: V42bis  supported AT+CRLP=61,61,48,6,0 Note: Set new parameters OK Note: Command valid AT+CRLP? Note: Current values AT+CRLP: 61,61,48,6,0 Note: Command valid   Other Radio Link Parameters  +DOPT Description:   This command allows some supplementary radio link protocol parameters to be changed.  Values:   <reset_allowed>    0  Data communication is hung up in case of bad radio link. 1 (default)  Data communication continues in case of bad radio link (possible loss of data) <dtx_allowed> 0 Normal mode 1 (default)   Economic battery mode (not supported by all networks) Command syntax:   AT+DOPT=<reset_allowed>,<dtx_allowed> Command  Possible responses AT+DOPT=1 Note: Set new parameters  OK Note: Command valid AT+DOPT+? Note: Test command (0,1),(0,1) OK                 Note: DTX is supported AT+DOPT=1,1 Note: Set new parameters OK Note: Command valid AT+DOPT? Note: Current values 1,1 OK                Note: Command valid  Select Data Compression  %C Description:  This command enables or disables data compression negotiation if this feature is supported on the product.  Values: <n>   0  no compression (default) 2  V42bis compression if supported Command syntax:  AT%C<n> Command  Possible responses AT%C0 Note: Command OK Note: Feature supported AT%C2 Note: Command OK Note: V42bis supported AT%C? Note: Current value  2 OK     Note: Command valid
Chapter 11 – Data Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 71  V42bis Data Compression   +DS Description:   This command enables or disables V.42bis data compression if this feature is supported on the product. Note that the product allows only the MNP2 protocol. Values:   < dir >   Specifies the desired direction(s) of operation of the data compression function; from the  DTE point of view, (default is 3) 0  Negotiated … no compression 1   Transmit only 2  Receive only 3  Both directions, accept any direction < neg >  Specifies whether or not the DCE should continue to operate if the desired result is not obtained, (default is 0) 0  Do not disconnect if V.42 bis is not negotiated by the remote DCE as specified in <dir> 1  Disconnect if V.42 bis is not negotiated by the remote DCE as specified in <dir> < P1 >   Specifies the maximum number of dictionary entries that should be negotiated,   Range is 512 to 4096. Default is 4096. < P2 >   Specifies the maximum string length to be negotiated. Range is 6 to 250. Default is 20. Command syntax:  AT+DS=<dir>,<neg>,<P1>,<P2> Command  Possible responses AT+DS=? Note: Test command +DS: (0-3),(0,1),(512-4096),(6-250) OK AT+DS=3,0,4096,250 Note: Set new parameters OK Note: Command valid AT+DS? Note: Current values +DS: 3,0,4096,20 OK Note: Command valid   V42bis Data Compression Report   +DR Description:  This command determines whether or not the use of V42bis is allowed for an incoming or outgoing data call, if this feature is provided by the product. The intermediate result code represents current DCE-DCE data compression type. The format of this result code is as follows: +DR: NONE  Data compression is not in use +DR: V42B  Rec. V.42 bis is in use in both directions +DR: V42B RD  Rec. V.42 bis is in use in receive direction only +DR: V42B TD  Rec. V.42 bis is in use in transmit direction only The +DR intermediate result code, if enabled, is issued before the final result code, before the +ILRR intermediate report and after the service report control +CR. Values:   <status>  State of the V42bis 0  Disable. Default value. 1 Enable  Command syntax: AT+DR Command  Possible responses AT+DR=? Note: Test command +DR: (0-1)  OK AT+DR=1 Note: Reporting enabled OK Note: Command valid AT+DR? Note: Current value +DR: 1 OK Note: Command valid
Chapter 11 – Data Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 72  Select Data Error Correcting Mode   \N  Description:   If this feature is provided by the product, this command controls the preferred error correcting mode for a data connection. It can only be used for transparent data transmission.    If the MNP2 feature is provided, the product authorizes MNP error correction mode.  Values:    <n>  0(default)   Disables error correction mode 5   Selects MNP error correction mode Note: +E prefixed commands of V.25 ter are not used. Command syntax:  AT\N<n> Command  Possible responses AT\N0 Note: no error correction OK AT\N? Note: Current value 0 OK Note: Command valid AT\N4  +CME ERROR: 3
Chapter 12 – Fax Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 73   Chapter 12 – Fax Commands The fax service provided by the product is class 1 compatible. However, only the core commands defined by ITU T.31 are supported. This means that commands such as AT+FAR, +FCC, etc. are not supported. Autobauding must be enabled to set up the product for fax. All set commands below return an ERROR response code if they are not issued during communication.   Transmit Speed   +FTM Description:   This command sets the fax transmit speed. Values:  <speed>   24  2400 bps (modem type: V.27ter) 48  4800 bps (modem type: V.27ter) 72  7200 bps (modem type: V.29) 73  7200 bps (long) (modem type: V.17) 74  7200 bps (short) (modem type: V.17) 96  9600 bps (modem type: V.29) 97  9600 bps (long) (modem type: V.17) 98  9600 bps (short) (modem type: V.17) 121  12000 bps (long) (modem type: V.17) 122  12000 bps (short) (modem type: V.17) 145  14400 bps (long) (modem type: V.17) 146  14400 bps (short) (modem type: V.17) Command syntax: AT+FTM=<speed> Command  Possible responses AT+FTM=? Note: Test command (24,48,72,73,74,96,97,98,121,122,145,146) OK Note: Fax 14.4 kbps supported    Receive Speed   +FRM Description:   This command sets the fax receive speed. Values:   The speed values are identical to those of the +FTM command.  Command syntax: AT+FRM=<speed> Command  Possible responses AT+FRM=? Note: Test command (24,48,72,73,74,96,97,98,121,122,145,146) OK Note: Fax 14.4 kbps supported   HDLC Transmit Speed   +FTH Description:   This command sets the fax transmit speed, using the HDLC protocol. Values: <speed>  3  V.21 channels 300 bps. Command syntax: AT+FTH=<speed> Command  Possible responses AT+FTH=? Note:  Test command (3) OK
Chapter 12 – Fax Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 74  HDLC Receive Speed   +FRH Description:   This command sets the fax receive speed using the HDLC protocol. Values:   <speed>  3  V.21 channels 300 bps. Command syntax: AT+FRH=<speed> Command  Possible responses AT+FRH=? Note:  Test command (3) OK   Stop Transmission and Wait   +FTS Description:   This command stops transmission for the period specified. Values:   <n>: silence period (units of 10 ms). Command syntax: AT+FTS=<n> Command  Possible responses AT+FTS=? Note:  Test command (0-255) OK AT+FTS=50 Note: Stops transmission and waits for 0.5s OK Note: Command valid   Receive Silence   +FRS Description:   This command causes the modem to stop listening to the network and report back to the DTE after the specified period. It is aborted if any character is received from the application. Values: <n>   No listening period in units of 10 ms. Command syntax: AT+FRS=<n> Command  Possible responses AT+FRS=? Note:  Test command (0-255) OK  AT+FRS=50 Note: Stops transmission and waits for 0.5s OK Note: Command valid   Setting Up the PC Fax Application: The recommended fax application is Delrina WinFax v8.0. It should be configured as follows (menu Setup/Fax Modem Setup): • Port: any com • Model: Generic Class 1 (hardware flow control). A generic class 1 with software flow control can also be selected. • Init: default string is suitable for the product • Reset: default string is suitable for the product • Maximum Transmit Rate: 9600 baud (if higher rate will be automatically cut back to 9600 baud). Other settings are of no relevance for the GSM unit. They can be modified.
Chapter 13 – Fax Class 2 Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 75   Chapter 13 – Fax Class 2 Commands If the feature is supported, the commands +FDT, +FDR, +FET, +FPTS and +FK must be used during communication only.  The other commands, +FBOR, +FBUF, +FCQ, +FCR, +FDCC, +FDIS, +FLID and +FPHCTO, cannot be used during communication. Transmit Data   +FDT Description:    This command prefixes data transmission. Syntax:  No parameters Command syntax: AT+FDT    Receive Data  +FDR Description:   This command initiates data reception. Values:   No parameters Command syntax: AT+FDR    Transmit Page Punctuation  +FET Description:     This command punctuates page and document transmission after +FDT commands. It indicates that the current page is complete, and whether or not there are additional pages to be sent. Values:   <ppm>    0  Another page next, same document 1  Another document next 2  No more pages or documents 3  Another partial page next 4  Another page, procedure interrupt 5  Another document, procedure interrupt 6  All done, procedure interrupt Command syntax: AT+FET=<ppm> The remote station should respond with +FPTS:<ppr>    Page Transfer Status Parameters  +FPTS Description:   This command sets post page transfer response. Values:   <ppm>    1   Page good 2   Page bad ; retrain requested 3   page good ; retrain requested 4   Page bad ; interrupt requested 5   Page good ; interrupt requested Command syntax: AT+FPTS=<ppr>
Chapter 13 – Fax Class 2 Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 76  Terminate Session   +FK Description:    This command causes the product to terminate the session. Values:    No parameters  Command syntax: AT+FK   Page Transfer Bit Order   +FBOR Description:   This command sets the bit order for negotiation and fax page transfer. The order is related to the bit order or radio link. Values:  <n>  Bit order for negotiation  Bit order for page transfer 0(default) Same  Same 1 Same  Reverse 2 Reverse  Same 3 Reverse  Reverse Command syntax: AT+FBOR=<n> Command  Possible responses AT+FBOR=? Note:  Test command (0-3) OK   Buffer Size Report   +FBUF Description:   This command requests the size of the exchange buffer between the modem and the fax application.  Note: Only the read command is supported. Values:    No parameters  Command syntax: AT+FBUF Command  Possible responses AT+FBUF? Note:  Current value 1024 OK Note: Command valid   Copy Quality Checking  +FCQ Description:   This command controls Copy Quality checking for receiving faxes. Values:   <n> 0  Default value; the only value supported Command syntax: AT+FCQ=<n> Command  Possible responses AT+FCQ=? Note:  Test command (0) OK   Capability to Receive  +FCR Description:   This commands controls the capability of the modem to accept incoming faxes. Values: <n>  0   The modem will not accept incoming faxes. 1  The modem will accept incoming faxes (default). Command syntax: AT+FCR=<n> Command  Possible responses AT+FCR=? Note:  Test command (0,1) OK
Chapter 13 – Fax Class 2 Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 77  Current Sessions Parameters  +FDIS Description:   This command allows the DTE to parameter the capabilities used for the current session. Values:    (of the T30 standard): <vr> Vertical Resolution 0  Normal: 98 lpi. (default) 1   Fine: 196 lpi <br>   Bit Rate 0   2400 bps   (modem type: V.27 ter)  1  4800 bps   (modem type: V.27 ter) 2  7200 bps   (modem type: V.29) 3  9600 bps   (modem type: V.29, V.17) Default value if 14.4 Kbps IS NOT supported 4   12000 bps (modem type: V.33, V.17) Only when product supports 14.4 kbps data 5   14400 bps (modem type: V.33, V.17) Only when product supports 14.4 kbps data    Default <wd>   Page Width 0   1728 pixels in 215 mm. (default) 1  2048 pixels in 255 mm 2  2432 pixels in 303 mm <ln> Page Length 0   A4, 297 mm 1   B4, 364 mm 2   Unlimited (default) <df>   Data Compression Format 0   1-D modified huffman (default) 1  2-D modified read 2  2-D uncompressed mode 3  2-D modified modified read <ec>   Error Correction 0   Disable Fax ECM. Default value if fax ECM feature IS NOT supported. 1   Enable Fax ECM, 64 bytes/frame. Only when product supports fax Error Correction Mode  2   Enable Fax ECM, 256 bytes/frame. Default value if fax EMC feature IS supported. Only when product supports fax Error Correction Mode feature. <bf>   Binary File Transfer, 0   Only 0 is supported.  <st>   Scan Time per line, <st>  Description <vr>=0  Description <vr>=1 0(default)  0 ms  0 ms 1  5 ms  5 ms 2  10 ms  5 ms 3  10 ms  10 ms 4  20 ms  10 ms 5  20 ms  20 ms 6  40 ms  20 ms 7  40 ms  40 ms Command syntax:  AT+FDIS=<vr>,<br>,<wd>,<ln>,<df>,<ec>,<bf>,<st> Command  Possible responses AT+FDIS=?  (0,1),(0-5),(0-2),(0-2),(0-3),(0),(0),(0-7) OK Note: Fax ECM not supported           Fax 14.4 kbps supported  (0,1),(0-3),(0-2),(0-2),(0-3),(0),(0),(0-7) OK Note: Fax ECM  not supported           Fax 14.4 kbps not supported
Chapter 13 – Fax Class 2 Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 78  DCE Capabilities Parameters   +FDCC Description:   This command allows the DTE to parameter the capabilities used for any session. Values:   The parameters and default values are the same as for the +FDIS command. See previous page.  Command syntax: AT+FDCC=<vr>,<br>,<wd>,<ln>,<df>,<ec>,<bf>,<st> Command  Possible responses AT+ FDCC=? Note:  Test command (0,1),(0-5),(0-2),(0-2),(0-3),(0-2),(0),(0-7) OK Note: Fax ECM supported           Fax 14.4 kbps supported   (0,1),(0-5),(0-2),(0-2),(0-3),(0),(0),(0-7) OK Note: Fax ECM not supported           Fax 14.4 kbps supported   (0,1),(0-3),(0-2),(0-2),(0-3),(0-2),(0),(0-7) OK Note: Fax ECM supported           Fax 14.4 kbps not supported  (0,1),(0-3),(0-2),(0-2),(0-3),(0),(0),(0-7) OK Note: Fax ECM not supported           Fax 14.4 kbps not supported   Local ID String   +FLID  Description:   This command defines the local ID string to be defined. Values: <string>  The string has a limited size of 20 characters and accepts any characters between 32 and 127 as ASCII codes.  Command syntax: AT+FLID=”<string>” Command  Possible responses AT+FLID=? Note:  Test command (20),(32-127) OK   Page Transfer Timeout Parameter  +FPHCTO Description:   This command sets the period the modem waits for another page before it assumes there are no more pages and aborts. Values: <n>   Waiting period for another page in seconds.    Range 0 to255. Default 30. Command syntax: AT+FPHCT0=<n> (default is 30) Command  Possible responses AT+FPHCTO=? Note:  Test command (0-255) OK
Chapter 13 – Fax Class 2 Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 79  Fax Class 2 Indication Messages The following messages are used to indicate DCE Responses. They are  used in communication only. +FCON:  This response indicates connection with a fax machine. +FDCS <vr>,<br>,<wd>,<ln>,<df>,<ec>,<bf>,<st>:  This response reports current session capabilities. The parameters are the same than those of AT+FDIS command (see 0). +FDIS <vr>,<br>,<wd>,<ln>,<df>,<ec>,<bf>,<st>: This response reports remote capabilities. The parameters are the same than those of AT+FDIS command (see 0). +FCFR: This response indicates confirmation to receive.  +FTSI “<string>”:  This response reports the received transmit station ID string. +FCSI “<string>”:  This response reports the received called station ID string. +FPTS <ppr>:  This response reports received page transfer status. The parameter is the same than the one of AT+FPTS command (see 0). +FET <ppm>: This response reports post page message response. The parameter is the same than the one of AT+FET command (see 0). +FHNG <cause>:  This response reports the hang-up cause. It indicates that the call has been terminated. <cause>    0: Normal end of connection. 10: Unspecified transmit phase A error. 20: Unspecified transmit phase B error. 40: Unspecified transmit phase C error. 50: Unspecified transmit phase D error. 70: Unspecified receive phase B error. 90: Unspecified receive phase C error. 100: Unspecified receive phase D error.
Chapter 14 – V.24 and V.25 Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 80   Chapter 14 – V.24 and V.25 Commands Fixed DTE Rate   +IPR Description:   This commands specifies the data rate at which the DCE will accept commands. Notes: • Autobauding is supported (operating from 2400 to 115200 baud). • Any AT command issued by the DTE must start with both capital ‘A’ and ‘T’ (or ‘/’) or both lower case ‘a’ and ‘t’ (or ‘/’); otherwise, the DCE may return some garbage characters and become desynchronized. Should this happen, the DTE simply issues ‘AT\r’ (at 2400 or 4800 bauds) once or twice or just ‘AT’ (at 9600 bauds) to resynchronize the modem.  • The DTE waits for 1ms after receiving the last character of the AT response (which is always ‘\n’ or 0x0A) to send a new AT command at either the same rate or a new rate. Should this delay be ignored, the DCE can become desynchronised. Once again, sending ’AT\r’ once or twice or just ‘AT’ causes the DCE to recover. Caution:  When starting up, if autobauding is enabled and no AT command has yet been    received, the product sends all unsolicited responses (like RING) at 9600 bauds. Values: <value>   Baud rates that can be used by the DCE 0  Enables autobauding 300 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 Command syntax: AT+IPR=<value> Command  Possible responses AT+IPR?     +IPR: 9600 OK Note: Current rate is 9600 bps AT+IPR=?     +IPR: (0,2400,4800,9600,19200,38400,57600,115200), (300,600,1200) OK Note: Possible values, according to V25ter Recommendation: The first set of values indicates the range of auto-detectable baud rates (including 0). The second set of values indicates the baud rates supported by the DCE but not auto-detectable. AT+IPR=38400   OK Note: Disable autobauding and set rate to 38400 bps AT+IPR=0    OK Note: Enable autobauding
Chapter 14 – V.24 and V.25 Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 81  DTE-DCE Character Framing   +ICF Description:   This command determines the local serial port start-stop (asynchronous) character framing that the DCE uses. Values: <format>   0   Autodetect   (not supported) 1   8 Data 2 Stop   (supported)  <parity> parameter is ignored 2   8 Data 1 Parity 1 Stop   (supported)  If no <parity> provided, 3 is used by default as <parity> value 3   8 Data 1 Stop   (supported)   <parity> parameter is ignored 4   7 Data 2 Stop   (supported)  <parity> parameter is ignored 5   7 Data 1 Parity 1 Stop   (supported)  If no <parity> provided, 3 is used by default as <parity> value 6   7 Data 1 Stop   (supported)  <parity> parameter is ignored <parity>    0   Odd   (supported) 1   Even   (supported) 2   Mark   (supported) 3   Space   (supported) 4   None   (supported) Notes:    • Setting a character framing different from 8N1 will disable autobauding if it was activated. Setting it back to 8N1 will not re-enable autobaud.  • Setting the framing to 8N1 will let autobauding be enabled, if it was already enabled (implying framing was already 8N1). Command syntax: AT+ICF= <format>[, <parity>] Command  Possible responses AT+ICF?    +ICF: 3,4 OK Note: Current values AT+ICF=?    +ICF: (1-6),(0-4) OK Note: Possible values  AT+ICF=2,0     OK Note: New values
Chapter 14 – V.24 and V.25 Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 82  DTE-DCE Local Flow Control   +IFC Description:   This command is controls the operation of local flow control between the DTE and DCE. Values:  < DCE_by_DTE >   0   none  (supported) 1   Xon/Xoff local circuit 103  (not supported) 2   RTS  (supported) 3   Xon/Xoff global on circuit 103  (not supported) Note:  When this parameter is set to 2 (DTE invokes flow control through RTS) DCE behaviour is as follows:   If the DCE has never detected RTS in the high (or ON) condition since startup then it ignores RTS as it assumes that this signal is not connected. As soon as the DCE detects RTS high the signal acts on it. Therefore subsequent RTS transition to OFF will prevent the DCE from sending any further data in both online and offline modes. This behaviour allows the user to use the default settings (hardware flow control) and leave RTS disconnected. In the case where RTS is connected and is high at least once, it acts on the DCE. < DTE_by_DCE >   0   none   (supported) 1   Xon/Xoff circuit 104   (not supported) 2   CTS   (supported) Note: When this parameter is set to 0 (none) then CTS is kept high all the time. Command syntax:   AT+IFC=<DCE_by_DTE>,<DTE_by_DCE> Command  Possible responses AT+IFC?    +IFC: 2,2 OK  Note: Current values AT+IFC=?   +IFC: (0,2),(0,2) OK  Note: Possible values  AT+IFC=0,0    OK  Note: New values   Set DCD Signal   &C Description:   This commands controls the Data Carrier Detect (DCD) signal. Values: <n> 0  DCD always on 1  DCD matches the state of the remote modem’s data carrier  Command syntax: AT&C <n> Command  Possible responses AT&C0 Note:  DCD always on OK Note: Command valid AT&C1  Note:  DCD matches state of the remote modem’s data carrier OK Note: Command valid    Set DTR Signal   &D Description:   This commands controls the Data Terminal Ready (DTR) signal. Values:   <n> 0  The DTR signal is ignored 1  Modem switches from data to command mode when DTR switches from ON to OFF 2  Upon DTR switch from ON to OFF, the call is released Command syntax: AT&D <n> Command  Possible responses AT&D0 Note:  The DTR signal is ignored OK Note: Command valid AT&D1  Note:  Modem switches from data to command mode when DTR switches from ON to OFF OK Note: Command valid  AT&D2  Note:  Upon DTR switch from ON to OFF, the call is released OK Note: Command valid
Chapter 14 – V.24 and V.25 Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 83  Set DSR Signal   &S Description:   This commands controls the Data Set Ready (DSR) signal. Values: <n> 0  DSR always on 1  DSR off in command mode. DSR on in data mode.  Command syntax: AT&S Command  Possible responses AT&S0 Note:  DSR always on  OK Note: Command valid AT&S1  Note:  DSR off in command mode, DSR on in data mode OK Note: Command valid    Back to Online Mode  O Description:  If a connection has been established and the ME is in command mode, this command allows you to return to online data mode. Values:    No parameters Command syntax:    ATO Command  Possible responses ATO Return from offline mode to online mode OK   Result Code Suppression   Q Description:   This command determines whether the mobile equipment sends result codes or not. Values: <n> 0  DCE transmit result codes 1  Result codes are suppressed and not transmitted Command syntax: ATQ Command  Possible responses ATQ0 Note:  DCE transmits result codes  OK Note: Command valid ATQ1  Note:  Result codes are suppressed and not transmitted Note: No response     DCE Response Format   V Description:   This command determines the DCE response format, with or without header characters <CR><LF>. Result codes are provided as numeric or verbose. Values:   <n>=0  <n>=1 Information responses  <text><CR><LF> <CR><LF> <text><CR><LF> Result codes  <numeric code><CR>  <CR><LF> <verbose code><CR><LF> Command syntax:   ATV Command  Possible responses ATV0 Note:  DCE transmits limited headers and trailers and numeric result codes  0 Note: Command is valid (0 means OK) ATV1  Note:  DCE transmits full headers and trailers and verbose response text OK Note: Command valid    Default Configuration   Z Description:   This command restores the configuration profile. Any call is released. Syntax:     No parameters Command syntax: ATZ Command  Possible responses ATZ OK  Note: Command valid
Chapter 14 – V.24 and V.25 Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 84  Save Configuration  &W Description:   This command writes the active configuration to a non-volatile memory (EEPROM). For description of the stored parameters, refer to Appendix A. Values:    No parameters  Command syntax: AT&W Command  Possible responses AT&W Note: Writes current configuration to EEPROM  OK Note: Command valid    Auto-Tests   &T Description:   This command runs various auto-tests. Values:   AT&T0 is used to perform auto-tests. The response will be OK if no software problem is detected (EEPROM, RAM and ROM checksums), otherwise a simple ERROR response is sent. AT&T1 is used to close the audio loop and AT&T2 is used to open the audio loop. This is used to validate the audio loop (microphone to speaker). <n> 0  Perform software auto-tests   The response will be OK if no software problem is detected (EEPROM, RAM, and ROM checksums); otherwise, a simple ERROR response is sent. 1  Perform the audio loop test (close)   This is used to validate the audio loop (microphone to speaker) 2  Stop the audio loop test (open)   This is used to validate the audio loop (microphone to speaker) Command syntax: AT&T Command  Possible responses AT&T0 Note: Perform software auto-tests  OK Note: No software problem detected, all checksums are correct  AT&T1 Note: Do the audio loop test (close)  OK Note: Command valid  AT&T2 Note: Stop the audio loop test (open)  OK Note: Command valid    Echo   E Description:  This command is used to determine whether the modem echoes characters received by an external application (DTE). Values:   <n> 0  Characters are not echoed 1  Characters are echoed Command syntax: ATE <n> Command  Possible responses ATE0 Note: Characters are not echoed  OK Note: Done  ATE1 Note: Characters are echoed  OK Note: Done    Restore Factory Settings   &F Description:   This command is used to restore the factory settings from EEPROM. It only restores the parameters that can be found in the Parameters Storage table with column AT&F checked. Those parameters are restored in RAM and in E2P, overwriting the profile for AT&W.  Values:   <n> 0  Restore factory settings Command syntax: AT&F <n> Command  Possible responses AT&F Note: Ask for restoring the factory settings  OK Note: Done  AT&F0 Note: Ask for restoring the factory settings  OK Note: Done
Chapter 14 – V.24 and V.25 Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 85  Display Configuration   &V Description:  This command is used to display the modem configuration. Values:   <n> 0  Displays the modem configuration in RAM. Default value if no parameter provided. 1  Displays the modem configuration in EEPROM. 2  Displays the modem factory configuration. Command syntax:   AT&V <n> The parameters displayed are the following: Q: val 1, V: val 2, S0: val 3, S2: val 4, S3: val 5, S4: val 6, S5: val 7, +CR: val 8, +CRC: val 9, +CMEE: val 10, +CBST: val 11, +SPEAKER: val 12, +ECHO: val 13, &C: val 14, &D: val 15, %C: val 16, +IPR: val 17, +ICF: val 18, +IFC: val 19 Command  Possible responses AT&V Note: Display active parameters in RAM Q:0 V:1 S0:000 S2:043 S3:013 S4:010 S5:008 +CR:0 +CRC:0 +CMEE:0 +CBST:0,0,1 +SPEAKER:0 +ECHO:0,0 &C:1 &D:2 %C:0 +IPR:9600 +ICF:3,4 +IFC:2,2 OK Note: Done  For Echo the first value corresponds to Echo cancellation 1.   Request Identification Information   I Description:   This command causes the product to transmit one or more lines of specific information text. Values: <n> 0   Displays manufacturer followed by model identification. Equivalent to +CGMI and +CGMM. 3   Displays revision identification. Equivalent to +CGMR. 4   Displays modem configuration in RAM. Equivalent to &V0. 5   Displays modem configuration in EEPROM. Equivalent to &V1. 6   Displays modem data features. Lists the supported data rates, data modes, and fax classes. 7   Displays modem voice features. Other values: OK string will be sent back. Command syntax: ATI Command  Possible responses ATI0 Note: Manufacturer and model identificationsWAVECOM MODEM MULTIBAND G850 1900 OK Note: Multiband GSM 850 and PCS ATI3 Note: Revision identification 640b09gg.Q2406A 1266500 070403 17:04 OK Note: Software release 6.40b, generated on the 4th of July 2003 ATI6 Note: Modem data features DATA RATES: AUTOBAUD,300,1200,1200/75,2400,4800,9600,14400 DATA MODES: T/NT,ASYNCHRONOUS FAX CLASS 1,2 OK Note: Done ATI7 Note: Modem voice features SPEECH CODINGS: FR,EFR,HR OK Note: Done
Chapter 14 – V.24 and V.25 Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 86  Multiplexing Mode  +WMUX Description:  This command manages the data / AT commands in multiplexing mode. See Appendix B for the Data / Commands multiplexing protocol description. Values: <mode>  0  Multiplexing disabled. When the product is online (data communication in progress), no AT command can be used (default). 1  Multiplexing enabled. Data flows and AT commands are multiplexed while in online mode (data communication in progress).<n> Command syntax:   AT+WMUX=<mode> Command  Possible responses AT+WMUX=? +WMUX: (0-1) OK AT+WMUX? +WMUX: 0 OK Note: Data / Commands multiplexing disabled. AT+WMUX=1 Note: Enable Data / Commands multiplexing. OK
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 87   Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands Cell Environment Description   +CCED Description:   This command retrieves the parameters of the main cell and of up to six neighboring cells.  There are two possible methods for the external application to determine these cell parameters:  On request by the application Automatically by the product every 5 seconds.  Automatic mode is not supported during registration. Values:   <mode>  0   One shot requested 1   Automatic shots requested 2   Stop automatic shots  <requested dump>  1   Main Cell:  • If the Cell Identity is available MCC, MNC, LAC, CI, BSIC, BCCH Freq (absolute), RxLev, RxLev Full, RxLev Sub, RxQual, RxQual Full, RxQual Sub,Idle TS  • If the Cell Identity is not available MCC, MNC, LAC, BSIC, BCCH Freq (absolute), RxLev, RxLev Full, RxLev Sub, RxQual, RxQual Full, RxQual Sub,Idle TS 2   Neighbor1 to Neighbor6:  • If the Cell Identity is available MCC, MNC, LAC, CI, BSIC, BCCH Freq (absolute), RxLev  • If the Cell Identity is not available MCC, MNC, LAC,, BSIC, BCCH Freq (absolute), RxLev 4   Timing Advance 8   Main cell RSSI indications (RxLev) in a range from 0 to 31 Notes: • The response for the requested dump 1, 2, and 4 will be: +CCED:<value>, … , <value n> OK Where <value> is the ASCII string of the values (in decimal form except the LAC and CI values which are in hexadecimal form) of the parameters. If a field cannot be measured – or is meaningless – the parameter is not filled in and two consecutive commas are sent.  • The response for the requested dump 8 will be a +CSQ response and not a +CCED. The 7.07 format for +CSQ is respected. The <ber> is not evaluated by this command, so the <ber> value will always be 99. +CSQ:<rssi>, 99 OK When automatic shots are selected, this +CSQ response is sent every time the <rssi> measured by the product changes. Automatic shots are supported in idle mode and during communication. The activation or deactivation of this flow (8) does not affect the other flows.  • In idle mode, only RxLev measurements (on the main cell and on the neighboring cells) are made.
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 88  • Combination of the requested dump is supported (addition of the values 1, 2, 4, and 8): Value  Requested Dump  Value  Requested Dump 1  +CCED response: Main Cell only  9  +CSQ response; then +CCED response with Main Cell only 2  +CCED response: Neighbors 1 to 6 10  +CSQ response; then +CCED response with Neighbors 1 to 6 3 +CCED response: Main Cell; then Neighbors 1 to 6 11  +CSQ response; then +CCED response with Main Cell; then Neighbors 1 to 6 4 +CCED response: Timing Advance Only 12  +CSQ response; then +CCED response with  Timing Advance Only 5  +CCED response: Main Cell; then Timing Advance 13  +CSQ response; then +CCED response with Main Cell; then Timing Advance 6  +CCED response:  Neighbors 1 to 6; then Timing Advance 14  +CSQ response; then +CCED response with Neighbors 1 to 6; then Timing Advance 7  +CCED response: Main Cell; then Timing Advance; then Neighbors 1 to 6; with each Timing Advance inserted between cell’s results 15  +CSQ response; then +CCED response with Main Cell, then its Timing Advance; then Neighbors 1 to 6;  with each Timing Advance inserted between cell’s results 8  +CSQ response: Main Cell RSSI indications No value Last value used for +CCED request or 15 • If requested dump parameter is not provided, one of the last +CCED commands sill be used (or 15 by default) will be used.  • Values of MCC/MNC are set to 0 in the case of “No service”.  Command syntax:  AT+CCED=<mode>[, <requested dump>] Command  Possible responses AT+CCED=0 Note: Last request was AT_CCED=0,3 (main cell and neighbors 1 to 6): you can see MCC,MNC sequences (here 208,20) +CCED:208,20,0002,0418,37,706,24,,,0,,,0,208,20,0006,989b,37,835,20,208,,20,0002,02a9,37,831,12,208,20,0101,7966,34,818,508,20,0006,9899,39,713,9,208,20,0002,0a72,33,711,12,208,20,0101,03fb,36,824,10,1 OK AT+CCED=0,1 Note: Only Main Cell request +CCED:208,20,0002,0418,37,706,25,,,0,,,0 OK AT+CCED=0,1 Note: Call in progress: RxLev and RxQual are empty, RxLevFull,  RxLevSub, RxQualFull, and RxQualSub have data +CCED:208,10,189C,,19,85,,31,32,,0,0 OK
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 89   General Indications   +WIND Description:   This command provides a general mechanism to send unsolicited non-standardized indications to the application. The indicators are: • Indication of a physical change on the SIM detect pin from the connector (meaning SIM inserted, SIM removed) • Indication during mobile originated call setup that the calling party is ringing. • Indication of the availability of the product to receive AT commands after boot. For each of these indications, a “bit flow” has to be indicated.  Values: <IndLevel>  0  No unsolicited “+WIND: <IndNb>” will occur. Default.  1 (bit-0)   Hardware SIM Insert/Remove indications (Rack open/close) or SIM presence after software reset 2 (bit-1)   Calling party alert indication 4 (bit-2)   Product is ready to process AT commands (except phonebooks, AOC, SMS), but still in emergency mode. 8 (bit-3)   The product is ready to process all AT commands at the end of init or after swapping to ADN in case of FDN configuration 16 (bit-4)  A new call identifier has been created (after an ATD command, +CCWA indication) 32 (bit-5)   An active, held or waiting call has been released by network or other party 64 (bit-6)   Network service available indication 128 (bit-7)  Network lost indication 256 (bit-8)  Audio ON indication 512 (bit-9)  SIM Phonebooks reload status 1024 (bit-10)  Sim phonebooks checksum indication 2048 (bit-11)  Interruption indication (only if FTR_INT is activated) Combination (addition of the values) is used to allow more than one indication flow.  0 ≥ IndLevel ≤ 4095 The response is OK if the values are in the previous range. <event>    0   The SIM presence pin has been detected as “SIM removed” (depending on 0 bit flow) 1   The SIM presence pin has been detected as “SIM inserted” 2   Calling party is alerting 3   Product is ready to process AT commands (except phonebooks, AOC, SMS), at init or after AT+CFUN=1 4   Product is ready to process all AT commands, end of phonebook init or swap (FDN to ADN) 5   Call <idx> has been created (after ATD or +CCWA…) 6   Call <idx> has been released, after a NO CARRIER, a +CSSU: 5 indication, or after the release of a call waiting 7:   The network service is available for an emergency call. 8   The network is lost. 9   Audio ON. 10   Show reload status of each SIM phonebook after init phase (after Power-ON or SIM insertion). 11     Show the checksum of Sim phonebooks after loading them 12     An interruption has occurred  Or for event 10: <phonebook>: SIM phonebook (“SM”, “FD”, “ON”, “SN”, “EN”)  <status>:  0   Not Reloaded from SIM (no change since last init or SIM remove)   1   Reloaded from SIM to internal memory (at least one entry has changed) Or for event 11: <checksum>: 128-bit “fingerprint”  of the phonebook. Note: If the service of the phonebook is not loaded or not present, the checksum is not displayed and two commas without checksum are displayed (,,).
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 90  Command syntax:  AT+WIND= <IndLevel > Command  Possible responses AT+WIND? +WIND: 0 OK AT+WIND=255 OK Note: The SIM has been removed.   +WIND: 0 Note :The SIM presence pin has been detected as “SIM inserted”  Note: The SIM has been removed.   +WIND: 1 Note :The SIM presence pin has been detected as “SIM inserted” Note: The network service is available for an emergency call  +WIND: 7 Note: The initialization has been completed  +WIND: 4 Additional Notes: • The AT+WIND? command is supported and indicates the <allowed bit flows>.  • AT+WIND settings are automatically stored in non volatile memory (EEPROM). This means the &W command does not need to be used and the selected flows are always activated after boot.  • Default value is 0: no flow activated, no indication.  • AT+WIND=? gives the possible value range (0-4095)  • The unsolicited response will then be:  +WIND: <event> [ ,<idx> ] <idx>:  Call identifier, defined in +CLCC command. • Or for event 10:  +WIND: <event>,<phonebook>,<status>,…,<phonebook>,<status> • Or for event 11:  +WIND: <event>,[“<checksum of SM>”],[“<checksum of FD>”],[“<checksum of ON>”],[“<checksum of SN>”] ,[“<checksum of EN>”],[“<checksum of LD>”]   Analog Digital Converter Measurements  +ADC Description:   This command gets the (DC level * 1024) of ADC A and ADC B, and possibly ADC C. These voltages are coded on 10 bits. Values: <n>  0  Select 2 converters 1  Select 3 converters <ADCValA> ADC A value, coded on 10 bits. The value returned includes the resistor bridge. Values are updated every 10  seconds. Displayed on modes 0 and 1.   <ADCValB> ADC B value, coded on 10 bits. Displayed on modes 0 and 1.   <ADCValC> ADC C value, coded on 10 bits. Displayed on mode 1 only.   Command syntax: AT+ADC Command  Possible responses AT+ADC=? Note: Ask for the list of possible values +ADC: (0-1) Note: possible values 0 or 1 AT+ADC=0 Note: Select 2 converters  (mode 0) OK Note: 2 converters  mode  selected AT+ADC?  Note: Ask for the current values of converters in mode 0 +ADC: 500,412 OK Note: ADC A, ADC B on 10 bits AT+ADC=1 Note: Select 3 converters  (mode 1) OK Note: 3 converters mode  selected AT+ADC? Note: Ask for the current values of converters in mode 1  +ADC: 712,698,997 OK Note: ADC A, ADC B, ADC  C on 10 bits
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 91  Mobile Equipment Event Reporting   +CMER Description:   This command enables or disables sending of unsolicited result codes in the case of a key press. Values:   <keyp> (keypad)   0   No keypad event reporting. 1   Keypad event reportings are routed using unsolicited code: +CKEV: <key>, <press> only those key pressings, which are not caused by +CKPD are indicated. 2   Keypad event reportings are routed using unsolicited code: +CKEV: <key>, <press> all key pressings are indicated. Note:   As AT software does not manage the emulation of key press, the values 1 and 2 lead to the same results. <ind> 0   No indicator event reporting 1   Indicator event reporting using unsolicited result code. Only the indicator events not caused by +CIND shall be indicated by the TA to the TE. <key>   Keyboard map is (5,5) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 <press>  1   key press 0   key release <indresp>   Indicator order number (as specified for +CIND) <value>   New value of the indicator Command Syntax:  AT+CMER=<mode>,<keyp>,<disp>,<ind>,<bfr> Response Syntax:  +CKEV: <key>, <press>  (key press event report) Response Syntax:  +CIEV: <indresp>, <value>  (indicator event report) Command  Possible responses AT+CMER=1 Note: Ask for key press event report OK  +CKEV:12,1 +CKEV:12,0 Note: Key 12 has been pressed and released AT+ADC?  Note: Ask for the current values of converters in mode 0 +ADC: 500,412 OK Note: ADC A, ADC B on 10 bits AT+CMER? +CMER: 3,1,0,0,0 OK
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 92  Indicator Control +CIND Description:   This command is used to read or set the values of ME indicators. If ME does not allow setting of indicators or if ME is not currently reachable, an error code is returned. Values:   <ind> interger type value, which shall be in rante of corresponding <desc>: 0   Indicator is OFF or in a state that can be identified as an “OFF” state. 1   Indicator is ON or in a state that is more substantial than the “OFF” state. 2  This value is more substantial than 1, and so on. Note: If the indicator is a simple ON/OFF style element, it has only values 0 and 1. <desc> battchg:  Battery charge level (0-5) signal:  Signal quality (0-5) service:  Service availability (0-1) message:  Message received (0-1) call:  Call in progress (0-1) roam:  Roaming memory storage status in the MT (0-1) smsfull:  SMS memory storage status in the MT (0-1) 0   Memory locations are available. 1   Memory full. Command syntax: AT+CIND=[<ind>[,<ind>[,…]]] Response syntax:  +CIND:  <ind>[,<ind>[,…]]  or  +CIND:  (<desc>,(list of supported <ind>s))[,(<desc>,(list of supported <ind>s))  [,…]] Command  Possible responses AT+CIND=[<ind>[,<ind>[,…]]] Note: Ask for key press event report +CME ERROR: <err> Note: ME not reachable AT+CIND? Note: read ME indicators current values +CIND:  <ind>[,<ind>[,…]] AT+CIND=? Note: read ME indicators possible values +CIND:  (<desc>,(list of supported <ind>s))[,(<desc>,(list of supported <ind>s))  [,…]] OK AT+CIND? +CIND: 1,2,1,1,0,0,0 Note: battchg:1 – max=5, signal:2 - max=5, service:1 – we are registered on the network, message:1 – an SMS has been received, call:0 – no call in progress, roam:0 – not roaming, smsfull:0 – SIM card is not full of SMS AT+CIND=? Note: read possible value for ME indicators +CIND: (“battchg”,(0-5)),(“signal”,(0-5)),(“service”:(0-1)),(“message”,(0-1)),(“call”,(0-1)),(“roam”,(0-1)),(“smsfull”,(0-1)) OK
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 93  Mobile Equipment Control Mode  +CMEC Description:   This command selects the equipment that operates the ME keypad, writes to the ME display, and sets the ME indicators. If operation mode is not allowed by the ME, +CME ERROR: <err> is returned. Values:   <keyp> (keypad):   0   ME can be operated only through its keypad (execute command of +CKPD cannot be used). 1   ME can be operated only from TE (with command +CKPD). 2   ME can be operated only from both TE keypad and TE. <idsp>    0   Only ME can write to its display (only command +CDIS can be used to read the indicators). 1   Only TE can write to ME display (with command +CDIS). 2   ME display can be written by both ME and TE. <ind> 0   Only ME can set the status of its indicators (command +CIND can only be used to read the indicators). 1   Only TE can set the status of ME indicators (with command +CIND). 2  ME indicators can be set by both ME and TE Command Syntax:  AT+CMEC=[<keyp>[,<disp>[,<ind>]]] Response Syntax:  +CMEC: <keyp>,<disp>,<ind> Command  Possible responses AT+CMEC=[<keyp>[,<disp>[,<ind>]]]  +CME ERROR: <err> AT+CMEC=[<keyp>[,<disp>[,<ind>]]] OK AT+CMEC? +CMEC: 2,0,0 OK AT+CMEC=? +CMEC: (2),(0),(0) OK Note: no change allowed   Read Language Preference   +WLPR Description:   Read a Language Preference value of EF-LP. The first indices should have the highest priority. Values:  <index>  Offset in the available languages range (SIM dependent) <value>   Values for language Language example: <value>  Language  <value>  Language 0 German 10 Norwegian 1 English 11 Greek 2 Italian  12 Turkish 3 French  13 Hungarian 4 Spanish  14 Polish 5 Dutch  32 Czech 6 Swedish  33 Hebrew 7 Danish  34 Arabic 8 Portuguese  35 Russian 9 Finnish  36 Icelandic Command syntax:  AT+WLPR= <index > Response syntax:  +WLPR: <value> Command  Possible responses AT+WLPR? Note: Read command +WLPR: 4 OK Note: Four language preferences are available in EF-LP AT+WLPR=1 Note: Read first EF-LP index value +WLPR: 5 OK Note: Language preference is 5
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 94  Write Language Preference   +WLPW Description:   Write a Language Preference value in EF-LP. Values:  <index>  Offset in the available languages range (SIM dependent) <value>   Values for language  Language example: <value>  Language  <value>  Language 0 German 10 Norwegian 1 English 11 Greek 2 Italian  12 Turkish 3 French  13 Hungarian 4 Spanish  14 Polish 5 Dutch  32 Czech 6 Swedish  33 Hebrew 7 Danish  34 Arabic 8 Portuguese  35 Russian 9 Finnish  36 Icelandic Command syntax:  AT+WLPW=<index >,<value> Response syntax:  OK or +CME ERROR: <err> Command  Possible responses AT+WLPW=1,5 Note: Write Lang Pref equal to 5 in EF-LP with index 1 OK Note: EF-LP correctly updated   Read GPIO Value  +WIOR Description:  Read the requested GPI or GPIO pin value.  Notes:  • By default (e.g., after a reset), the I/O ports configuration is set by the +WIOM command. • This command is allowed only on a GPIO not allocated by an Open-AT embedded application or for bus operations. Values: <index>  Ten I/O ports are available. The <index> value is between 0 and 9. <value>  0  I/O port number <index> is reset. 1  I/O port number <index> is set. Command syntax:  AT+WIOR=<index> Response syntax:  +WIOR: <value> Command  Possible responses AT+WIOR=0 Read I/O (number 0) value +WIOR: 0 OK GPIO number 0 is reset   Write GPIO Value   +WIOW Description:  Set the requested GPO or GPIO pin value. Notes:  • By default (e.g., after a reset), the I/O ports configuration is set by the +WIOM command. • This command is allowed only on a GPIO not allocated by an Open-AT embedded application or for bus operations. Values: <index>    Ten I/O ports are available. The <index> value is between 0 and 9.  <value> 0  I/O port number <index> is reset. 1  I/O port number <index> is set. Command syntax:   AT+WIOW=<index >,<value> Command  Possible responses AT+WIOW=2,0 Reset I/O (number 2) OK GPIO value is written
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 95  Input/Output Management   +WIOM Description:  This command sets the default GPIOs configuration (input or output) after reset, and each GPIO default value (if set as an output) after reset.  Note: This command is allowed only on a GPIO not allocated by the Open-AT embedded application or for  bus operations. Values: <GpioDir>   Bit table parameter indicating each GPIO direction.  0 Input 1  Output. Default. Default value: 255 (all GPIOs set as outputs).  <GpioVal>  Bit table parameter indicating each output-configured GPIO value (each bit gives the corresponding GPIO default value). 0   Reset. Default. 1  Set The GPIOs set as inputs by the <GpioDir> parameter are not affected by the value set by the <GpioVal> parameter. Notes:    • <GpioDir> bit values for GPI and GPO are ignored.  • <GpioVal> bit values for GPI are ignored. Command Syntax    AT+WIOM=[<GpioDir>],[<GpioVal>] Command  Possible responses AT+WIOM? +WIOM: 255,0 OK On reset, all GPIOs are set to 0, as an output. AT+WIOM=? +WIOM: (0-255),(0-255) OK Range allowed for the parameters. AT+WIOM=254 Set GPIO 0 as an input, and all others as outputs.OK AT+WIOM=,128 Set GPIO 7 default output value to 1. OK AT+WIOM? +WIOM: 254,128 OK   Abort Command   +WAC Description:  This command allows SMS, SS and PLMN selection related commands to be aborted. Values:  No parameters Command syntax:  AT+WAC Example: Command Syntax  Return   Command  Possible responses AT+WAC      AT+COPS=?     Note: Available PLMN   AT+WAC=?  OK    AT+WAC     Note: Abort the request of PLMN list  OK AT+WAC? OK
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 96  Play Tone   +WTONE Description:   This command allows a tone to be played on the current speaker or on the buzzer. Frequency, gain and duration can be set. Values:   <mode>    0  Stop playing. 1  Play a tone <dest>   Sets the destination (mandatory if <mode>=1) 1  Speaker 2  Buzzer <freq>  Sets tone frequency (in Hz) (mandatory if <mode>=1).  1  Speaker. Range is between 1Hz and 3999Hz. 2  Buzzer. Range is between 1Hz and 50000Hz. <gain> (0-15): Sets the tone gain. Range is 0 to 15. Default 9. <gain>  Speaker (db)  Buzzer (db) 0   0  -0.25 1 -0.5  -0.5 2 -1  -1  3  -1.5  -1.5 4 -2  -2 5 -3  -3 6 -6  -6 7 -9  -9 8 -12  -12 9 -15  -15 10 -18  -18 11 -24  -24 12 -30  -30 13 -36  -40 14 -42  -infinite 15 -infinite  -infinite <duration> (0-50)  Sets tone duration (unit of 100 ms). Range is 0 to 50. Default 0. When this parameter is equal to 0, the duration is infinite, and the tone can be stopped by AT+WTONE=0. Command syntax: AT+WTONE=<mode>[,<dest>,<freq>,<gain>,<duration>] Response syntax:  OK or +CME ERROR: <err> Command  Possible responses AT+WTONE=1,1,300,9,50 Note: Play a tone OK Note: Done AT+WTONE=0 Note: Stop playing OK Note: Done AT+WTONE=? Note: Test command OK Note: Done AT+WTONE? Note: Current value ERROR
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 97  Play DTMF Tone   +WDTMF Description:   This command allows a DTMF tone to be played on the current speaker. DTMF, gain, and duration can be set. This command is only used to play a DTMF tone. To send a DTMF over the GSM network, use the +VTS command. Values:   <mode>   0   Stop playing. 1   Play a DTMF tone <dtmf>   Sets the DTMF to play in (mandatory if <mode>=1).  Value must be in {0-9,*,#,A,B,C,D}  <gain> (0-15)   Sets tone gain. The values are identical to those of the +WTONE (speaker) command.   Range is 0 to 15 (see array on previous page). By default, the value is 9. <duration> (0-50)  Sets the tone duration (unit of 100 ms).  Range 0 to 50. Default 0 (1-> 0,1 s., 50 -> 5 s.) When this parameter is 0 (default value), the duration is infinite, and the DTMF tone can be stopped by AT+WDTMF=0. Command syntax: AT+WDTMF=<mode>[,<dtmf>,<gain>,<duration>] Response syntax:  OK or +CME ERROR: <err> Command  Possible responses AT+WDTMF=1,"*",9,100 Note: Play a DTMF tone OK Note: Done AT+WDTMF=0 Note: Stop playing OK Note: Done AT+WDTMF=? Note: Test command +WDTMF: (0-1),(0-9,*,#,A,B,C,D),(0-15),(0-50) OK Note: Done AT+WDTMF? Note: Current value ERROR    Downloading   +WDWL Description:   This command switches the product to download mode.   Downloading is performed using the 1K-XMODEM protocol. Values:  No parameters Command syntax: AT+WDWL Command  Possible responses AT+WDWL Note: Switch on downloading mode +WDWL: 0 Note: Start the downloading   … Note: Downloading in progress AT+CFUN=1 Note: Reset the product at the end   OK Note: Reset completed. New software running
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 98  Voice Rate   +WVR Description:  This command allows the voice rate for bearer voice to be configured (available for outgoing calls only). Values:  <n>: Voice coding type. 0   FR 1   FR and EFR 2   FR, HR with HR preferred 3   HR, FR with FR preferred 4   EFR,HR with HR preferred 5   HR,EFR with EFR preferred. Command syntax: AT+WVR=<n> Command Syntax   Return AT+WVR=? +WVR: (0,2,3) Note: Half Rate available.  AT+WVR=? +WVR: (0,1) Note: If ERF available. AT+WVR=? +WVR: (0) Note: If HR and EFR available. AT+WVR=? +WVR: (0-5) Note: If HR and EFR available. AT+WVR? +WVR: <n>  Command Syntax   Return AT+WVR=1 Note: Configure voice type FR and EFR OK Note: Bearer is configured AT+WVR=6 Syntax error +CME ERROR: 3 Note: Syntax error AT+WVR? Note: Ask the current value +WVR: 1 OK    Data Rate   +WDR Description:  This command allows the data rate for bearer data to be configured (available for outgoing calls only). Values:  <n>: Data coding type. 0   FR 1   FR, HR with HR preferred 2   HR, FR with FR preferred Command syntax: AT+WDR=<n> Command  Syntax  Return AT+WDR=<n> OK AT+WDR=? +WDR: (0-2) Note: If Half Rate available. AT+WDR=? +WDR: (0) Note: If Half Rate note available. AT+WDR? +WDR: <n>  Command  Possible responses AT+WDR=1 Note: Configure voice type FR,HR with HR preferred. OK Note: Bearer is configured AT+WDR=3 Syntax error +CME ERROR: 3  AT+WDR? Note: Ask the current value +WDR: 1 OK
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 99  Select Voice Gain   +WSVG Description:  The product has 2 voice gain controllers. This specific command selects the microphone gain controller. Values:  <n> Controller   0   Controller 1 (Default) 1   Controller 2 Command syntax: AT+WSVG = <n> Command  Possible responses AT+WSVG=<n>  AT+WSVG=0 Note: Select Controller 1 (Default) OK Note: Controller 1 selected AT+WSVG=1 Note: Select Controller 2 (Default) OK Note: Controller 2 selected AT+WSVG=? Note: Get the list of possible values +WSVG: (0-1) Note: possible values 0 or 1 AT+WSVG? Note: Get the current value +WSVG: 1 Note: Controller 1 is selected   Status Request   +WSTR Description:  This command returns some operation status. It can be used to check the state of the initialization sequence; the different values returned are Not started, Ongoing, Finished. Values: <status>  1  Initialization sequence <value>  0   Not started 1 On going 2   Finished 2  Network status <value>  0  No network 1 Network available Command syntax: AT+WSTR=<status> Response syntax: +WSTR: <status>,<value> Command  Possible responses AT+WSTR=<status> +WSTR:<status>,<value> AT+WSTR=1 Note: Select the status 1 (INIT SEQUENCE) +WSTR: 1,2 OK                Note: Init finished AT+WSTR=2 Note: Select the status 2 (NETWORK STATUS) +WSTR: 2,1 OK                Note: The network is available AT+WSTR=? Note: Ask the list of possible values +WSTR: (1-2) Note: possible values:  1, 2   Scan   +WSCAN Description:  This command displays the received signal strength indication (<rssi>) for a specified frequency (in absolute format). This command is not allowed during communication. Values:  <absolute frequency>   frequency in absolute format <rssi>   0    -113 dBm or less 1  -111 dBm 2...30  -109 to -53 dBm 31  -51dBm or greater 99  not known or not detectable Command syntax: AT+WSCAN=<absolute frequency> Response syntax: +WSCAN: <rssi> Command  Possible responses AT+WSCAN=50  Note: Request <rssi> of absolute frequency 50 +WSCAN: 23 OK Note: <rssi> is 23. AT+WSCAN=1025 Note: Request power of absolute frequency 1025 CME ERROR: 3 Note: 1025 is not a valid absolute frequency
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 100  Ring Indicator Mode   +WRIM Description:  This command sets or returns the state of the Ring Indicator Mode.  • In up-down RI mode, no pulses are sent before unsolicited AT response, and up-down signals are sent when receiving an incoming call. • In pulse RI mode, an electrical pulse is sent on the Ring Indicator signal just before sending any unsolicited AT response in order not to lose AT responses when client tasks are in sleep state. Still in RI mode, when receiving incoming calls, electrical pulses are sent on the RI signal.  • Pulse RI Mode + Pulse On Packet Downloaded: based on Pulse RI mode but an electrical pulse is also sent on the Ring Indicator signal just before sending a downloaded data packet (GPRS or CSD) if the remote client has dropped down his RTS signal. Values: <mode>  0  Up-down RI mode 1  Pulse RI mode 2  Pulse RI mode + Pulse on Downloaded Packet   <n>   used only in mode RI Pulse + Pulse on Downloaded Packet (<mode>=2). 0  Duration of pulse is 5 µs 1-33  Duration of pulse is n x 30 µs Important: Pulse duration may be increased by up to 3 ms, due to interrupt processes overhead. Note: Remind that this mode corresponds to the case where the remote equipment has dropped its RTS signal to stop its flow control. Command syntax: AT+WRIM=<n> Command  Possible responses AT+WRIM=<n> OK AT+WRIM=0 Note: Select up-down RI mode OK Note: up-down RI mode selected AT+WRIM=1 Note: Select pulse RI mode OK Note: pulse RI mode selected AT+WRIM=? Note: Ask the list of possible  values +WRIM: (0-1) OK Note:  possible values 0 or 1 AT+WRIM? Note: Ask the current value +WRIM: 1 OK Note: current RI mode is pulse RI.   Command syntax: AT+WRIM=<mode>[,<n>] Command  Possible responses AT+WRIM=0 Note: Select up-down RI mode OK Note: up-down RI mode selected AT+WRIM=1 Note: Select pulse RI mode OK Note: pulse RI mode selected AT+WRIM=2,0 Note: Select mode pulse RI + Pulse on downloaded packet; pulse duration is 5 µs OK Note: mode pulse RI + Pulse on downloaded packet selectedAT+WRIM=? Note: Ask for the list of possible values +WRIM: (0-2),(0-33) OK Note: possible values 0, 1, or 2 AT+WRIM? Note: Ask for the current value +WRIM: 1,0 OK Note: current RI mode is pulse RI.
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 101  32kHz Power Down Mode   +W32K Description:  This command allows the 32kHz power down mode to be enabled or disabled.  • When power down mode is entered, the product uses a 32kHz internal clock during inactivity stages. • When enabled, power down mode is active after 1 to 15 minutes. For additional information on power down mode, see Specification of Power Down Control via RS232. Values:   <mode>    0  Disable 32kHz powerdown mode 1  Enable 32kHz powerdown mode Command syntax: AT+W32K=<mode> Command  Possible responses AT+W32K=1 Note: Enable 32kHz power down mode OK Note: 32kHz power down mode is enabled AT+W32K=0 Note: Disable 32kHz power down mode OK Note: 32kHz power down mode is disabled   Change Default Melody   +WCDM Description:  This command allows a manufacturer specific melody to be selected. This default melody will be played for any new incoming voice call, either on the buzzer or on the speaker.  Values:   <melody> 0  No melody (default) 1…10  Melody 1 to 10 <player> 0  Melody n°<melody> will be played on the buzzer for any new incoming voice call. Default. 1  Melody n°<melody> will be played on the speaker for any new incoming voice call. Command syntax: AT+WCDM=<melody>,<player> Command  Possible responses AT+WCDM=0 Note: Select no melody OK AT+WCDM=5 Note: Select melody n°5 OK AT+WCDM? Note: Indicate the current melody +WCDM: 5,0 OK Note: Melody n°5 is currently selected, and the buzzer is selected to play it.  RING Note: An incoming call occurs, and the melody n°5 is played on the buzzer. AT+WCDM=,1 Note: Select the speaker to play the melody on. OK AT+WCDM? +WCDM: 5,1 OK Note: Now the speaker is selected to play the melody if an incoming call occurs.
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 102  Custom Character Set   +WCCS Description:  This command edits and displays the custom character set tables. The “CUSTOM” mode of +CSCS and the +WPCS commands use this character set. In this mode, when the user enters a string, this string is converted into GSM alphabet using the Custom To GSM table. In a similar way, when the user requests a string display, the string is converted from GSM alphabet using the GSM To Custom table.    In edition mode, the edition session is terminated by <ctrl-Z>, or aborted by <ESC>. Only hexadecimal characters (‘0’…’9’, ‘A’…’F’) can be used. The number of characters entered must equal the edition range requested, otherwise the command will terminate with a “+CME ERROR: 3” result. Values:   <mode>   0  Display the table 1  Edit the table <table> 0  Custom To GSM conversion table 1  GSM To Custom conversion table <char 1>, <char 2>  Character range to display/edit. 0…127  for GSM To Custom conversion table 0…255  for Custom To GSM conversion table Note: If only <char 1> is present, only this char is displayed/edited. See Appendix C for informative examples on phonebooks. Command syntax: AT+WCCS=<mode>,<table>,<char 1>[,<char 2>] Command  Possible responses AT+WCCS=0,0,120,130 Note: Display from character 120 to character 130 of the Custom To GSM conversion table +WCCS: 11, 78797A2020202020097E05 OK Note: 11 characters displayed AT+WCCS=1,0,115<CR> 20<ctrl-Z> Note: Edit character 115 of the Custom To GSM conversion table OK Note: Edition successful AT+WCCS=1,1,0,4<CR> 40A324A5E8<ctrl-Z> Note: Edit the 5 first characters of the GSM To Custom conversion tableOK Note: Edition successful AT+WCCS=1,1,200 Note: Edit character 200 of GSM To Custom conversion table +CME ERROR: 3 Note: Index out of range
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 103  Lock   +WLCK Description:  This command allows the ME to be locked on a specific network operator.  Note:   Test SIM cards (with MCC=001 & MNC=01) doesn’t check these locks. Values:   <fac> “PS”  SIM lock facility with a 8 digits password (PCK). “PN”  Network lock with a 8 digits password (NCK). “PU”  Network subset lock with a 8 digits password (NSCK). “PP”  Service provider lock with a 8 digits password (SPCK). “PC”  Corporate lock with a 8 digits password (CCK). <CnlType>  Type of lock for co-operative network list (CNL) 0   Automatic (co-operative network list retrieved from EFCNL SIM file) Note: EFCNL file must be present in SIM to use automatic mode. 1   Manual (co-operative network list is given in the <CnlData> parameter) <CnlData>  Co-operative network list (hexa string type) using same format as in EFCNL SIM file (ETSI GSM 11.11 or 3GPP 04.08). Note: Only if <CnlType> = 1 Command syntax:  AT+WLCK=<fac>,<passwd>,<NetId>[,<GID1>[,GID2]] [,<CnlType>[,<CnlData>]] Response syntax:  +WLCK: <status> Command  Possible responses AT+WLCK="PN",12345678,20810 Note: Activate network lock on SFR (208,10) OK Note: Network lock activated AT+WLCK="PS",12345678,208105923568974 Note: Activate SIM lock  OK Note: SIM lock activated AT+WLCK="PU",12345678,2081035 Note: Activate Network Subset lock on SFR (208, 10, 35). OK Note: Network Subset lock activated AT+WLCK="PU",12345678,20810  +CME ERROR: 3 Note: Need 7 digits of IMSI to perform a service provider lock AT+WLCK=”PP”,12345678,20810,”E5” Note: Activate Service Provider lock on SFR (208, 10) and GID1 (0xE5). OK Note: Service Provider lock activated. AT+WLCK=”PC”,12345678,20810,”E5”,”10” Note: Activate Corporate lock on SFR (208, 10), GID1 (0xE5) and GID2 (0x10). OK Note: Corporate lock activated. AT+WLCK=”PN”,12345678,20810,0 Note: Activate Network lock on SFR (208, 10) using co-operative network list from SIM file EFCNL (must be present in SIM) OK Note: Network lock activated on SFR and co-operative network list present in SIM AT+WLCK=”PN”,12345678,20801,1,”02F802FFFFFF02F801FFFFFF” Note: Activate Network lock on F ORANGE (208, 01) with manual co-operative network list including SFR (208, 10) and Bouygues Telecom (208, 20) OK  Note: Network lock activated on F ORANGE (primary network), SFR and Bouygues Telecom (co-operative networks)
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 104  CPHS Command   +CPHS Description:  This command is used to activate, deactivate or interrogate a CPHS feature (e.g., Voice Mail Indicator, Mail Box Number…)  Note:   This command may answer +CME ERROR: 3 if the CPHS feature is disabled or if the SIM card does not support this CPHS feature. Values: <mode>   0  Deactivate a CPHS feature 1  Activate a CPHS feature 2  Interrogate a CPHS status Note: The deactivate or activate command has no effect on Alternate Line Service, Network Operator Name, CPHS Information, and Customer Profile Service features. <fctId>    1  Voice Mail Indicator 2  Mail Box Number 3  Alternate Line Service 4  Diverted Call Indicator 5  Network Operator Name 6 CPHS Information 7  Customer Service Profile Note: The Customer Profile Service and Alternate Line Service features are activated if the field is set in CPHS Information and CSP files. The Network Operator is activated if at least one of the two format names exist (Long or Short format). This is done in initialization. <precision>  used only if <mode>=2 and <fctId> = 5 to 7   if <fctId>=5, this field is <type format> (See +WNON) if <fctId>=6, this field is <date field> (See +WCPI) if <fctId>=7, this field is <service> (See +WCSP) <Status>  0 CPHS feature disabled 1 CPHS feature enabled Command syntax:  AT+CPHS=<Mode>,<FctId> Command  Possible responses AT+CPHS=<Mode>,<FctId> [,precision] OK AT+CPHS=<Mode>,<FctId> [,precision] +CME ERROR: 3 AT+CPHS? +CPHS: <FctId1>,<Status><CR<LF> +CPHS: <FctId2>,<Status><CR<LF> … +CPHS: <FctIdn>,<Status><CR<LF>  OK AT+CPHS= OK
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 105  CPHS Command Example AT+CPHS?     Interrogate the status of CPHS functionality  +CPHS: 1,0 Voice mail indicator functionality is deactivated  +CPHS: 2,0 Mail box number functionality is deactivated  +CPHS: 3,1 Alternate Line Serve functionality is activated  +CPHS: 4,0 Divert Call Indicator  functionality is deactivated  +CPHS: 5,1 Network Operator functionality is activated  +CPHS: 6,1 CPHS Information functionality is activated  +CPHS: 7,1 Customer Service Profile functionality is activated  OK  AT+CPHS=3,1   Syntax error  +CME ERROR: 3  AT+CPHS=1,1   Activate the voice mail indicator functionality  OK  AT+CPHS?     Interrogate the status of CPHS functionality  +CPHS: 1,1 Voice mail indicator functionality is activated  +CPHS: 2,0 Mail box number functionality is deactivated  +CPHS: 3,1 Alternate Line Serve functionality is activated  +CPHS: 4,0 Divert Call Indicator  functionality is deactivated  +CPHS: 5,1 Network Operator functionality is activated  +CPHS: 6,1 CPHS Information functionality is activated  +CPHS: 7,1 Customer Service Profile functionality is activated  OK  **** the message box contains 1 message *****  +WVMI: 1,1 A message is waiting on Line 1 ***** The message box contains a second message ***  +WVMI: 2,1 A message is waiting on Line 2  AT+CPHS=1,4   Activate Divert Call Indicator functionality  OK ****call forwarding is active on Line 1 *****  +WDCI: 1,1  AT+CPHS=2,1   Interrogate the status of voice mail indicator functionality  +WVMI: 1,1 a message is waiting on LINE 1  +WVMI: 2,1 a message is waiting on LINE 2  +WVMI: 3,0 no data  waiting  +WVMI:4,0 no fax waiting  OK  AT+CPHS=1,2   Activate the mail box number functionality  OK  AT+WALS=1   Interrogate the status of activated Line  +WALS:2 Current line is number 2  OK  AT+CPHS=0,4   Deactivate the Divet Call Indicator functionality  OK   AT+CPHS?     Interrogate the status of CPHS functionality  +CPHS: 1,1  Voice mail indicator functionality is activated  +CPHS: 2,1  The mail box number functionality is activated  +CPHS: 3,1  Alternate Line Serve functionality is activated  +CPHS: 4,0 Divert Call Indicator  functionality is deactivated  +CPHS: 5,1 Network Operator functionality is activated  +CPHS: 6,1 CPHS Information functionality is activated  +CPHS: 7,1 Customer Service Profile functionality is activated  OK   AT+CPHS=2,2   Query current mail box numbers in SIM   +WMBN: 1,"19254871234",129,1  Mail box number for Line 1  +WMBN: 2,,,1 Mail box number for Line 2  +WMBN: 3,,,1 Mail box number for data Line  +WMBN: 4,,,1 Mail box number for fax Line  OK Only Line1 can be updated
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 106  Unsolicited Result: Voice Mail Indicator   +WVMI Description:  This unsolicited indication gives the status of the LINE 1, LINE 2, Data or Fax mailbox. The +CPHS command can be used to know the status of the voice mail indicator for each line. Values: <LineId>  1 Line 1 2 Line 2 3  Data 4 Fax <Status>  0 No message waiting. 1   At least one message is waiting Command Syntax: +WVMI: <LineId>,<Status> Response Syntax:  +WVMI: <LineId>,<Status>   Command  Possible responses AT+CPHS=1,1 Note: Activate Voice Mail Indicator feature OK AT+CPHS=2,1 Note: Get the current status of Voice Mail Indicator +WVMI: 1,1   a message is waiting on Line 1 +WVMI: 2,1   a message is waiting on Line 2 +WVMI: 3,0   no data  waiting +WVMI: 4,0   no fax waiting AT+CPHS=2,1  +CME ERROR: 3 Note: CPHS feature is not allowed AT+CPHS=1,1 Note: Activatation of Voice Mail Indicator feature OK Note: Voice Mail Indicator feature is activated   +WVMI: 1,1   a message is waiting on Line 1   Unsolicited Result: Diverted Call Indicator   +WDCI Description:  This unsolicited indication provides the call forwarding flags. The +CPHS command can be used to know the status of the Divert Call Indicator for each line. Values: <LineId>  1 Line 1 2 Line 2 3  Data 4 Fax <flag>, <status>  0  Call forwarding is deactivated. 1 Call forwarding is activated. Note: Call forwarding SS is set by the AT+CCFC command. Command Syntax: +WDCI: <LineId>,<Status> Response Syntax:  +WDCI: <LineId>,<flag>   Command  Possible responses AT+CPHS=1,4 Note: Activate Divert Call Indicator feature OK AT+CPHS=2,4 Note: Get the current status of Divert Call Indicator +WDCI: 1,1   divert call indicator is active on Line 1 +WDCI: 2,1   divert call indicator is active on Line 2 +WDCI: 3,0   divert call indicator is deactived on data +WDCI: 4,0   divert call indicator is active on fax AT+CPHS=2,4  +CME ERROR: 3 Note: CPHS feature is not allowed AT+CPHS=1,4 Note: Activatation of Divert Call Indicator feature OK Note: Divert Call Indicator feature is activated   +WDCI: 1,1   Note: Call forwarding is active on Line 1
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 107  Network Operator Name   +WNON Description:  This indication provides the name of the network operator (as a character string). This command is the response to the AT+CPHS 2,5 [,<type format>] command. Values: <type format>  0  Long format operator name 1   Short format operator name. Default. <operator name>  The name of the operator in long or short format   Command Syntax: AT+CHPS=2,5[,<type format>] Response Syntax:  +WNON: <type format>,<operator name>   Command  Possible responses AT+CPHS=1,5 Note: Get Operator Name +WNON: 0,”Orange F” OK AT+CPHS=2,5,1 Note: Get short format Operator Name +WNON: 1,”Orange” OK AT+CPHS=2,5,0  +CME ERROR: 3 Note: CPHS feature is not allowed or format name is not accessible AT+CPHS=2,5,1  +CME ERROR: 3 Note: CPHS feature is not allowed or format name is not accessible AT+CPHS=2,5,1 Note: Deactivatation of  Network Operator Name feature OK Note: No effect   CPHS Information   +WCPI Description:  This indication provides CPHS information; i.e., which data fields are present in the SIM. This command is the response to the AT+CPHS 2,6 [,<data field>] command. Values: <data field>  value indicating the field of CPHS information    If <precision> field is omitted in the AT+CPHS command, all fields of CPHS Information will be displayed. <status>   0  data field is set 1   data field is unset When all CPHS Information is requested, the status corresponds to a bit field. Note: The field CSP Service (<data field> = 1) is used to set the CSP feature at initialization.   Command Syntax: AT+CHPS=2,6[,<data field>] Response Syntax:  +WCPI: <data field>,<status>  Command  Possible responses AT+CPHS=2,6 Note: Get current status for all CPHS Information fields+WCPI: 0,”0033000F” OK AT+CPHS=2,6,13 Note:  Get the current status of Call Forward Activated Indicator for Line 1 +WCPI: 13,1 OK Note: Call Forward is active for Line 1 AT+CPHS=2,6,22 Note: Get current status for Line 2 Mailbox Number +WCPI: 22,0 OK Note: Mailbox Number  for Line 2 is not available AT+CPHS=2,6,17  +CME ERROR: 3 Note: Wrong data field AT+CPHS=2,6,22 Note: Get current status for Line 2 Mailbox Number +CME ERROR: 3 Note: CPHS feature is not allowed  AT+CPHS=0,6 Note: Deactivatation of  CPHS Information  feature OK Note: No effect
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 108  Customer Service Profile  +WCSP Description:  This indication tells whether or not a service is accessible to the customer. This command is the response to the AT+CPHS 2,7 [,<service>] command. Values: <service>  value indicating the CSP field to display (See Appendix B).    <status>   0  service is not customer-accessible 1   service is customer-accessible Note: The field Alternate Line Service (CPHS Teleservices Group) sets the ALS feature at initialization.  Command Syntax: AT+CHPS=2,7[,<service>] Response Syntax:  +WCSP: <service>,<status>   Command  Possible responses AT+WCSP=? ERROR AT+WCSP? ERROR AT+CPHS=2,7  +CME ERROR: 3         Note: Syntax error AT+CPHS=2,7,9 Note:  Get current status of Barring All Outgoing Calls +WCSP: 9,1 OK Note: Barring or All Outgoing Calls is customer accessibleAT+CPHS=2,7,11 Note: Get current status of Barring All Outgoing International Calls  +WCSP: 11,1 OK Note: Barring or All International Outgoing Calls is customer accessible AT+CPHS=2,7,2 Note: Get current status of Call Forwarding on User Busy +CME ERROR: 3 Note: CPHS feature is not allowed AT+CPHS=0,7 Note: Deactivatation of  CPHS Information OK Note: No effect   Customer Storage Mirror   +WMIR Description:  This command makes a mirror copy of the current configuration parameters in the EEPROM. In the case of a memory problem for the storage: if a customer mirror already exists, this one will be restored. Otherwise, the default mirrored parameters are restored. Values:   No parameters Command syntax:   AT+WMIR Command  Possible responses AT+WMIR=? OK AT+WMIR          Note: Build the Customer Mirror  OK   Change Default Player  +WCDP Description:  This command allows the default melody player to be selected. Values: <player>  0 Buzzer 1 Speaker Command syntax:  AT+WCDP = <player> Command  Possible responses AT+WCDP=? +WCDP: (0-1) OK AT+WCDP=0      Note: Select the buzzer  OK AT+WCDP?  +WCDP: 0 OK
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 109  CPHS Mail Box Number   +WMBN Description:  This command sets the different mailbox numbers in SIM. The +CPHS command can be used to know which mailbox numbers can be updated. Values: <LineId>  1 Line 1 2 Line 2 3 Data 4 Fax <number>  Phone number in ASCII format <type>  TON/NPI (Type of address byte in integer format) <name>  name of mailbox Notes:  • For the <name> parameter, all strings starting with “80”, “81”, or “82” are considered in UCS2 format. See the Appendix G - Coding of Alpha Fields in the SIM for UCS2. If a wrong UCS2 format is entered, the string is considered as an ASCII string. • The AT command +WPCS affects the format of the Mailbox <name> entry.  <status>  When checked with “AT+CPHS=2,2”, it indicates if the number can be updated or not: 0  Update is not possible 1  Update is possible Command syntax:   AT+WMBN = <LineId>,<number>,<type> Response syntax:   (AT+CPHS=2,2)  +WMBN = <LineId>,<number>,<type>,<status> Command  Possible responses AT+WMBN=? OK AT+WMBN? OK AT+CPHS=2,2 Note: Get the current Mail Box Numbers in SIM +WMBN: 1,"0123456789",129,”Maison” , 1 +WMBN: 2,”9876543210”,129,”Travail” , 1 +WMBN: 3,,,,1 +WMBN: 4,,,,1 OK AT+WMBN=1,”+33122334455”,145 Note: Set mailbox number for line. OK Note: Mailbox number for Line 1 is set. AT+WMBN=2 Note: Erase mailbox number & name  for line 2 OK  AT+CPHS=2,2 Note: Get current Mail Box Numbers again +WMBN: 1,"+ 33122334455",145,1 +WMBN: 2,,,,1 +WMBN: 3,,,,1 +WMBN: 4,,,,1 OK
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 110  Alternate Line Service   +WALS Description:  This command allows you to set and to get the active line. The CPHS command can be used to know which line is active. Values: <CmdType>  0  Set active line 1  Get active line <Lineld>  Used only for <CmdType> 1   Line 1 2   Line 2 Command syntax:   AT+WALS = <CmdType>[,<Lineld>] Response syntax:   Response to AT+CPHS=2,3:    +WALS = <Lineld>  Command  Possible responses AT+WALS? +WALS: 1 OK Note: Display current active line AT+WALS=? +WALS: (0-1),(1-2) OK AT+WALS = 0,1 Note: Activate Line 1 +WALS: 1 OK AT+WALS = 0,2 Note: Activate Line 2  +CME ERROR: 3 Note: When the ALS feature is not allowed AT+WALS = 1 Note: Get the current Active Line +WALS: 1 Note: Display  the current Active Line AT+WALS = 1,2  +CME ERROR: 3 Note: Syntax error AT+CPHS=0,3 Note: Deactivation of ALS feature OK Note: No effect AT+CPHS=2,3 Note: Interrogate ALS feature +WALS: 1 Note: Display  the current Active Line +CME ERROR: 3 Note: In the case where the ALS feature is not allowed   Open AT Control Command   +WOPEN Description:  This command starts, stops, deletes, and gets information about the current Open AT embedded application. Note:  This command is available only if the Open AT feature is enabled. Values: <Mode>  0  Stop the embedded application. If this one was running, the product resets 1  Start the embedded application. If this one was stopped, the product resets 2  Get the Open AT library versions 3  Erase the objects flash of Open-AT embedded application 4  Erase the Open AT embedded application Note:  Mode = 3 and 4 are only available only if Open AT embedded application is stopped (AT+WOPEN=0). <IntVersion>  ASCII string giving the internal Open AT library version. <ExtVersion>  ASCII string giving the external Open AT library version. Note: If no embedded application is loaded, the <ExtVersion> parameter does not appear. Command syntax: AT+WOPEN=<Mode> Response syntax:  +WOPEN: <Mode>[,<IntVersion>[<ExtVersion>]]
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 111  Continued: Open AT Control Command   Command  Possible responses AT+WOPEN=? +WOPEN: (0-4) OK AT+WOPEN? +WOPEN: 0 OK AT+WOPEN=2 Note: Get the Open AT library versions +WOPEN: 2, “AT  v2.00”, “AT  v2.00” OK Note: Open AT v2.00 library version. An embedded application has been downloaded on this product AT+WOPEN=3 OK Note: The objects flash are erased AT+WOPEN=1 Note: Start the embedded application OK +WIND: 3 Note: Product reset in order to start the embedded application AT+WOPEN = 3  +CME ERROR: 532 Note: the embedded application is activated so the objects flash are not erased AT+WOPEN = 4  +CME ERROR: 532 Note: The embedded application is activated so it cannot be erased AT+WOPEN=0 Note: Stop the embedded application OK +WIND: 3 Note: Product reset in order to stop the embedded application AT+WOPEN=3 OK Note: The objects flash are erased. AT+WOPEN = 4  OK Note: The embedded application is erased AT+WOPEN?  +CME ERROR: 3 Note: The Open AT feature is disabled.   Reset   +WRST Description:  This command allows to reset the modem after the time specified by the second parameter. Values: <val1> 0   timer reset is disabled 1 timer reset is enabled <Delay> specify the time for reset Range “000:00”- “168:59” (format hhh:mm) <RemainTime> time before next reset Range “000:01”- “168:59” (format hhh:mm) Command syntax:   AT+WRST =<Mode>,<Delay> Response syntax:   +WRST: <Mode>,<Delay>,<RemainTime> Command  Possible responses AT+WRST=? OK AT+WRST=0 Note: Disable timer OK AT+WRST=1,”001:03” Note: Enable timer and put delay at 1 hour 3 minutes OK AT+WRST?  +WRST: 1,”001:03”,”001:01” OK Note: Timer activated to reset after 1 hour and 3 minutes. At this point, 1 hour and 1 minute remain before next reset.
Chapter 15 – Specific AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 112  Set Standard Tone   +WSST Description:  This command sets and gets the sound level of the Standard Tones. Values: <sound level> 0  Max volume (default) 15  Min volume Range [0 ; 15] <ring tone level>  0  Max volume (default) 15 Min volume Range [0 ; 15] Command syntax:    AT+WSST=[<sound level>][,<ring tone level>] Command  Possible responses AT+WSST=0 Note: Set volume to Max. OK  AT+WSST=15 Note: Set volume to Min. OK   AT+WSST=,5 Note: Set ring tone level to 5 OK AT+WSST? Note: get current standard tones sound level +WSST: 15,5 OK Note: current standard tones level is 15 (min.), and ring tone level is 5. AT+WSST=? Note: supported parameters +WSST: (0-15),(0-15) OK   Hang-up   +WATH Description:  This command disconnects the remote user, specifying a release cause and the location. In the case of multiple calls, all calls are released (active, on-hold and waiting calls). Values: <RelCause>:  decimal value from 1 to 127 See table “Failure Cause from GSM 04.08 recommendation.”  <location>: optional parameter (default value =0) values as defined in 04.08 0   user 1    private network serving the local user 2    public network serving the local user 3   transit network 4    public network serving the remote user 5    private network serving the remote user  7   international network 10    network beyond interworking point Note:  “AT+WATH=0” is the same as “ath.” Command Syntax:     AT+WATH=<RelCause>,<location> Command  Possible responses AT+WATH=31 Note: Ask for disconnection with release cause=normal and location=USER OK Note: Every call, if any, are released AT+WATH=? +WATH: (1-127),(0-5,7,10) AT+WATH=17,2 Note: Ask for disconnection with release cause=user busy and location= public network serving the local user OK Note: Every call, if any, are released
Chapter 16 – SIM ToolKit  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 113  Chapter 16 – SIM ToolKit Overview of SIM Application ToolKit SIM ToolKit, also known as “SIM Application ToolKit,” introduces new functionalities which open the way to a broad range of value added services. The principle is to allow service providers to develop new applications (e.g.. for banking, travel, ticket booking, etc.) for subscribers and to download them into the SIM.  This solution allows new services to be accessible to the user by adding new SIM-based applications without modifying the handset. Functionality The term SIM ToolKit refers to the functionalities described in the GSM Technical Specification 11.14. It introduces about twenty-five new commands for the SIM. Three classes of ToolKit functionalities have been defined, with Class 1 offering a subset of commands and Class 3 offering the full range of commands (See the Support of SIM ToolKit Classes table in APPENDIX D). The SIM Application ToolKit supports: • profile download • proactive SIM •  data download into SIM • menu selection •  call control by SIM Profile Download The Profile Download instruction is sent by the customer application to the SIM as part of the initialization. It is used to indicate which SIM Application ToolKit features the customer application supports. The AT command used for this operation is +STSF (SIM ToolKit Set Facilities). Proactive SIM A proactive SIM provides a mechanism whereby the SIM can ask the customer application to perform certain actions. These actions include: • display menu • display given text • get user input • send a short message • play the requested tone • set up a call • provide location information This mechanism allows SIM applications to generate powerful menu-driven sequences on the customer application and to use services available in the network. The commands used for this operation are: +STIN  (SIM ToolKit Indication),  +STGI  (SIM ToolKit Get Information), +STGR  (SIM ToolKit Give Response). Data Download to SIM Data downloading to the SIM allows (SMS, phonebook…) data or programs (Java applets) received by SMS or by Cell Broadcast to be transferred directly to the SIM Application.  This feature does not need any AT command. It is transparent to the customer application. Menu Selection A set of menu items is supplied by the SIM Application ToolKit. The menu selection command can then be used to inform the SIM Application which menu item is selected.  The commands used for this operation are +STIN, +STGI and +STGR. Call Control by SIM The call control mechanism allows the SIM to check all dialed numbers, supplementary service control strings and USSD strings before connecting to the network. This gives the SIM the ability to allow, bar or modify the string before the operation starts. The commands used for this operation are: +STCR (SIM ToolKit Control Response) +STGR (SIM ToolKit Give Response)
Chapter 16 – SIM ToolKit  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 114  Messages Exchanged During a SIM ToolKit Operation The following scheme shows the SIM ToolKit commands and unsolicited results that are exchanged.          Step 1: The customer application informs the modem which facilities are supported. This operation is performed with the +STSF (SIM ToolKit Set Facilities) command, which also activates or deactivates the SIM ToolKit functionality.  Step 2: An unsolicited result +STIN (SIM ToolKit indication) is sent by the product in order to indicate to the customer application which command type the SIM Application ToolKit is running. The last SIM ToolKit indication can be requested by the +STIN? command.  Step 3: The customer application uses the +STGI (SIM ToolKit Get Information) command to get all the information about the SIM ToolKit command, given by +STIN.  Step 4: The customer application uses the +STGR (SIM ToolKit Give Response) to send its response (if any) to the SIM ToolKit Application. The +STCR (SIM ToolKit Control response) indication is an unsolicited result sent by the SIM when Call control functionality is activated and before the customer application has performed any outgoing call, SMS, SS, or USSD.  MULTI-TECH Modem Customer Application +STSF=X,XXXXXXXX  +STIN=X  +STGI=X +STGI response +STGR=X,XXXXXX STEP 1: Configuration and Activation STEP 2: SIM sends pro-active command  STEP 3: Customer application gets all the information. STEP 4: User response is sent to the SIM. +STCR:X
Chapter 16 – SIM ToolKit  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 115 SIM Toolkit Commands  SIM ToolKit Set Facilities   +STSF Description:  This command allows SIM ToolKit facilities to be activated, deactivated or configured. Values: <mode>  0  Deactivates the SIM ToolKit functionalities. 1  Activates the SIM ToolKit functionalities. 2  Configures the SIM ToolKit functionalities. <Config>  (160060C01F – 5FFFFFFF7F)  (hex format) <Timeout> 1-255  Timeout for user responses (multiple of 10 seconds). <Autoresponse> 0  Automatic response is not activated 1   Automatic response is activated Notes about Autoresponse: • The activation or deactivation of the SIM ToolKit functionalities requires the use of the +CFUN (Set phone functionality) command to reset the product (this operation is not necessary if PIN is not entered yet). • The <Config> parameter gives the coding of the TERMINAL PROFILE, precisely the list of SIM Application ToolKit facilities that are supported by the customer application. • The <Timeout> parameter (multiple of 10 seconds) sets the maximum time the user has for reacting (to select an item, to input a text, etc). • When the <Autoresponse> is activated, the +STIN indication for Play Tone (5), Refresh (7), Send SS (8), Send SMS (9) or Send USSD (10) is automatically followed by the corresponding +STGI response. Note about Bits: Some bits are related to the product only and not to the customer application. The product automatically sets these bits to either 0 or 1 whatever the user enters with the +STSF command. Those values are given in Appendix D. Each facility is coded on 1 bit: • bit = 1: facility is supported by the customer application. • bit = 0: facility is not supported by the customer application. Only the first five bytes of the TERMINAL PROFILE (Class 2) can be configured. The other are set to 0. (See structure of TERMINAL PROFILE in APPENDIX E.)  Command syntax:  +STSF=<mode>[,<config>][,<Timeout>][,<AutoResponse>] Command  Possible responses AT+STSF=<Mode>[,<Config>] [,<Timeout>][,<AutoResponse>] OK +CME ERROR: <err> AT+STSF? +STSF: <Mode>,<Config>,<Timeout>,<Autoresponse> AT+STSF=?  +STSF: (0-2), (160060C01F - 5FFFFFFF7F),(1-255),(0-1) OK
Chapter 16 – SIM ToolKit  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 116  SIM ToolKit Facilities Error Codes +CME ERROR: 3  Operation not allowed. This error is returned when a wrong parameter is entered.  Example AT+CMEE=1    Enable the reporting of mobile equipment errors  OK AT+WIND=15    Set indications  OK AT+CPAS    Query ME Status  +CPAS: 0   ME is ready.  OK AT+STSF=?    Test command SIM ToolKit Set Facilities   +STSF: (0-2), (160060C01F – 5FFFFFFF7F),(1-255)  OK AT+STSF?     +STSF: 0,”160060C000”,3 No activation of SIM ToolKit functionality  OK AT+STSF=2,”5FFFFFFF7F”    Set all SIM ToolKit facilities (class 3).  OK AT+STSF=3    Syntax Error     +CME ERROR: 3 AT+STSF=1    Activation of SIM ToolKit functionality   OK AT+CFUN=1    Reboot Software.  OK AT+CPIN?    Is the ME requiring a password?   +CPIN: SIM PIN   Yes, SIM PIN required AT+CPIN=0000   OK   PIN OK  +WIND: 4   Init phase is complete AT+STSF?     +STSF: 1,”5FFFFFFF7F”,3 SIM ToolKit functionality activated with all facilities  OK
Chapter 16 – SIM ToolKit  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 117  SIM ToolKit Indication   +STIN Unsolicited Result In order to allow the customer application to identify the pro-active command sent via SIM ToolKit, a mechanism of unsolicited SIM ToolKit indications (+STIN) is implemented. Syntax: AT+STIN: <CmdType> Option: <CmdType>   0    Indicates that a ‘Setup Menu’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. 1    Indicates that a ‘Display Text’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. 2    Indicates that a ‘Get Inkey’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. 3    Indicates that a ‘Get Input’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. 4    Indicates that a ‘Setup Call’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. 5    Indicates that a ‘Play Tone’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. (*) 6    Indicates that a ‘Sel Item’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. 7    Indicates that a ‘Refresh’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. (*) 8    Indicates that a ‘Send SS’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. (*) 9    Indicates that a ‘Send SMS’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. (*) 10  Indicates that a ‘Send USSD’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. (*) 11  Indicates that a ‘SETUP EVENT LIST’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. 98  Indicates the timeout when no response from user. 99  Indicates that a “End Session” has been sent from the SIM. (*) if the automatic response parameter is activated, this indication is followed by the corresponding +STGI response.  Last SIM ToolKit Indication The last SIM ToolKit indication sent by the SIM can be requested by the AT+STIN? command. This command is only usable between the sending of the STIN indication by the SIM (Step 2, Messages exchanged during a SIM ToolKit operation) and the response of the user with the +STGI command (Step 3). Command syntax:  AT+STIN? Command  Possible responses AT+STIN? Note: Ask for the last SIM ToolKit indication sent by the SIM  +STIN: 0 OK Note: the last SIM ToolKit indication was a Setup Menu AT+STGI=0  Note: Display the SIM ToolKit application menu AT+STIN?  Note: Ask for the last SIM ToolKit indication sent by the SIM +CME ERROR: 4 Note: Operation not supported. The +STGI command has been already used
Chapter 16 – SIM ToolKit  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 118  SIM ToolKit Get Information   +STGI Description:  This command allows to get the information (text to display, menu information, priorities) of a pro-active command sent from the SIM. The information is returned only after receiving a SIM ToolKit indication (+STIN).) Values:   Values are listed after the Command Table Command syntax:   +STGI=<CmdType> Command  Possible responses AT+STGI=<CmdType> See Table 1 +CME ERROR: <err> AT+STGI=? +STGI: (0-11) OK Table of Command Types Cmd Type Description  Possible responses 0  Get information about Setup Menu  pro-active command. +STGI: <Alpha Identifier menu> +STGI: <Id1>,<NbItems>,<Alpha Id1 Label>,<Help Info>[,<NextActionId>]<CR><LF>+STGI: <Id2>,<NbItems>,<Alpha Id2 Label>,<Help Info>[,<NextActionId>]<CR><LF>[…]] No action expected from SIM. 1  Get information about Display text pro-active command. +STGI: <Prior>,<Text>,<ClearMode> No action expected from SIM. 2  Get information about Get Inkey pro-active command. +STGI: <Format>,<HelpInfo>[,<TextInfo>] SIM expects key pressed (+STGR). 3  Get information about Get Input pro-active command. +STGI: <Format>,<EchoMode>,<SizeMin>,<SizeMax>, <HelpInfo>[,<TextInfo>] SIM expects key input (+STGR). 4  Get information about Setupt call pro-active command. +STGI: <Type>,<CalledNb>,<SubAddress>,<Class> SIM expects user authorization (+STGR). 5  Get information about Play Tone pro-active command. +STGI: <ToneType>[,<TimeUnit>,<TimeInterval>,<TextInfo>] No action. 6  Get information about Sel Item pro-active command. +STGI: <DefaultItem>, <Alpha Identifier menu><CR><LF> +STGI: <Id1>,<NbItems>,<Alpha Id1 Label>,<Help Info>[,<NextActionId>]<CR><LF>+STGI: <Id2>,<NbItems>,<Alpha Id2 Label>,<Help Info>[,<NextActionId>]<CR><LF>[…]] SIM expects an item choice (+STGR). 7  Get information about Refresh pro-active command. +STGI: <RefreshType> No action (Refresh done automatically by product). 8  Get information about Send SS pro-active command. +STGI:<TextInfo> No action (Send SS done automatically by product). 9  Get information about Send SMS pro-active command. +STGI: <TextInfo> No action (Send SMS done automatically by product). 10  Get information about Send USSD pro-active command. +STGI: <TextInfo> No action (Send USSD done automatically by product). 11  Get information about SETUP EVENT LIST pro-active command. +STGI: <Evt>  Values for the SIM ToolKit Get Information Command: Values when CmdType=0 (Setup menu) <Alpha Idenitifer menu>    Alpha identifier of the main menu. <Idx> (1-255)        Menu item Identifier. <NbItems> (1-255)      Number of items in the main menu. <Alpha Idx Label>       Alpha identifier label of items in ASCII format. <HelpInfo> 0     No help information available. 1     Help information available. <NextActionId>     Contains a pro-active command identifier.(see the table in APPENDIX F) Compared to other commands the customer application can always get information about setup menu after having received the +STIN:0 indication.
Chapter 16 – SIM ToolKit  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 119  Values when CmdType=1 (Display text) <Prior> 0  Normal priority of display. 1  High priority of display. <Text>     Text to display in ASCII format. <ClearMode>  0  Clear message after a delay (3 seconds) 1  Wait for user to clear message. Values when CmdType=2 (Get Inkey) <Format>    0  Digit (0-9, *, #,and +) 1  SMS alphabet default. 2 UCS2 <HelpInfo>  0     No help information available. 1  Help information available. <TextInfo>       Text information in ASCII format. Values when CmdType=3 (Get Input) <Format>  0  Digit (0-9, *, #,and +) 1  SMS alphabet default. 2  UCS2 3  Unpacked format. 4  Packed format. <EchMode>  0  Echo off. 1  Echo on. <SizeMin> (1-255)      Minimum length of input. <SizeMax> (1-255)      Maximum length of input. <HelpInfo> 0  No help information available. 1  Help information available. <TextInfo>       Text information in ASCII format. Values when CmdType=4 (Setup Call) <Type>  0  Set up call but only if not currently busy on another call. 1  Set up call, putting all other calls (if any) on hold. 2  Set up call, disconnecting all other calls (if any). <CalledNb>       Called party number in ASCII format. <SubAdress>       Called party sub-address in ASCII format. <Class>  0  Voice call. 1  Data call. 2  Fax call Values when CmdType=5 (Play tone) <ToneType>  0  Tone Dial. 1  Tone Busy. 2  Tone Congestion. 3  Tone Radio ack 4  Tone Dropped. 5  Tone Error. 6  Tone Call waiting. 7  Tone Ringing. 8  Tone General beep. 9  Tone Positive beep. 10  Tone Negative beep. <TimeUnit>  0  Time unit used is minutes. 1  Time unit used is seconds. 2  Time unit used is tenths of seconds. <TimeInterval> (1-255)   Time required expressed in units. <TextInfo>       Text information in ASCII format.
Chapter 16 – SIM ToolKit  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 120  Values when CmdType=6 (Sel Item) <DefaultItem>  (1-255)    Default Item Identifier. <Alpha Idenitifer menu>    Alpha identifier of the main menu. <Idx> (1-255)        Identifier items. <NbItems> (1-255)      Number of items in the menu. <Alpha Idx Label>      Alpha identifier label of items in ASCII format. <HelpInfo> 0  No help information available. 1  Help information available. <NextActionId>  Contains a pro-active command identifier. (see the table in APPENDIX F) Values when CmdType=7 (Refresh) <RefreshType>  0  SlM initialization and full file change notification. 1  File change notification. 2  SIM initialization and file change notification. 3 SIM initialization. 4 SIM reset. Values when CmdType=8 (Send SS) <TextInfo>       Text information in ASCII format. Values when CmdType=9 (Send SMS) <TextInfo>       Text information in ASCII format. Values when CmdType=10 (Send USSD) <TextInfo>       Text information in ASCII format. Values when CmdType=11 (Setup Event List) <Evt> 1  Reporting asked for an ‘Idle Screen’ event. 2  Reporting asked for an ‘User Activity’ event. 3  Reporting asked for ‘Idle Screen’ and ‘User Activity’ events. 4  Cancellation of reporting event.  Rem: For the UCS2 format texts are displayed in Hexa Ascii format. Example: When the SIM sends a TextString containing 0x00 0x41 the text displayed is “0041”.  Error Codes for the SIM ToolKit Get Information Command: + CME ERROR: 3  Operation not allowed. This error is returned when a wrong parameter is detected. +CME ERROR: 4  Operation not supported. This error is returned when the user wants to get information about a SIM ToolKit pro-active command (with SIM ToolKit functionality not activated.) +CME ERROR: 518  SIM ToolKit indication not received. This error is returned when the SIM ToolKit indication (+STIN) has not been received. Example Initially, all facilities are activated. The PIN is not required and SIM ToolKit functionality is activated. AT+CMEE=1    Enable the reporting of mobile equipment errors OK AT+WIND=15    Set indications OK AT+STSF?  +STSF: 1,”5FFFFFFF7F”,3  SIM ToolKit functionality activated with all facilities. OK +STIN: 0      The main menu has been sent from the SIM. AT+STIN? +STIN: 0 OK AT+STGI=0      Get information about the main menu +STGI: ”SIM TOOLKIT MAIN MENU”  Main menu contains 3 items. +STGI: 1,3,”BANK”,0 +STGI: 2,3,”QUIZ”,0 +STGI: 3,3,”WEATHER”,0 OK AT+STIN? +CME ERROR: 4
Chapter 16 – SIM ToolKit  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 121  Unsolicited Result: SIM ToolKit Control Response   +STCR Description:  When the customer application makes an outgoing call or an outgoing SMS and if the call control facility is activated, CALL CONTROL and SMS CONTROL responses can be identified. This is also applicable to SS calls.) Values: <Result>   0  Control response not allowed. 1  Control response with modification. <Number>    Called number, Service Center Address or SS String in ASCII format. <MODestAddr>  MO destination address in ASCII format. <TextInfo>   Text information in ASCII format. Command Syntax:    +STCR: <Result>[,<Number>,<MODestAddr>,<TextInfo>]   SIM ToolKit Give Response   +STGR Description:  This command allows the application/user to select an item in the main menu, or to answer the following proactive commands:) •  GET INKEY  Key Pressed By The User. •  GET INPUT  Message Entered By The User. •  SELECT ITEM  Selected Item. •  SETUP CALL  User Confirmation. •  DISPLAY TEXT  User Confirmation To Clear The Message. •  SETUP EVENT LIST  Reporting events.  It is also possible to terminate the current proactive command session by sending a Terminal Response to the SIM, with the following parameters: •  BACKWARD MOVE    Process a backward move •  BEYOND CAPABILITIES    Command beyond ME capabilities •  UNABLE TO PROCESS    ME is currently unable to process command •  NO RESPONSE    No response from the user •  END SESSION    User abort.  Command syntax:   +STGR=<CmdType>[,<Result>,<Data>] Command  Possible responses AT+STGR=<CmdType>[,<Result>,<Data>]  OK +CME ERROR: <err> For GetInput with <Result>=1: AT+STGR=3,1<CR> <Data><Ctrl Z> OK +CME ERROR: <err> For GetInkey with <Result>=1 AT+STGR=2,1,”<Data>” OK +CME ERROR: <err> AT+STGR=? OK
Chapter 16 – SIM ToolKit  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 122  Values: <CmdType>  0  Item selection in the main menu. 1  User confirmation to clear a ‘Disp Text’. 2  Response for a ‘Get Inkey’. 3  Response for a ‘Get Input’. 4  Response for a ‘Setup call’. 6  Response for a ‘Sel Item’. 11  Reponse for a ‘Setup event list’. 95 Backward move 96  Command beyond ME capabilities 97  ME currently unable to process command 98  No response from the user. 99 User abort.  Values when CmdType=0 (Select an item from the main menu) <Result>  1  Item selected by the user. 2  Help information required by user. <Data>  Contains the item identifier of the item selected by the user.  Values when CmdType=1 (Confirm the display text clearing) No values.  Values when CmdType=2 (Get Inkey) <Result>  0  Session ended by user. 1  Response given by the user. 2  Help information required by user. <Data>  Contains the key pressed by the user.  Values when CmdType=3 (Get Input) <Result>  0  Session ended by user. 1  Response given by the user. 2  Help information required by user. <Data>  Contains the string of characters entered by the user. Note:  For Inputs in UCS2 format, the data are entered in ASCII format. Example: For “8000410042FFFF” entered, the SIM receives 0x00 0x41 0x00 0x42 with UCS2 DCS. (See the Appendix G about the different UCS2 syntaxes). Values when CmdType=4 (Setup call) <Result>  0  User refuses the call. 1  User accepts call. Values when CmdType=6 (Select Item) <Result>  0  Session terminated by the user 1   Item selected by the user 2  Help information required by the user 3  Return to the back item <Data>  Contains the item identifier selected by the user Values when CmdType=11 (Setup Event List) <Result>  1  Idle screen available. 2  User activity event.
Chapter 16 – SIM ToolKit  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 123  Sending a Terminal Response to the SIM: Values when CmdType=95 (Backward Move) Values when CmdType=96 (Command beyond ME capabilities) Values when CmdType=97 (ME currently unable to process command) Values when CmdType=98 (No response from the user) Values when CmdType=99 (SIM ToolKit Session aborting by the user) No values. It is possible to send a Terminal Response after the +STIN indication (step 2, of Messages exchanged during a SIM ToolKit operation), or after the +STGI command (step 3). Note:  For the SETUP MENU Proactive Command, it is only possible to send a Terminal Response after the +STIN: 0 indication, not after a +STGI=0 request. All of the Terminal Responses are not possible with all of the Proactive Commands. Compatibility between available Terminal Responses and Proactive Commands is given in Appendix D, Table 2. If a Terminal Response is attempted during a incompatible Proactive Command session, a +CME ERROR: 3 will be returned. Possible error codes + CME ERROR: 3  Operation not allowed. This error is returned when a wrong parameter is detected. +CME ERROR: 4  Operation not supported. This error is returned when the user gives a response with SIM ToolKit functionality not activated. Or if the SIM ToolKit indication (+STIN) has not been received. Example Initially, all facilities are activated, the PIN is not required and the SIM ToolKit functionality is activated. +STIN: 0         The main menu has been sent from the SIM. AT+STGI=0       Get information about the main menu +STGI: 1,3,”BANK”,0    The main menu contains 3 items. +STGI: 2,3,”QUIZ”,0 +STGI: 3,3,”WEATHER”,0 OK AT+STGR=0,1,1     The item 2 of the main menu has been selected. OK +STIN: 6        The Sel item menu has been sent from the SIM. AT+STGI=6     Get information about the BANK menu +STGI: 1,”BANK”      The BANK menu contains two items. +STGI: 1,2,”PERSONAL ACCOUNT ENQUIRY”,1 +STGI: 2,2,”NEWS”,0 OK AT+STGR=6,1,1     Select Item 1. OK +STIN: 3        User request  to enter Password sent. AT+STGI=3     Get information about this request. +STGI: 0,0,4,4,0,”Enter Account Password:’ OK AT+STGR=3,1<CR>   The user enters the Password. >0000<Ctrl Z> OK +STIN:1       A text info has been sent from the SIM. AT+STGI=1     Get information about this text. +STGI: 0,”Password correct, please wait for response”,0 OK +STIN: 9  SIM requests a bank account update from bank server via the network (SEND SMS) AT+STGI=9     Get all information about the SEND SMS +STGI: ”Send account balance of user, authorization ok” OK  ********* After a short period of time. ******** +STIN: 5        Transaction is complete: BEEP +STGI=5       Get information about the Tone +STGI: 9,1,1 +STIN: 1        Display text indication AT+STGI=1 +STGI: 0,”Your account balance is 1000 $”,0 OK
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 124  Chapter 17 – GPRS commands  When using GSM-only software, GPRS commands are not available. Define PDP Context   +CGDCONT Description:  This command specifies PDP context parameter values for a PDP context identified by the local context identification parameter, <cid>.    Four PDP contexts can be defined.    A special form of the set command, +CGDCONT= <cid> causes the values for context number <cid> to become undefined.    The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the modem supports several PDP types, <PDP_type>, the parameter value ranges for each <PDP_type> are returned on a separate line.    The read command returns the current settings for each defined context.    The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the modem supports several PDP types, <PDP_type), the parameter value ranges for each <PDP_type> are returned on a separate line. Values: <cid>   (PDP Context Identifier) a numeric parameter (1-4) which specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the DTE-modem interface and is used in other PDP context-related commands.  <PDP_type>    (Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which specifies the type of packet data protocol • IP Internet Protocol • PPP  Point to Point Protocol <APN>     (Access Point Name) a string parameter, which is a logical name that is used to select the GGSN or the external packet data network. If the value is null or omitted, then the subscription value will be requested. <PDP_address>    a string parameter that identifies the modem in the address space applicable to the PDP. If the value is null or omitted, then a value may be provided by the DTE during the PDP startup procedure or, failing that, a dynamic address will be requested. The read form of the command will continue to return the null string even if an address has been allocated during the PDP startup procedure. The allocated address may be read using the +CGPADDR command. <d_comp>   a numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression 0   Off  (default if value is omitted) 1   On  Other values are reserved. <h_comp>   a numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression  0  Off (default if value is omitted) 1   On Other values are reserved. Notes:  • At present only one data compression algorithm (V.42bis) is provided in SNDCP. If and when other algorithms become available, a command will be provided to select one or more of these. • Four PDP contexts can be specified; however, only one can be activated at a time.
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 125  Command Syntax:  Command Possible responses AT+CGDCONT=[<cid> [,<PDP_type> [,<APN> [,<PDP_addr> [,<d_comp> [,<h_comp>]]]]]] OK ERROR AT+CGDCONT? +CGDCONT: <cid>, <PDP_type>, <APN>,<PDP_addr>, <data_comp>, <head_comp> [<CR><LF>+CGDCONT: <cid>, <PDP_type>, <APN>,<PDP_addr>, <data_comp>, <head_comp> [...]] OK AT+CGDCONT=? +CGDCONT: (range of supported <cid>s), <PDP_type>,,,(list of supported <d_comp>s), (list of supported <h_comp>s) [<CR><LF>+CGDCONT: (range of supported <cid>s), <PDP_type>,,,(list of supported <d_comp>s),(list of supported <h_comp>s) [...]] OK AT+CGDCONT: 1, “IP” “internet”; AT+CGCONT=? +CGCONT: (1-4), “IP”,,,(0-1,(0-1) +CGCONT: (1-4), “PPP”,,,0,0,0 OK AT+CGCONT? +CGCONT: 1, “IP”,”internet”,,0,0 +CGCONT: 2, “IP”,”abc.com”,,0,0 OK
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 126  Quality of Service Profile Requested  +CGQREQ Description:  This command allows the DTE to specify a Quality of Service Profile that is used when the modem sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the network.   The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the local context identification parameter, <cid>. Since this is the same parameter that is used in the +CGDCONT command, the +CGQREQ command is effectively an extension to the +CGDCONT command. The QoS profile consists of a number of parameters, each of which may be set to a separate value.   A special form of the set command, +CGQREQ= <cid>, causes the requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined.   The read command returns the current settings for each defined context. The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the modem supports several PDP types, the parameter value ranges for each PDP type are returned on a separate line. Command Syntax: Command Possible Response(s) AT+CGQREQ=[<cid> [,<precedence > [,<delay> [,<reliability.> [,<peak> [,<mean>]]]]]] OK ERROR AT+CGQREQ?  +CGQREQ: <cid>, <precedence >, <delay>, <reliability>, <peak>, <mean> [<CR><LF>+CGQREQ: <cid>, <precedence >, <delay>, <reliability.>, <peak>, <mean>  […]] OK AT+CGQREQ=?  +CGQREQ: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s) , (list of supported <peak>s), (list of supported <mean>s) [<CR><LF>+CGQREQ: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s) , (list of supported <peak>s), (list of supported <mean>s) […]] OK AT +CGQREQ=1,1,4,5,2,14  OK AT+CGQREQ=?  +CGQREG: “IP”, (1-3), (1-4), (1-5), (1-9), (1-31) +CGQREQ: “PPP”, (1-3), (1-4), (1-5), (1-9), (1-31) OK AT+CGQREQ?  +CGQREQ: 1,1,4,5,2,14 OK  Summary List of Values: <cid>: a numeric parameter that specifies a particular PDP context definition. <precedence>: a numeric parameter that specifies the precedence class <delay>: a numeric parameter that specifies the delay class <reliability>: a numeric parameter that specifies the reliability class <peak>: a numeric parameter that specifies the peak throughput class <mean>: a numeric parameter that specifies the mean throughput class Note: If a value is omitted for a particular class then the value is considered to be unspecified. Details about Values: <cid>  Range 1- 3 <precedence> 0  Subscribed precedence - Subscribed by the Network by default if value is omitted 1  High priority - Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence classes 2 and 3 2  Normal priority - Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence class 3 3  Low priority - Service commitments shall be maintained after precedence classes 1 and 2 <delay>  0  Subscribed 1  Delay class 1 2  Delay class 2 3  Delay class 3 4  Delay class 4
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 127    Delay (maximum values) SDU size: 128 bytes  SDU size: 1024 bytes   Delay Class Mean Transfer Delay (sec)  95 percentile Delay (sec)  Mean Transfer Delay (sec)  95 percentile  Delay (sec)   Subscribed  Subscribed by the Nwk / default if value is omitted 1. (Predictive)     < 0.5    < 2  < 7 2. (Predictive)     < 5  < 25  < 15  < 75 3. (Predictive)     < 50  < 250  < 75  < 375 4. (Best Effort)  Unspecified <reliabiliy> 0  Subscribed 1  Up to 1 000 (8 kbit/s) 2  Up to 2 000 (16 kbit/s) 3  Up to 4 000 (32kbit/s) 4  Up to 8 000 (64 kbit/s) 5  Up to 16 000 (188 kbit/s) 6  Up to 32 000 (256 kbit/s) 7  Up to 64 000 (512 kbit/s) 8  Up to 128 000 (1 024 kbit/s) 9  Up to 256 000 (2 048 kbit/s) Reliability Class GTP Mode  LLC Frame Mode LLC Data Protection RLC Block  Mode Traffic Type 0  Subscribed  Subscribed by the Nwk  / default if value is omitted 1 Acknowledged Acknowledged Protected  Acknowledged  Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that cannot cope with data loss. 2 Unacknowledged Acknowledged Protected Acknowledged Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with infrequent data loss. 3 Unacknowledged Unacknowledged Protected Acknowledged Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data loss, GMM/SM, & SMS.4 Unacknowledged Unacknowledged Protected Unacknowledged  Real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data loss. 5  Unacknowledged  Unacknowledged UnprotectedUnacknowledged  Real-time traffic, error non-sensitive application that can cope with data loss. Note:  For real-time traffic, the QoS profile also requires appropriate settings for delay and throughput. <peak> 0  Subscribed  1  Up to 1 000 (8 kbit/s) 2  Up to 2 000 (16 kbit/s) 3  Up to 4 000 (32kbit/s) 4  Up to 8 000 (64 kbit/s) 5  Up to 16 000 (188 kbit/s) 6  Up to 32 000 (256 kbit/s) 7  Up to 64 000 (512 kbit/s) 8  Up to 128 000 (1 024 kbit/s) 9  Up to 256 000 (2 048 kbit/s) <mean> 0   Subscribed by the Network by default if value is omitted  1   100 (~0.22 bit/s) 2   200 (~0.44 bit/s) 3  500 (~1.11 bit/s) 4   1 000 (~2.2 bit/s) 5   2 000 (~4.4 bit/s) 6   5 000 (~11.1 bit/s) 7   10 000 (~22 bit/s) 8   20 000 (~44 bit/s) 9   50 000 (~111 bit/s) 10   100 000 (~0.22 kbit/s) 11   200 000 (~0.44 kbit/s) 12   500 000 (~1.11 kbit/s) 13   1 000 000 (~2.2 kbit/s) 14   2 000 000 (~4.4 kbit/s) 15   5 000 000 (~11.1 kbit/s) 16   10 000 000 (~22 kbit/s) 17   20 000 000 (~44 kbit/s) 18   50 000 000 (~111 kbit/s) 31   Best effort
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 128  Quality of Service Profile Minimum Acceptable   +CGQMIN Description:  This command allows the DTE to specify a minimum acceptable profile which is checked by the modem against the negotiated profile returned in the Activate PDP Context Accept message.    The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the local context identification parameter, <cid>. Since this is the same parameter that is used in the +CGDCONT command, the +CGQMIN command is effectively an extension to the +CGDCONT command. The QoS profile consists of a number of parameters, each of which may be set to a separate value.   A special form of the set command, +CGQMIN= <cid> causes the minimum acceptable profile for context number <cid> to become undefined. In this case no check is made against the negotiated  profile.   The read command returns the current settings1 for each defined context. The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the modem supports several PDP types, the parameter value ranges for each PDP type are returned on a separate line. Values: <cid>: a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context . <precedence>: a numeric parameter which specifies the precedence class. <delay>: a numeric parameter which specifies the delay class. <reliability>: a numeric parameter which specifies the reliability class. <peak>: a numeric parameter which specifies the peak throughput class. <mean>: a numeric parameter which specifies the mean throughput class. Note:  If a value is omitted for a particular class then this class is not checked. Command Syntax: Command Possible Response(s) AT+CGQMIN=[<cid> [,<precedence > [,<delay> [,<reliability.> [,<peak> [,<mean>]]]]]] OK ERROR AT+CGQMIN?  +CGQMIN: <cid>, <precedence >, <delay>, <reliability>, <peak>, <mean> [<CR><LF>+CGQMIN: <cid>, <precedence >, <delay>, <reliability.>, <peak>, <mean> […]] OK AT+CGQMIN=?  +CGQMIN: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s) , (list of supported <peak>s), (list of supported <mean>s) [<CR><LF>+CGQMIN: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s) , (list of supported <peak>s), (list of supported <mean>s) […]] OK AT+CGQMIN = 1,1,4,5,2,31  OK AT+CGQMIN=? +CGQMIN: “IP”,(1-3),(1-4),(1-5),(1-9),(1-31) +CGQMIN: “PPP”,(1-3),(1-4),(1-5),(1-9),(1-31) OK AT+CGQMIN? +CGQMIN=? 1,1,4,5,2,14 OK
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 129  GPRS Attach or Detach   +CGATT Description:  The execution command is used to attach the modem to, or detach the modem from, the GPRS service. After the command has completed, the modem remains in V.25ter command state. If the modem is already in the requested state, the command is ignored and the OK response is returned. If the requested state cannot be achieved, an ERROR or +CME ERROR response is returned. Extended error responses are enabled by the +CMEE command.     Any active PDP contexts will be automatically deactivated when the attachment state changes to detached.    The read command returns the current GPRS service state. The test command is used for requesting information on the supported GPRS service states. Values:   <state>: indicates the state of GPRS attachment 0   Detached 1   Attached Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the execution command. Command Syntax: Command Possible Responses AT+CGATT= [<state>]  OK ERROR AT+CGATT? +CGATT: <state> OK AT+CGATT=?  +CGATT: (list of supported <state>s) OK AT+CGATT=1 OK
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 130  PDP Context Activate or Deactivate   +CGACT Description:  The execution command activates or deactivates the specified PDP context (s). After the command has completed, the modem remains in V.25ter command state. If any PDP context is already in the requested state, the state for that context remains unchanged.    If the requested state for any specified context cannot be achieved, an ERROR or +CME ERROR response is returned. Extended error responses are enabled by the +CMEE command.   If the modem is not GPRS attached when the activation form of the command is executed, the modem first performs a GPRS attach and them attempts to activate the specified contexts. If the attach fails then the modem responds with ERROR or, if extended error responses are enabled, with the appropriate failure-to-attach error message.   If no <cid>s are specified the activation form of the command activates the first activable defined contexts. If no <cid>s are specified the deactivation form of the command deactivates all active contexts.   One PDP context can be activated at the same time.    The read command returns the current activation states for all the defined PDP contexts.    The test command is used for requesting information on the supported PDP context activation states. Values: <state>: indicates the state of PDP context activation 0  Deactivated 1  Activated Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the execution command. <cid>: a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context.   Before a context can be activated, the modem must be attached to the GPRS network by performing an automatic GPRS attach. Command Syntax: Command Possible Response(s) AT+CGACT=[<state> [,<cid>[,<cid>[,…]]]] OK ERROR AT+CGACT?  +CGACT: <cid>, <state> [<CR><LF>+CGACT: <cid>, <state> [...]] OK AT+CGACT=?  +CGACT: (list of supported <state>s) OK AT+CGACT=1,1 OK AT+CGACT? +CGACT: 1,1 OK AT+CGACT=? +CGACT: (0-1) OK
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 131  Enter Data State   +CGDATA Description:  The command causes the modem to perform the necessary actions to set up communication between the DTE and the network. This may include performing a GPRS attach and one PDP context activations.     If the <cid> value is not defined to the modem, the modem will return an ERROR or +CME ERROR response. Otherwise, the modem issues the intermediate result code CONNECT and enters V.25ter online data state.   GPRS attachment and PDP context activation procedures may take place prior to or during the PDP startup if they have not already been performed using the +CGATT and +CGACT commands.   If no <cid> is given, the modem attempts to activate the context with whatever information is available to the modem. The other context parameters is set to their default values (No APN, default QOS parameters, dynamic IP address requested).    If the activation is successful, data transfer may proceed.    After data transfer and layer 2 protocol termination procedure completion, the V.25ter command state is re-entered and the modem returns the final result code OK.   In case of an abnormal termination or start up, the V.25ter command state is re-entered and the modem  returns the final result code NO CARRIER or, if enabled, +CME ERROR. Attach, activate and other errors may be reported.   This command may be used in both normal and modem compatibility modes.  Note: The goal of this command is the same than ATD*99***. Values: <cid>: a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition. Command Syntax:  Command Possible Response(s) AT+CGDATA=[<cid>] CONNECT ERROR AT+CGDATA=? +CGDATA: OK AT+CGDATA=? +CGDATA: OK AT+CGDATA=1 CONNECT
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 132  GPRS Mobile Station Class   +CGCLASS Description:  The set command is used to set the modem to operate according to the specified GPRS mobile class. If the requested class is not supported, an ERROR or +CME ERROR response is returned.    The read command returns the current GPRS mobile class.    The test command is used for requesting information on the supported GPRS mobile classes. Defined Values: <class>: a string parameter which indicates the GPRS mobile class (in descending order of functionality) A    class A (highest) B  class B CG  class C in GPRS only mode CC  class C in circuit switched only mode (lowest) Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the set command. If the modem is GPRS attached when the set command is issued with a <class> = CC specified, a GPRS detach request is sent to the network. If the modem is GSM attached when the set command is issued with a <class> = CG specified, a GSM detach request is sent to the network. Class A is not supported. Note:  During switch-On in CG class, the modem always performs an automatic GPRS attach (the ATTACH-STATUS parameter of +WGPRS is ignored). But if the modem is not already GPRS- attached when switching from B/CC class to CG class, then no automatic GPRS attach is performed. About the automatic attachment (see Note above): AT+CGCLASS? +CGCLASS: “B” OK AT+CGATT? +CGATT: 0 OK AT+CGCLASS=”CG” OK AT+CGATT? +CGATT: 0 OK AT+CGATT=1 OK AT+CPOF OK AT+CFUN=1 OK AT+CGCLASS? +CGCLASS: “CG” OK AT+CGATT? +CGATT: 1 OK Command Syntax: Command Possible Response(s) AT+CGCLASS= [<class>]  OK ERROR AT+CGCLASS? +CGCLASS: <class> OK AT+CGCLASS=?  +CGCLASS: (list of supported <class>s) OK AT+CGCLASS=”CG” Note: Enter GPRS Class C mode OK AT+CGCLASS=”CC” Note: Enter GMS mode OK AT+CGCLASS=”A” Note: Chosen class not supported +CME ERROR: 150 AT+CGCLASS=? +CGCLASS: (“CG”,”CC”) OK AT+CGCLASS? +CGCLASS: (“CC”) OK
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 133  Select Service for MO SMS Messages   +CGSMS Description:  The set command specifies the service or service preference that the modem will use to send MO SMS messages.   The read command returns the currently selected service or service preference.   The test command requests information on the currently available services and service preferences. Values: <service>: a numeric parameter which indicates the service or service preference to be used 0  GPRS 1  Circuit switched 2  GPRS preferred (use circuit switched if GPRS is not available) 3  Circuit switched preferred (use GPRS if circuit switched not available) Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the set command. Command Syntax: Command Possible Responses AT+CGSMS= [<service>]  OK ERROR At+CGSMS? +CGSMS: <service> OK AT+CGSMS=?  +CGSMS: (list of currently available <service>s) OK AT +CGSMS=0  OK AT+CGSMS=?  +CGSMS=(0-3) OK
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 134  GPRS Event Reporting   +CGEREP Description:  Set command enables or disables sending of unsolicited result codes, +CGEV: XXX from modem to DTE in the case of certain events occurring in the GPRS modem or the network.   <mode> controls the processing of unsolicited result codes specified within this command.   Read command returns the current mode and buffer settings.    Test command returns the modes and buffer settings supported by the modem as compound values. Values: <mode>: 0  Buffer unsolicited result codes in the modem; if modem result code buffer is full, the oldest ones can be discarded. No codes are forwarded to the DTE. 2  Buffer unsolicited result codes in the modem when modem-DTE link is reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode) and flush them to the DTE when modem-DTE link becomes available; otherwise forward them directly to the DTE. <bfr> 0  Modem buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when <mode> 1 or 2 is entered. This is the only case supported. 1  Modem buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the DTE when  <mode> 2 is entered. This case is not supported. The software provides a combination of all modes. When a serial link is available, indications are forwarded directly to the DTE. If a serial link is reserved (e.g., in on-line data mode) or the modem result code buffer is full, the oldest ones can be discarded. Command Syntax: Command  Possible Responses AT+CGEREP=[<mode>] OK ERROR AT+CGEREP? +CGEREP: <mode>,<bfr> OK AT+CGEREP=?  +CGEREP: (list of supported <mode>s), (list of supported <bfr>s) OK Result Codes and Corresponding Events: The following unsolicited result codes and the corresponding events are defined: +CGEV: REJECT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr> A network request for PDP context activation occurred when the modem was unable to report it to the DTE with a +CRING unsolicited result code and was automatically rejected. +CGEV: NW REACT  <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>] The network has requested a context reactivation. The <cid> that was used to reactivate the context is provided if known to the modem. +CGEV: NW DEACT  <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>] The network has forced a context deactivation. The <cid> that was used to activate the context is provided if known to the modem. +CGEV: ME DEACT  <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>] The mobile equipment has forced a context deactivation. The <cid> that was used to activate the context is provided if known to the modem. +CGEV: NW DETACH The network has forced a GPRS detach. This implies that all active contexts have been deactivated. These are not reported separately. +CGEV: ME DETACH The mobile equipment has forced a GPRS detach. This implies that all active contexts have been deactivated. These are not reported separately. +CGEV: NW CLASS <class> The network has forced a change of MS class. The highest available class is reported. +CGEV: ME CLASS <class> The mobile equipment has forced a change of MS class. The highest available class is reported.
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 135  GPRS Network Registration Status   +CGREG Description:  The set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code +CGREG: <stat> when <n>=1 and there is a change in the modem's GPRS network registration status, or code +CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] when <n>=2 and there is a change of the network cell.   The read command returns the status of result code presentation and an integer <stat> which shows whether the network has currently indicated the registration of the modem. Location information elements <lac> and <ci> are returned only when <n>=2 and modem is registered in the network. Values: <n> 0  Disable network registration unsolicited result code 1  Enable network registration unsolicited result code +CGREG: <stat> 2   Enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code +CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] <stat> 0  Not registered; the modem is not currently searching a new operator to which to register 1  Registered, home network 2  Not registered, but modem is currently searching a new operator to which to register 3 Registration denied 4 Unknown 5 Registered, roaming <lac> String type; two byte location area code in hexadecimal format <ci> String type; two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format Command Syntax: Command  Possible response(s) AT+CGREG=[<n>]   +CGREG: stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] OK AT+CGREG? +CGREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] OK Note: +CME ERROR: <err> AT+CGREG=?  +CGREG: (list of supported <n>s) OK  Request GPRS IP Service   D Description:  This command causes the modem to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish communication between the DTE and the external PDN.    The V.25ter 'D' (Dial) command causes the modem to enter the V.25ter online data state and, with the DTE, to start the specified layer 2 protocol. The modem return CONNECT to confirm acceptance of the command prior to entering the V.25ter online data state. No further commands may follow on the AT command line.   The detailed behavior after the online data state has been entered is described briefly in clause 9, for IP, of GSM 07.60. GPRS attachment and PDP context activation procedures may take place prior to or during the PDP startup if they have not already been performed using the +CGATT and +CGACT commands.   If <cid> is supported, its usage is the same as in the +CGDATA command. The +CGDCONT, +CGQREQ, etc. commands may then be used in the modem initialization AT command string to set values for for PDP type, APN, QoS etc…   If <cid> is not supported or is supported but omitted, the modem attempt to activate the context using the 'Empty PDP type' (GSM 04.08). (No PDP address or APN is sent in this case and only one PDP context subscription record is present in the HLR for this subscriber.) Values: <GPRS_SC_IP>: (GPRS Service Code for IP) a digit string (value 99), which identifies a request to use the GPRS with IP (PDP types IP and PPP)  <cid>: a digit string which specifies a particular PDP context definition. Command Syntax: Command Possible Responses D*<GPRS_SC_IP>[***<cid>]# CONNECT ERROR Example:  ATD*99***1# CONNECT ATD*99***2# ERROR
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 136  Network Requested PDP Context Activation In this mode of operation, the modem behaves like an answering modem and accepts the normal V.25ter commands associated with answering a call. If GPRS-specific configuration commands are required, they may be sent to the modem as part of the modem initialization commands. The +CGAUTO command is used to select modem compatibility mode. Automatic response to a network request for PDP context activation  S0 The V.25ter 'S0=n' (Automatic answer) command may be used to turn off (n=0) and on (n>0) the automatic response to a network request for a PDP context activation.When the 'S0=n' (n>0) command is received, the modem attempt to perform a GPRS attach if it is not already attached.  Failure will result in ERROR being returned to the DTE. Subsequently, the modem will announce a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the unsolicited result code RING to the DTE, followed by the intermediate result code CONNECT. The modem then enters V.25ter online data state and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a +CGANS=1 with no <L2P> or <cid> values specified.  Note:  The 'S0=n' (n=0) command does not perform an automatic GPRS detach. Manual acceptance of a network request for PDP context activation  A The V.25ter 'A' (Answer) command may be used to accept a network request for a PDP context activation announced by the unsolicited result code RING. The modem responds with CONNECT, enters V.25ter online data state and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a +CGANS=1 with no <cid> value specified. It is an error to issue the 'A' command when there is no outstanding network request. Manual rejection of a network request for PDP context activation  H The V.25ter 'H' or 'H0' (On-hook) command may be used to reject a network request for PDP context activation announced by the unsolicited result code RING. The modem responds with OK. It is an error to issue the 'H' command when there is no outstanding network request. Note:  This is an extension to the usage of the 'H' command that is described in ITU-T V.25ter.
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 137  Automatic Response to a Network Request for PDP Context Activation   +CGAUTO Description:  The set command disables or enables an automatic positive response (auto-answer) to the receipt of a Request PDP Context Activation message from the network. It also provides control over the use of the V.25ter basic commands 'S0', 'A and 'H' for handling network requests for PDP context activation. The setting does not affect the issuing of the unsolicited result code RING or +CRING.    The test command returns values of <n> supported by the modem as a compound value.   When the +CGAUTO=0 command is received, the modem will not perform a GPRS detach if it is attached. Subsequently, when the modem announces a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the unsolicited result code RING or +CRING, the DTE may manually accept or reject the request by issuing the +CGANS command or may simply ignore the network request.   When the +CGAUTO=1 command is received, the modem will attempt to perform a GPRS attach if it is not already attached. Failure will result in ERROR or, if enabled, +CME ERROR being returned to the DTE. Subsequently, when the modem announces a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the unsolicited result code RING or +CRING to the DTE, this is followed by the intermediate result code CONNECT. The modem then enters V.25ter online data state and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a +CGANS=1 with <cid> values specified. Values: <n> 0  Turn off automatic response for GPRS only   For <n> = 0 GPRS network requests are manually accepted or rejected by the +CGANS command. 1  Turn on automatic response for GPRS only   For <n> = 1 GPRS network requests are automatically accepted according to the description above. 2  Modem compatibility mode, GPRS only   For <n> = 2, automatic acceptance of GPRS network requests is controlled by the 'S0' command. Manual control uses the 'A' and 'H' commands, respectively, to accept and reject GPRS requests. (+CGANS may also be used.) Incoming circuit switched calls can be neither manually nor automatically answered 3  Modem compatibility mode, GPRS and circuit switched calls (default)   For <n> = 3, automatic acceptance of both GPRS network requests and incoming circuit switched calls is controlled by the 'S0' command. Manual control uses the 'A' and 'H' commands, respectively, to accept and reject GPRS requests. (+CGANS may also be used.) Circuit switched calls are handled as described elsewhere in this specification. Note:   In class C GPRS the modem can’t receive GPRS and GSM incoming calls simultaneously. Command Syntax: Command  Possible response(s) AT+CGAUTO=[<n>] OK ERROR AT+CGAUTO? +CGAUTO: <n> OK AT+CGAUTO=? +CGAUTO: (0-3) OK Example: AT+CGAUTO=? +CGAUTO: (0-2) OK AT+CGAUTO? +CGAUTO: 2 OK AT+CGAUTO=0 OK
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 138  Manual Response to a Network Request for PDP Context Activation   +CGANS Description:  The execution command requests the modem to respond to a network request for GPRS PDP context activation which has been signalled to the DTE by the RING or +CRING: unsolicited result code. The <response> parameter allows the DTE to accept or reject the request.  If <response> is 0, the request is rejected and the modem returns OK to the DTE. If <response> is 1, the following procedure is followed by the modem. PDP context activation procedures take place prior to or during the PDP startup.  One <cid> may be specified in order to provide the values needed for the context activation request.  During the PDP startup procedure the modem has the PDP type and the PDP address provided by the network in the Request PDP Context Activation message.  If a <cid> is given his informations must matching with the PDP type and PDP address in the network request as follows - The PDP type must match exactly. The PDP addresses are considered to match if they are identical or if the address in the context definition is unspecified. If any of this information is in conflict, the command will fail. The context is activated using the values for PDP type and PDP address provided by the network, together with the other information found in the PDP context definition. An APN may or may not be required, depending on the application. If no <cid> is given, the modem will attempt to activate the context using the values for PDP type and PDP address provided by the network, together with any other relevant information known to the modem. The other context parameters will be set to their default values. If the activation is successful, data transfer may proceed. After data transfer is complete, and the layer 2 protocol termination procedure has completed successfully, the V.25ter command state is re-entered and the modem returns the final result code OK. In the event of an erroneous termination or a failure to startup, the V.25ter command state is re-entered and the modem returns the final result code NO CARRIER or, if enabled, +CME ERROR. Attach, activate and other errors may be reported. It is also an error to issue the +CGANS command when there is no outstanding network request. This command may be used in both normal and modem compatibility modes. Values:  <response>: is a numeric parameter which specifies how the request should be responded to. 0  reject the request 1  accept and request that the PDP context be activated If <response> is omitted it is assumed to be 0. Other values are reserved and will result in the ERROR response. <cid>: a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition. Command Syntax: Command  Possible response(s) AT+CGANS=[<response>, [<cid>]]  OK ERROR AT+CGANS=?  +CGANS: (list of supported <response>s), (list of supported <L2P>s) OK Example: +CRING: GPRS "IP", "122.41.74.238" AT+CGANS=1 CONNECT AT+CGANS=? +CGANS= (0-1) OK
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 139  Show PDP Address   +CGPADDR Description:  The execution command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context identifiers.    The test command returns a list of defined <cid>s.  Values: <cid>: A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition. If no <cid> is specified, the addresses for all defined contexts are returned. <PDP_address>:   A string that identifies the modem in the address space applicable to the PDP. The address may be static or dynamic. For a static address, it will be the one set by the +CGDCONT command when the context was defined. For a dynamic address it will be the one assigned during the last PDP context activation that used the context definition referred to by <cid>. <PDP_address> is omitted if none is available. Command Syntax: Command  Possible response(s) AT+CGPADDR=[<cid> [,<cid> [,…]]] +CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr> [<CR><LF>+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr> [...]] OK AT+CGPADDR=?  +CGPADDR: (list of defined <cid>s) OK Example: In this example, 3 <cid>s are defined: AT+CGPADDR=1 +CGPADDR=1,"107.210.5.4" OK AT+CGPADDR=? +CGAPDDR= (1-32) OK AT+CGPADDR +CGPADDR: 1, +CGPADDR: 2,"10.3.73.151" +CGPADDR: 3, +CGPADDR: 4,  Cellular Result Codes   +CRC Description:   This command enables a more detailed ring indication, in case of incoming call (voice or data). Instead of the string “RING”, an extended string is used to indicate which type of call is ringing (e.g. +CRING: VOICE).   These extended indications are: +CRING: ASYNC  for asynchronous transparent +CRING: REL ASYNC  for asynchronous non-transparent +CRING: VOICE  for normal speech. +CRING: FAX  for fax calls +CRING: GPRS  GPRS network request for PDP context activation If the modem is unable to announce to the DTE the network's request (for example it is in V.25ter online data state) the modem reject the request. No corresponding unsolicited result code is issued when the modem returns to a command state. Values:  No parameters Command Syntax: Command  Possible responses AT+CRC=0 Note: Extended reports disabled OK Note: Command valid AT+CRC=1 Note: Extended reports enabled OK Note: Command valid AT+CRC? +CRC: 1 OK AT+CRC=? +CRC: (0,1) OK
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 140  Service Reporting Control   +CR Description:   This command enables a more detailed service reporting for incoming or outgoing calls. Before sending the CONNECT response to the application, the GSM module will precisely define the type of data connection being established.   These report types are: +CR: ASYNC  For asynchronous transparent +CR: REL ASYNC  For asynchronous non-transparent +CR: GPRS  For GPRS   Values: No parameters Command syntax:    AT+CR Command  Possible responses AT+CR=0 Note: Extended reports disabled OK Note: Command valid AT+CR=1 Note: Extended reports enabled OK Note: Command valid   Extended Error Report   +CEER Description:  This command gives the reason of the call release when the last call setup (originating or answering) failed. New indication for GPRS is  the reason of the last unsuccessful PDP context activation  and the last GPRS detach or PDP context activation. Values:   No parameters Command Syntax:               AT+CEER Command  Possible Responses ATD123456789 ; Note: Outgoing voice call NO CARRIER Note: Call setup failure  AT+CEER  Note: Ask for reason of release  +CEER: Error <xxx> OK Note: <xxx>is the cause information element values form GSM recommandation 04.08 or specific  Call accepted “NO CARRIER” indicates that the AT+CEER information is available for a failure diagnostic. See Failure Cause from GSM 04.08 Recommendation in Appendix A.
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 141  GPRS Parameters Customization   +WGPRS Description:  This command modifies some of the GPRS parameters, such as the ATTACH-STATUS (the modem doesn’t automatically make a GPRS attachment after initialization), the PDP-INIT-STATUS (activate automatically some defined PDP Contexts after initialization) and the use of NAT (IP address translation on PPP).  In addition, this command permits the automatic setting of some PDP contexts after initialization.      Note: The modem must be rebooted to activate the new setup. Values:    <mode>: a numeric parameter which specifies a GPRS parameter: 0   ATTACH-STATUS (the modem doesn’t automatically make a GPRS attachment after init) 1   PDP-INIT-STATUS (automatically activate some define PDP Contexts after init) 2   Set ACTIVABLE automatically after init a define PDP context 3   NAT <parameter>: a numeric parameter that control the <mode> 0   Off 1    On <cid>:  (PDP Context Identifier) a numeric parameter (1-32) which specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the DTE-modem interface and is used in other PDP context-related commands. Note: When the module is set in “CG” class, the modem always automatically makes a GPRS attachment after initialization, so AT+WGPRS? Always gives +WGPRS: 0,0 for the parameter 0. Command Syntax:               AT+WGPRS AT+WGPRS=<mode>,<parameter>,[<cid>] OK ERROR AT+WGPRS=?  +WGPRS: <mode>, <parameter1>,[<cid>] [<CR><LF>+WGPRS: <mode>,  <parameter>,[<cid>] [...]] OK AT+WGPRS?  +WGPRS:<mode>(list of supported <parameter>),[(list of supported <cid>)][<CR><LF>+WGPRS:<mode>(list of supported <parameter>),[(list of supported <cid>)] [...]]  OK Example: AT+WGPRS=2,1,3 AT+WGPRS?  +WGPRS: 2,0,3  OK  +WGPRS: 0,0  +WGPRS: 2,0,4 AT+WGPRS=?  +WGPRS: 1,0  +WGPRS: 3,1 +WGPRS: (0-3),(0-1),(0-4)  +WGPRS: 2,1,1  OK OK +WGPRS: 2,0,2 <CR><LF>
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 142  Full GPRS AT Command Examples Activation of an IP PDP Context Example 1 AT +CGDCONT=1, "IP", "internet"; +GCDCONT=2, "IP", "abc.com" OK ATD*99***1# CONNECT  Example 2 AT +CGCLASS=”CG” OK +CGREG: 1 AT +CGDCONT=1, "IP", "internet" OK AT +CGQREQ=1,1,4,5,2,14 OK AT +CGQMIN=1,1,4,5,2,14 OK AT +CGATT=1 OK AT +CGACT=1,1 OK //Remark about +CGDATA: the goal of this command is the same as ATD*99***  AT +CGDATA=1 CONNECT ……. Data transfer ……. +CGEV: NW DETACH  Network Request AT+CGAUTO=0 OK +CRING: GPRS "IP", "211.45.89.152" AT+CGANS=1 CONNECT …….  Data transfer
Chapter 17 – GPRS Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 143  GPRS-Related Errors   +CME ERROR Errors related to a failure to perform an attach Numeric Text 103    Illegal MS (#3) 106    Illegal ME (#6) 107    GPRS services not allowed (#7) 111    PLMN not allowed (#11) 112    Location area not allowed (#12) 113    Roaming not allowed in this location area (#13) (Values in parentheses are GSM Technical Specification 04.08 cause codes.) Errors related to a failure to Activate a Context Numeric Text 132    service option not supported (#32) 133    requested service option not subscribed (#33) 134    service option temporarily out of order (#34) 149    PDP authentication failure 533            Missing or Unknown APN  (Values in parentheses are GSM Technical Specification 04.08 cause codes.) Other GPRS errors Numeric Text 150    invalid mobile class 148    unspecified GPRS error Other values in the range 101 - 150 are reserved for use by GPRS Also all other values below 256 are reserved   Specific GPRS Failure Cause for +CEER Numeric Text 224              MS requested detach 225  NWK requested Detach 226  Unsuccessful attach cause NO SERVICE 227  Unsuccessful attach cause NO ACCESS 228  Unsuccessful attach cause GPRS SERVICE REFUSED 229  PDP deactivation requested by Nwk 230  PDP deactivation cause LLC link activation failed 231  PDP deactivation cause NWK reactivation with same TI 232  PDP deactivation cause GMM abort 233  PDP deactivation cause LLC or SNDCP failure 234  PDP unsuccessful activation cause GMM error 235  PDP unsuccessful activation cause NWK reject 236  PDP unsuccessful activation cause NO NSAPI available 237  PDP unsuccessful activation cause SM refuse 238  PDP unsuccessful activation cause MMI ignore
Chapter 18 – Other AT Commands  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 144  Chapter 18 – Other AT Commands V.25ter Recommendation The commands not listed in this document are not supported. For these commands, the product will then answer with "ERROR". All modulation control, error control and data compression commands are not recognized. An "ERROR" string will be returned. GSM 07.05 Recommendation All the 07.05 commands not described in this manual are not implemented. The product will answer "ERROR" to these commands. GSM  07.07 Recommendation All the 07.07 commands not described in this manual are not implemented. The product will answer "ERROR" to these commands.
Appendix A – Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 145  Appendix A – Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables  Chapter Summary The following tables are listed in Appendix A: • ME error result code:+CME ERROR: <error> • Message service failure result code: +CMS ERROR <er> • Specific error results codes • Failure Cause from GMS 05.08 recommendation (+CEER) • Specific Failure Cause for +CEER • GSM 04.11 Annex E-2: Mobile originating SM-transfer • Unsolicited result codes • Final result codes • Intermediate result codes • Parameter storage • GMS sequences list • Operator names • Data Commands and Multiplexing ME Error Result Code:   +CME ERROR: <error>  <error>   Meaning  Resulting from the following commands 3  Operation not allowed  All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 3) 4 Operation not supported  All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 4) 5  PH-SIM PIN required (SIM lock)  All GSM 07.07 commands  (+CME ERROR: 5) 10  SIM not inserted  All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 10) 11  SIM PIN required  All GSM 07.07 commands  (+CME ERROR: 11) 12  SIM PUK required  All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 12) 13  SIM failure  All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 13) 16  Incorrect password  +CACM, +CAMM, +CPUC, +CLCK, +CPWD, +CPIN, +CPIN2 (+CME ERROR: 16) 17  SIM PIN2 required  +CPBW (FDN), +CLCK (FDN),  18  SIM PUK2 required  +CACM, +CAMM, +CPUC, +CPBW (FDN), +CPIN, +CPIN2, +CLCK (FDN), +CPWD 20  Memory full   +CPBW 21   Invalid index  +CPBR, +CPBW, ATD>[mem]index, +WMGO 22  Not found  +CPBF, +CPBP, +CPBN, +CGSN, +WOPN, ATD>[mem]”name” 24  Text string too long  +CPBW, +CPIN, +CPIN2, +CLCK, +CPWD 26  Dial string too long  +CPBW, ATD, +CCFC 27  Invalid characters in dial string  +CPBW 30  No network service  +VTS, +COPS=?, +CLCK, +CCFC, +CCWA, +CUSD 32  Network not allowed – emergency calls only  +COPS 40  Network personal PIN required (Network lock) All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 40) 103  Illegal MS (#3)  +CGATT 106  Illegal ME (#6)  +CGATT 107  GPRS services not allowed (#7)  +CGATT 111  PLMN not allowed (#11)  +CGATT 112  Location area not allowed (#12)  +CGATT 113  Roaming not allowed in this area (#13)  +CGATT 132  service option not supported (#32)  +CGACT +CGDATA ATD*99 133  requested service option not subscribed (#33) +CGACT +CGDATA ATD*99 134  service option temporarily out of order (#34)  +CGACT +CGDATA ATD*99 148  unspecified GPRS error  All GPRS commands 149  PDP authentication failure  +CGACT +CGDATA ATD*99 150  invalid mobile class  +CGCLASS +CGATT
Appendix A – Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 146  Message Service Failure Result Code  +CMS ERROR: <er> <er> is defined as below: <er>   Meaning  Resulting from the following commands  1 to 127  Error cause values from the GSM recommendation 04.11 Annex E-2 +CMGS, +CMSS 301  SMS service of ME reserved  +CSMS (with +CMS: ERROR 301) 302  Operation not allowed  All SMS commands (+CMSS, +CMGL, +CPMS, +CSMP… 303 Operation not supported  All SMS commands 304  Invalid PDU mode parameter +CMGS, +CMGW 305  Invalid text mode parameter +CMGS, +CMGW, +CMSS 310  SIM not inserted  All SMS commands 311  SIM PIN required  All SMS commands 312  PH-SIM PIN required  All SMS commands 313  SIM failure  All SMS commands 316  SIM PUK required  All SMS commands 317  SIM PIN2 required  All SMS commands 318  SIM PUK2 required  All SMS commands 321  Invalid memory index  +CMGR, +CMSS, +CMGD 322  SIM memory full  +CMGW 330  SC address unknown  +CSCA?, +CMSS, +CMGS 340  no +CNMA acknowledgement expected +CNMA  Specific Error Result Codes <error>   Meaning  Resulting from the following commands 500 unknown error.  All commands 512  MM establishment failure (for SMS).  +CMGS, +CMSS (+CMS ERROR: 512) 513  Lower layer failure (for SMS)  +CMGS, +CMSS (+CMS ERROR: 513) 514  CP error (for SMS).  +CMGS, +CMSS (+CMS ERROR: 514) 515  Please wait, init or command processing in progress. All commands ( “+CME ERROR: 515” or “+CMS ERROR: 515”)517  SIM ToolKit facility not supported.  +STGI 518  SIM ToolKit indication not received.  +STGI 519  Reset the product to activate or change a new echo cancellation algo. +ECHO, +VIP 520  Automatic abort about get plmn list for an incoming call. +COPS=? 526  PIN deactivation forbidden with this SIM card. +CLCK 527  Please wait, RR or MM is busy. Retry your selection later. +COPS 528  Location update failure. Emergency calls only. +COPS 529  PLMN selection failure. Emergency calls only. +COPS 531  SMS not sent: the <da> is not in FDN phonebook, and FDN lock is enabled. (for SMS) +CMGS, +CMSS (+CMS ERROR: 531)  532 the embedded application is activated so the objects flash are not erased +WOPEN 533  Missing or Unknown APN  ATD*99 +GACT +CGDATA
Appendix A – Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 147  Failure Cause from GSM 04.08 Recommendation  +CEER Cause value  Diagnostic 1  Unassigned (unallocated) number 3  No route to destination 6 Channel unacceptable 8  Operator determined barring 16  Normal call clearing 17 User busy 18  No user responding 19  User alerting, no answer 21 Call rejected 22 Number changed 26  Non selected user clearing 27  Destination out of order 28  Invalid number format (incomplete number) 29 Facility rejected 30  Response to STATUS ENQUIRY 31 Normal, unspecified 34  No circuit/channel available 38  Network out of order 41 Temporary failure 42  Switching equipment congestion 43 Access information discarded 44 Requested circuit/channel not available 47  Resources unavailable, unspecified 49  Quality of service unavailable 50  Requested facility not subscribed 55  Incoming calls barred with in the CUG 57  Bearer capability not authorized 58  Bearer capability not presently available 63  Service or option not available, unspecified 65  Bearer service not implemented 68  ACM equal to or greater than ACMmax 69  Requested facility not implemented 70  Only restricted digital information bearer capability is available79  Service or option not implemented, unspecified 81  Invalid transaction identifier value 87  User not member of CUG 88 Incompatible destination 91  Invalid transit network selection 95  Semantically incorrect message 96  Invalid mandatory information 97  Message type non-existent or not implemented 98  Message type not compatible with protocol state 99  Information element non-existent or not implemented 100  Conditional IE error 101  Message not compatible with protocol state 102  Recovery on timer expiry 111  Protocol error, unspecified 127 Interworking, unspecified 224  MS requested detach 225  PDP unsuccessful activation cause MMI ignore 226 NWK requested Detach 227  Unsuccessful attach cause NO SERVICE 228  Unsuccessful attach cause NO ACCESS 229  Unsuccessful attach cause GPRS SERVICE REFUSED 230  PDP deactivation requested by Nwk 231  PDP deactivation cause LLC link activation failed 232  PDP deactivation cause NWK reactivation with same TI 233  PDP deactivation cause GMM abort 234  PDP deactivation cause LLC or SNDCP failure 235  PDP unsuccessful activation cause GMM error 236  PDP unsuccessful activation cause NWK reject 237  PDP unsuccessful activation cause NO NSAPI available 238  PDP unsuccessful activation cause SM refuse All other values in the range 0 to 31 shall be treated as cause 3.  All other values in the range 32 to 47 shall be treated as cause 47. All other values in the range 48 to 63 shall be treated as cause 63.  All other values in the range 64 to 79 shall be treated as cause 79. All other values in the range 80 to 95 shall be treated as cause 95. All other values in the range 96 to 111 shall be treated as cause 111. All other values in the range 112 to 127 shall be treated as cause 127.
Appendix A – Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 148  Specific Failure Cause for +CEER Cause value  Diagnostic 240  FDN is active and number is not in FDN 241  Call operation not allowed 252  Call barring on outgoing calls 253  Call barring on incoming calls 254 Call impossible 255  Lower layer failure  GSM 04.11 Annex E-2:  Mobile  Originating SM-Transfer These error causes could appear for SMS commands (+CMGS, +CMSS, +CMGD…) Cause No. 1:  "Unassigned (unallocated) number" This cause indicates that the destination requested by the Mobile Station cannot be reached because, although the number is in a valid format, it is not currently assigned (allocated). Cause No. 8:  "Operator determined barring" This cause indicates that the MS has tried to send a mobile originating short message when the MS's network operator or service provider has forbidden such transactions. Cause No. 10:  "Call barred" This cause indicates that the outgoing call barred service applies to the short message service for the called destination. Cause No. 21:  "Short message transfer rejected" This cause indicates that the equipment sending this cause does not wish to accept this short message, although it could have accepted the short message since the equipment sending this cause is neither busy nor incompatible. Cause No. 27:  "Destination out of service" This cause indicates that the destination indicated by the Mobile Station cannot be reached because the interface to the destination is not functioning correctly. The term "not functioning correctly" indicates that a signaling message was unable to be delivered to the remote user; e.g., a physical layer or data link layer failure at the remote user, user equipment off-line, etc. Cause No. 28:  "Unidentified subscriber" This cause indicates that the subscriber is not registered in the PLMN (e.g.. IMSI not known) Cause No. 29:  "Facility rejected" This cause indicates that the facility requested by the Mobile Station is not supported by the PLMN. Cause No. 30:  "Unknown subscriber" This cause indicates that the subscriber is not registered in the HLR (e.g.. IMSI or directory number is not allocated to a subscriber). Cause No. 38:  "Network out of order" This cause indicates that the network is not functioning correctly and that the condition is likely to last a relatively long period of time; e.g., immediately reattempting the short message transfer is not likely to be successful. Cause No. 41:  "Temporary failure" This cause indicates that the network is not functioning correctly and that the condition is not likely to last a long period of time; e.g., the Mobile Station may wish to try another short message transfer attempt almost immediately. Cause No. 42:  "Congestion" This cause indicates that the short message service cannot be serviced because of high traffic. Cause No. 47:  "Resources unavailable, unspecified" This cause is used to report a resource unavailable event only when no other cause applies. Cause No. 69:  "Requested facility not implemented" This cause indicates that the network is unable to provide the requested short message service. Cause No. 81:  "Invalid short message transfer reference value" This cause indicates that the equipment sending this cause has received a message with a short message reference which is not currently in use on the MS-network interface. Cause No. 95:  "Invalid message, unspecified" This cause is used to report an invalid message event only when no other cause in the invalid message class applies. Cause No. 96:  "Invalid mandatory information" This cause indicates that the equipment sending this cause has received a message where a mandatory information element is missing and/or has a content error (the two cases are undistinguishable). Cause No. 97:  "Message type non-existent or not implemented" This cause indicates that the equipment sending this cause has received a message with a message type it does not recognize either because this is a message not defined or defined but not implemented by the equipment sending this cause. Cause No. 98:  "Message not compatible with short message protocol state" This cause indicates that the equipment sending this cause has received a message such that the procedures do not indicate that this is a permissible message to receive while in the short message transfer state. Cause No. 99:  "Information element non-existent or not implemented" This cause indicates that the equipment sending this cause has received a message which includes unrecognized information elements because the information element identifier is not defined or it is defined but not implemented by the equipment sending the cause. However, the information element is not required to be present in the message so that the equipment sends the cause to process the message. Cause No. 111: "Protocol error, unspecified" This cause is used to report a protocol error event only when no other cause applies. Cause No. 127: "Interworking, unspecified" This cause indicates that there has been interworking with a network which does not provide causes for actions it takes; thus, the precise cause for a message which is being sent cannot be determineed. All values other than specified should be treated as error Cause No 41.
Appendix A – Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 149  Unsolicited Result Codes Verbose Result Code  Numeric (V0 set)  Description +CALA: < time string>,<index>  As verbose  Alarm notification +CBM: <length><pdu> (PDU)  or +CBM:<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages>… (Text mode) As verbose  Cell Broadcast Message directly displayed +CBMI: “BM”,<index>  As verbose  Cell Broadcast Message stored in mem at location <index> +CCCM: <ccm>  As verbose  Current Call Meter value +CCED: <values>  As verbose (specific)  Cell Environment Description indication +CCWA:<number>,<type>, <class> [,<alpha>]  As verbose  Call Waiting number +CDS: <fo>, <mr>…   (text mode) or +CDS: <length>,…  (PDU) As verbose  SMS status report after sending a SMS +CDSI: <mem>,<index>  As verbose  Incoming SMS Status Report after sending a SMS, stored in <mem> (“SR”) at location <index> +CKEV: <keynb>  As verbose  Key press or release +CLIP: <number>, <type> [,,,<alpha>]  As verbose  Incoming Call Presentation +CMT: <oa>…             (text mode) or +CMT: [<alpha>,]… (PDU) As verbose  Incoming message directly displayed +CMTI: <mem>,<index>  As verbose  Incoming message stored in <mem> (“SM”) at location <index> +CREG: <stat> [,<lac>,<ci>]  As verbose  Network registration indication +CRING: <type>  As verbose  Incoming call type (VOICE, FAX ...) +CSQ: <RxLev>,99  As verbose  Automatic RxLev indication with AT+CCED=1,8 command +CSSU: <code2>[<number>,<type>]  As verbose  Supplementary service notification during a call +STIN: <ind>  As verbose (specific)  SIM ToolKit Indication +WIND: <IndicationNb> [,<CallId>]  As verbose (specific)  Specific unsolicited indication (SIM Insert/Remove, End of init, Reset, Alerting, Call creation/release) +WVMI: <LineId>,<Status>  As verbose (specific)  Voice Mail Indicator notification (cf. +CPHS command) +WDCI: <LineId>,<Status>  As Verbose (specific) Diverted call indicator RING  2  Incoming call signal from network +CIEV  As Verbose (specific) Indicator event reporting Final Result Codes Verbose Result Code  Numeric (V0 set)  Description +CME ERROR: <err>  As verbose  Error from GSM 07.05 commands +CMS ERROR: <err>  As verbose  Error from SMS commands (07.07) BUSY  7  Busy signal detected ERROR 4 Command not accepted NO ANSWER  8  Connection completion timeout NO CARRIER  3  Connection terminated OK  0  Acknowledges correct execution of a command line RING  2  Incoming call signal from network  Intermediate Result Codes Verbose Result Code  Numeric (V0 set)  Description +COLP:<number>,<type> as verbose  Outgoing Call Presentation +CR: <type>  as verbose  Outgoing Call report control +ILRR: <rate>  as verbose  Local TA-TE data rate CONNECT 300  10  Data connection at 300 bauds CONNECT 1200  11  Data connection at 1200 bauds CONNECT 1200/75  12  Data connection at 1200/75 bauds CONNECT 2400  13  Data connection at 2400 bauds CONNECT 4800  14  Data connection at 4800 bauds CONNECT 9600  15  Data connection at 9600 bauds CONNECT 14400  16  Data connection at 14400 bauds +CSSI: <code1>[,<index>]  As verbose  Supplementary service notification during a call setup
Appendix A – Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 150  Parameter Storage Mode Parameter Storage Mode  Command  AT&W (E2P) Command (E2P) AT+CSAS (SIM, E2P)AT&F (SIM, E2P)Default values General commands +CMEE X    X 0 +CSCS X    X “PCCP437” +WPCS X    X “TRANSPARENT” Call Control commands %D  X  X 0 ATS0  X      X  0 (no auto-answer) +CICB X   X 2 (speech) +CSNS X    X 0 (voice) +ECHO    X    X  ,1,0,3,10,7 (Algo ID 1) ,3,30,8000,256 (Algo ID 3) +SIDET X   X 1,1 +SPEAKER  X      X  0 (Spk 1 & Mic 1) +VGR  X      X  64 (speaker 1) 32 (speaker 2) +VGT  X      X  64 (mic 1 & ctrl 1) 0 (others) Network Service commands +COPS  X     X    X  0,2 +CREG X    X 0 Phonebook commands +WAIP        X      X  0 +CSVM      X    X  0 SMS commands +CMGF X    X 1 (text) +CNMI   X X 0,1,0,0,0 +CSCA   X  SIM dependant (phase 2) +CSDH X    X 0 +CSMP   X X 1,167,0,0 +CSMS  X   0 +WUSS  X  X 0 Supplementary Services commands +CCUG  X   0,0,0 +CCWA X    X 0 +CLIP X   X 0 +COLP X    X 0 +CSSN X    X 0,0 +CUSD  X  X 0 Data commands %C X   X 0 \N X   X 0 +CBST X   X 0,0,1 +CR X   X 0 +CRC X   X 0 +CRLP X   X 61,61,48,6,1 +DOPT X   X 1,1 +DS X   X 3,0,4096,20 +DR X   X 0 +ILRR X   X 0 Fax Class 2 commands +FBOR X   X 0 +FCQ X   X 0 +FCR X   X 1 +FDCC,+FDIS X      X 0,5,0,0,2,0,0,0,0 +FPHCTO X     X 30 V24 – V25 commands &C X    1 &D X    1 &S X    1 E X    1 Q X   X 0 V X   X 1 +ICF X    3,4 +IFC X    2,2 +IPR X    9600
Appendix A – Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 151 Parameter Storage Mode  Command  AT&W (E2P) Command (E2P) AT+CSAS (SIM, E2P)AT&F (SIM, E2P)Default values +WMUX X   X 0 Specific commands +ADC  X  X 0 +CMER X    X 0 +CPHS  X  X ,0 +WCDM  X   X 0,0 +WDR  X   2 +WIND  X  X 0 +WIOM  X   255,0 +WRIM  X  X 0 +WSVG  X  X 0 +WVR  X   5 SIM ToolKit commands +STSF  X   0,”160060C01F”,3,0 GPRS commands +GCAUTO X     X 3 +GCCLASS  X     “B” +GCDCONT  X      +GCEREP X     X 0 +GCREG X     X 0 +GCSMS  X    1 +WGPRS  X    0,1 1,0 3,0
Appendix A – Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 152  GSM Sequences List  In accordance with GSM Technical Specification 02.30, the product supports the following GSM sequences, which can be used through the ATD and the +CKPD commands. Security **04*OLDPIN*NEWPIN*NEWPIN#  Change PIN code **042*OLDPIN2*NEWPIN2*NEWPIN2#  Change PIN2 code **05*PUK*NEWPIN*NEWPIN#  Unlock PIN code **052*PUK2*NEWPIN2*NEWPIN2#  Unlock PIN2 code *#06#  Show the IMEI number Call Forwarding *SC# or *SC**bs# Activate **SC*PhoneNumber# or  Register and activate **SC*PhoneNumber*BS# or   **SC*PhoneNumber*[BS]*T# or *SC*PhoneNumber# or *SC*PhoneNumber*BS# or *SC*PhoneNumber*[BS]*T#  *#SC# or *#SC**BS#  Check status  #SC# or #SC**BS# Deactivate ##SC# or ##SC**BS#  Unregistered and deactivate The Service codes (SC) are: 002  all call forwarding 004  all conditional call forwarding 21  call forwarding unconditional 61  call forwarding on no answer 62  call forwarding on not reachable 67  call busy The Network service codes (BS) are: No code  All tele and bearer services 10  All teleservices 11  Telephony 12  All data teleservices 13  Fax services 16  Short Message Services 17  Voice Group Call Service 18  Voice Broadcast Service 19  All teleservices except SMS 20  All bearer services 21  All asynchronous services 22  All synchronous services 24  All data circuit synchronous 25  All data circuit asynchronous 26  All dedicated packet access 27  All dedicated PAD access The no reply condition timer (T) is only used for SC = 002, 004 or 61.
Appendix A – Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 153  Call Barring *SC*Password#  or *SC*Password*BS#  Activate *#SC# or *#SC**BS#  Check status  #SC*Password# or #SC*Password*BS#  Deactivate **03*330*OLDPWD*NEWPWD*NEWPWD#  Change password for call barring **03**OLDPWD*NEWPWD*NEWPWD#  *03*330*OLDPWD*NEWPWD*NEWPWD#   *03**OLDPWD*NEWPWD*NEWPWD#   The Service codes (SC) are:  33  call barring of outgoing call 330  all barring service (only for deactivation) 331  call barring of outgoing international call 332  call barring of outgoing international calls except to HPLMN 333  all outgoing barring service (only for deactivation) 35  call barring of incoming calls 351  call barring of incoming calls if roaming 353  all incoming barring service (only for deactivation)  Note: Network service codes (BS) are the same the call forwarding sequences.  Call Waiting *43#  Activate *#43#  Check status  #43#  Deactivate Number Presentation *#30#  CLIP check status *#31#  CLIR check status *31#PhoneNumber  Invoke CLIR for a voice call #31#PhoneNumber  Suppress CLIR for a voice call *#76#  COLP check status
Appendix A – Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 154  Operator Names Country Initials MCC  MNC  Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and Mobile Network Name Abbreviated Mobile Network Name A 311 140 Sprocket  Sprocket A  332  011  Blue Sky  Blue Sky A 232 01 A1  A1 A  232  003  T-Mobile A  TMO A A 232 005 A One  one A 232 007 A tele.ring  telering A  232  010  3 AT  3 AT ABW 363 001  SETAR GSM  SETARGSM AF 412 001 AF AWCC  AWCC AGO 631 002  UNITEL  UNITEL AL  276  001  AMC-AL  A M C AL  276  002  vodafone AL  voda AL ALG  603  001  ALGERIAN MOBILE NETWORK  AMN ALG 603 002  Djezzy  Djezzy AN  344  030  APUA PCS ANTIGUA  APUA-PCS AND 213 003  STA-MOBILAND  M-AND ANT 362 051  Telcell GSM  Telcell ANT  362  069  ANT CURACAO TELECOM  CT GSM ANT  362  091  UTS Wireless Curacao N.V.  UTS AR 722 034 PERSONAL  AR TP ARG 722 007  UNIFON  UNIFON ARG 722 035  PORT-HABLE  P-HABLE AS  544  011  Blue Sky  Blue Sky AUS 505 001  Telstra Mobile  Telstra AUS 505 002  YES OPTUS AUS  Optus AUS 505 003  VODAFONE AUS  VFONE AUS 505 006  H3GA  H3GA AZE 400 001  AZE-AZERCELL GSM  ACELL AZE 400 002  BAKCELL GSM 2000  BKCELL B 206 010 B mobistar  mobi* BA 218 003 BA-ERONET  ERONET BA 218 005 MOBI’S  MOBI’S BA 218 090 BIH GSMBIH  GSMBIH BD 470 003 DB SHEBAWORLD  SHEBA BDA  350  001  TELECOM BDA  TELE BDA BE 206 020 BASE  BASE BEL 206 001  BEL PROXIMUS  PROXI BEN 616 002  TELECEL BENIN  TLCL-BEN BEN 616 003  BJ BENINCELL  BENCELL BEN  616  004  BELL BENIN COMMUNICATION  BB COM BF 002 002 BF CELTEL  CELTEL BG 284 001  M-TEL GSM BG  M-TEL BG 284 005  BG GLOBUL  GLOBUL BGD 470 001  BGD-GP  GP BGD 470 002  BGD AKTEL  AKTEL BHR 426 001  BATELCO  BATELCO BI 642 001 Spacetel BI  SPACETEL BL 702 067 BTL  BTL BMU 350 002  BTC MOBILITY LTD.  MOBILITY BO 736 002  MOVIL-E  BOMOV BOL 736 001  NUEVATEL  VIVA BRA 724 001  TIM BRASIL  TIM BRA 724 002  TIM BRASIL  TIM BRA 724 003  TIM BRASIL  TIM BRA 724 004  TIM BRASIL  TIM BRA 724 031  Oi  Oi BRU 528 11  BRU-DSTCom  DSTCom BTN 402 017  BT B-MOBILE  B-MOBILE BUR 642 002  BUSAFA  SAFARIS BW 652 001  BW MASCOM  MASCOM BW 652 002  BW VISTA  VISTA BY 257 001 BY VELCOM  VELCOM CAM 624 002  Orange CAM  Orange CAN 302 370  Microtell  MCELL
Appendix A – Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 155 Country Initials MCC  MNC  Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and Mobile Network Name Abbreviated Mobile Network Name CAN  302  720  Rogers AT&T Wireless  ROGERS CD 629 001  CELTEL CD  CDLTEL CD 630 089  CD OASIS  OASIS CH 228 001  SWISS GSM  SWISS CH 228 002  Sunrise  Sunrise CH 228 003  Orange CH  Orange CHN 460 000  CHINA MOBILE  CMCC CHN 460 001  CHN-CUGSM  CU-GSM CI 612 001 CI CORA  CORA CI 612 003 Orange CI  Orange CI 612 005 TELECEL-Cl  TELCEL CL  730  001  ENTEL PCS  ENTEL PCS CL  730  010  ENTEL PCS  ENTEL PCS CMR 624 001  MTN CAM  62401 COG 629 010  COG LIBERTIS  LIBERTIS CPV 625 001  CPV MOVEL  CMOVEL CRI 712 001  I.C.E.  I.C.E. CU 368 001 CU/C_COM  C_COM CY 280 001 CY CYTAGSM  CY-GSM CZ 230 001 T-Mobile CZ  TMO CZ CZ  230  002  EUROTEL – CZ  ET - CZ CZ 230 003 OSKAR  OSKAR D 262 001 T-MOBILE D  TMO D D  262  002  Vodafone D2  Voda D2 D 262 003 E-Plus  E-Plus D  262  007  o2 - de  o2 - de D 262 013 MobilCom  MobilCom D 161 014 Quam  Quam DK 238 001 TDC-MOBIL  DK TDC DK 238 002 DK SONOFON  SONO DK 238 020 TELIA DK  TELIA DK 238 030 Orange  Orange DO 370 001  ORANGE  ORANGE DRC 630 001  CELLCO GSM  CELLCO E  214  001  Vodafone ES  Voda ES E 214 002 MOVISTAR  MSTAR E 214 003 E AMENA  AMENA E 214 004 XFERA  XFERA E 214 007 MOVISTAR  MSTAR EE  248  00  EE EMT GSM  EMT EE 248 002 EE RLE  RLE EE 248 003 TELE2  TELE2 EGY 602 001  EGY MobiNiL  MobiNiL EGY  602  002  Vodafone EG  Voda EG ESV 706 001  ESV PERSONAL  PERSONAL ESV 706 010  ESV PERSONAL  PERSONAL ETH 636 001  ETH-MTN  ET-MTN F 208 001 Orange F  Orange F 208 010 F SFR  SFR F  208  020  F – BOUYGUES TELECOM  BYTEL F 340 001 F-Orange  Orange F 340 020 BOUYGTEL-C  BOUYG-C F 340 020 F-VINI  VINI F  647  010  SFR REUNION  SFR RU FI 244 003 FI TELIA  TELIA FI 244 005 FI RADIOLINJA  RL FI 244 009 FI FINNET  FINNET FI  244  014  FI AMT  FI AMT FI  244  091  FI  SONERA  SONERA FIN 244 012  FI 2G  2G FJ 542 001 FJ VODAFONE  VODAFONE FO 288 001 FO FT-GSM  FT-GSM FO 288 002 KALL  KALL FSM 550 001  FSM Telecom  FSMTC GA 628 003 CELTEL GA  CELTEL GAB 628 001  628 01/LIBERTIS  LIBERTIS GAB 628 002  GAB TELCEL  TELCEL GEO 282 001  GEO-GEOCELL  GCELL
Appendix A – Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 156 Country Initials MCC  MNC  Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and Mobile Network Name Abbreviated Mobile Network Name GEO 282 002  MAGTI-GSM-GEO  MAGTI GH 620 001  GH SPACEFON  SPACE GH 620 002  GH ONEtouch  ONEtouch GH 620 003  GH-MOBITEL  MOBITEL GIB 266 001  GIBTEL GSM  GIBTEL GL  290  001  TELE Greenland  TELE GRL GM 607 002  AFRICLEE  AFRICELL GMB 607 001  GAMCEL  GAMCEL GN 611 002  GN LAGUI  LAGUI GNQ 627 001  GNQ01  GETESA GR 202 001  GR COSMOTE  C-OTE GR  202  005  VODAFONE GR  VODA GR GR 202 009  GR Q-TELECOM  Q-TELECOM GR 202 010  GR TELESTET  TLSTET HK 454 000 CSL  CSL HK 454 004 HK Orange  ORANGE HK 454 006 HK SMARTONE  HKSMC HK  454  010  HK NEW WORLD  NWPCS HK 454 012 HK PEOPLES  PEOPLES HK 454 016 HK SUNDAY  SUNDAY HR 219 001 HR-CRONET  CRON HR 219 010 HR-VIP  VIP HU  216  001  H PANNON GSM  PANNON HU 216 030 WESTEL  WESTEL HU 216 070 VODAFONE HU  VODAFONE I 222 001 I TIM  TIM I  222  010  VODAFONE IT  VODA IT I  222  088  I WIND  I WIND IL 425 001 IL ORANGE  ORANGE IL 425 002 IL CELLCOM  CELLCOM INA 404 002  AIRTEL  AIRTEL INA 404 003  AIRTEL  AIRTEL INA 404 005  INA CELFORCE  CELFORCE INA 404 010  AIRTEL  AIRTEL INA 404 011  HUTCH  HUTCH INA  404  012  INA – ESCOTEL  ESCOTL INA 404 014  INA SPICE  SPICE INA 404 020  INA MaxTouch  MAXTCH INA  404  021  BPL MOBILE  BPL MOBILE INA 404 022  IDEA  IDEA INA 404 024  IDEA  IDEA INA  404  027  BPL MOBILE  BPL MOBILE INA 404 030  INA HUTCH  HUTCH INA 404 031  AIRTEL  AIRTEL INA 404 040  INA INTEL  AIRTEL INA 404 041  INA RPG  RPG INA 404 042  INA AIRCEL  AIRCEL INA  404  043  BPL MOBILE  BPL MOB INA 404 044  INA SPICE  SPICE INA 404 045  AIRTEL  AIRTEL INA  404  046  BPL MOBILE  BPL MOB INA 404 049  AIRTEL  AIRTEL INA 404 078  IDEA  IDEA INA 404 090  AIRTEL  AIRTEL INA 404 092  AIRTEL  AIRTEL INA 404 093  AIRTEL  AIRTEL INA 404 094  AIRTEL  AIRTEL INA 404 095  AIRTEL  AIRTEL INA 404 096  AIRTEL  AIRTEL INA 404 097  AIRTEL  AIRTEL INA 404 098  AIRTEL  AIRTEL IND 404 001  ESSAR  ESSAR IND 404 013  HUTCH  HUTCH IND 404 015  ESSAR  ESSAR IND 404 034  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 038  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 051  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 053  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne
Appendix A – Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 157 Country Initials MCC  MNC  Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and Mobile Network Name Abbreviated Mobile Network Name IND 404 054  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 055  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 057  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 058  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 059  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 060  ESSAR  ESSAR IND 404 062  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 064  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 066  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 068  IN-DOLPHIN  DOLPHIN IND 404 069  IN-DOLPHIN  DOLPHIN IND 404 071  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 072  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 073  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 074  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 075  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 076  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 077  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 079  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 080  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 081  BSNL MOBILE  CellOne IND 404 086  HUTCH  HUTCH IND 510 000  ACeS  ACeS IND 510 001  IND SATELINDOCEL  SAT-C IND 510 008  LIPPO TEL  LIPPOTEL IND 510 010  IND TELKOMSEL  T-SEL IND  510  011  IND - EXCELCOM  proXL IND 510 021  IND IM3  IM-3 IR 432 011 IR-TCI  432 11 IR 432 014 IR-KISH  KIFZO IRL  272  001  IRL VODAFONE  IRL VODA IRL  272  002  02 - IRL  02 - IRL IRL  272  003  IRL – METEOR  METEOR IS 274 001 IS SIMINN  SIMINN IS 274 002 IS TAL  TAL IS  274  003  IS islandssimi hf  Islandss IS 274 004 Viking  Viking IT 222 098 IT BLU  BLU ITA  222  099  3 ITA  3 ITA JAM  338  020  Cable & Wireless JM  C&W JM 338 005 JM DIGICEL  DIGICEL JOR 416 001  Fastlink  FSTLNK JOR 416 077  JO MobCom  MobCom JP 440 010 JP DoCoMo  DoCoMo KE 639 002 Safaricom  SAF-COM KE 639 003 KE-KENCELL  KENCELL KGZ 437 001  BITEL KGZ  BITEL KHM 456 001  MOBITEL-KHM  MT-KHM KHM 456 002  KHM-Hello GSM  KHM-SM KHM 456 018  CAMBODIA SHINAWATRA  CAMSHIN KSA 420 001  ALJAWAL  KSA KT 419 002 KT MTCNet  MTC KT 419 003 KT WATANIYA  WATANIYA KZ 401 001 KZ K-MOBILE  K-MOBILE KZ 401 002 KZ KCELL  KCELL L 270 001 L LUXGSM  LUXGSM L 270 077 L TANGO  TANGO LAO  457  001  LAO GSM  LAO GSM LAO 457 002  ETL MOBILE NETWORK  ETLMNW LAO 457 008  TANGO LAO  TANGO LBR 618 001  LBR Lonestar Cell  Lonestar LI 295 001 TELECOM FL  FLGSM LI 295 002 MONTEL  MONTEL LIE 295 005  FL1  FL1 LIE 295 077  LI TANGO  TANGO LSO 651 001  VCL COMMS  VCLCOM LSO 651 002  LS-ECONET-EZI-CEL  EZI-CEL LT 246 002 LT BITE GSM  BITE
Appendix A – Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 158 Country Initials MCC  MNC  Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and Mobile Network Name Abbreviated Mobile Network Name LTU 246 001  OMNITEL LT  OMT LTU 24 003  TELE2  TELE2 LV  247  001  LV LMT GSM  LMT GSM LV 247 002 LV TELE2  TELE2 MAC 455 000  MACAU SMC  SmarTone MAC 455 001  MAC-CTMGSM  CTMGSM MAC  455  003  Hutchinson MAC  HT MACAU MD 259 001  MD VOXTEL  VOXTEL MD 259 002  MD MOLDCELL  MDCELL MG 646 001  MG MADACOM  MADACOM MG 646 002  MG ANTARIS  ANTARIS MKD 294 001  MKD MOBIMAK  MOBI-M MKD  294  002  MKD, MTS A.D.  MTS AD ML 610 001 MALITEL ML  MALITEL ML 610 002 IKATEL ML  IKATEL MM 414 001  MM 900  MPTGSM MN 428 099  MN MOBICOM  MOBICOM MOR 604 000  MOR MEDITEL  MEDITEL MOR 604 001  MOR IAM  IAM MOZ 643 001  MOZ-mCel  mCel MR 609 001  MR MATTEL  MATTEL MRU 617 001  CELLPLUS-MRU  CELL + MRU 617 010  EMTEL-MRU  EMTEL MT  278  001  VODAFONE MT  VODA MT MT 278 021 GO MOBILE  GOMOBILE MV 472 001  MV DHIMOBILE  D-MOBILE MW  650  001  MW CP 900  CP 900 MW 650 100  CELTEL MW  CELTEL MX 334 020  TELCEL GSM  TELCEL MY  502  012  MY maxis mobile  maxis MY 502 013  MY TMTOUCH  TMTOUCH MY  502  016  DiGi   DiGi  MY 502 017  MY TIMECel  TIMECel MY 502 019  MY CELCOM  CELCOM N 242 001 N Telenor  TELENOR N  242  002  N NetCom GSM  N COM NA 649 001  MTC NAMIBIA  MTCNAM NCL 546 001  NCL MOBILIS  MOBNCL NE 614 002  NE CELTEL  CELTEL NG 621 020  ECONET NG  ECONET NG  621  030  MTN - NG  MTN - NG NG  621  040  NG NITEL  NG NITEL NL 204 004  VODAFONE NL  VODA NL NL  204  008  NL KPN  NL KPN NL  204  012  Q2 - NL   Q2 - NL NL  204  016  Ben NL  Ben NL NL 204 020  ORANGE NL  ORANGE NZ 530 001  VODAFONE NZ  VODA OMN 422 002  OMAN MOBILE  OMAN P  268  001  VODAFONE P    VODA P  268  003  P  OPTIMUS  OPTIM P  268  006  P  TMN  TMN PE 716 010  TIM PERU  TIM PGY  744  001  HOLA PARAGUAY   VOX PH 515 001  ISLACOM  ISLACOM PH 515 002  GLOBE TELECOM-PH  GLOBE PH 515 003  SMART  SMART PH 515 005  DIGITEL  DIGITEL PH 515 011  ACeS  ACeS PH 515 020  ACeS  ACeS PK 410 003  PK-UFONE  UFONE PL 260 001  Plus GSM  PLUS PL 260 002  ERA  ERA PL 260 003  PL IDEA  IDEA PRK 467 193  KP SUN  SUNNET PS 425 005  JAWWAL-PALESTINE  JAWWAL QAT 427 001  QAT-QATARNET  Q-NET R 635 010 R-CELL  RCELL
Appendix A – Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 159 Country Initials MCC  MNC  Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and Mobile Network Name Abbreviated Mobile Network Name RA 283 001  RA-ARMGSM  ARMMO1 RC 630 002  CELTEL RC  CELTEL REU 647 000  ORANGE RE  ORANGE REU 647 002  F-OMT  OMT RL 415 001  RL Cellis  CLLIS RL 415 003  RL LibanCell  LibCL RO 226 001  RO CONNEX  CONNEX RO 226 003  RO COSMOROM  COSMOROM RO 226 010  RO ORANGE  ORANGE ROC  466  092  Chunghwa Telecom LDM  CHTLDM RUS 250 001  MTS-RUS  MTS RUS 250 002  MEGAFON-RUS  MEGAFON RUS 250 004  SIBCHALLENGE RUS  RUS_SCN RUS 250 005  SCS RUS  SCS RUS 250 007  RUS BMT  BMT RUS 250 010  RUS DTC  DTC RUS 250 011  ORENSOT  ORENSOT RUS  250  012  RUS Far East  FAR EAST RUS 250 013  RUS KUBAN-GSM  KUGSM RUS  250  016  RUS16 250 16  NTC RUS 250 017  RUS 17  ERMAK RUS 250 019  RUS INDIGO  INDIGO RUS 250 020  TELE2  TELE2 RUS 250 028  EXTEL RUS  EXTEL RUS 250 039  RUS SUCT  SUCT RUS  250  044  RUS North Caucasian GSM  NC-GSM RUS 250 092  Primetelefone RUS  Primtel RUS  250  093  TELECOM XXI RUS  TXXI RUS  250  099  Bee Line  Bee Line S 240 001 TELIA S  TELIA S 240 003 ORANGE  ORANGE S 240 007 S COMVIQ  IQ S  240  008  VODAFONE SE  VODA SE SA 655 001  VodaCom-SA  VODA SA  655  007  CELL C  CELL C SA 655 010  MTN-SA  MTN SEZ 633 001  SEYCEL  633-01 SEZ 633 010  SEZ AIRTEL  AIRTEL SG 525 003  SGP M1-GSM  M1-GSM SGP 525 001  SINGTEL-G9  SINGTEL SGP 525 002  SINGTEL-G18  SINGTEL SGP 525 005  STARHUB-SGP  STARHUB SI 293 040 SI.MOBIL  SI.MOBIL SI 293 041 SI MOBITEL GSM  SI-GSM SI  293  070  SI VEGA 070  VEGA 070 SK  231  001  ORANGE SK   ORANGE SK 231 002  EUROTEL-SK  ET-SK SN 608 001  SN ALIZE  ALIZE SN  608  002  SN- SENTEL SG  SENTEL SOM 637 001  SOM BARAKAAT  BARAKAAT SOM 637 082  TELSOM MOBILE  TELSOM SR 746 001  ICMS SR  ICMS SR 746 002  SR.TELESUR.GSM  TELEG SRI 413 002  SRI DIALOG  DIALOG SRI  413  003  SRI - CELLTEL  CELLTEL STP 626 001  STP CSTMOVEL  CSTMOVEL SUD 634 001  MOBITEL SDN  MOBITEL SV 706 002  DIGICEL  DIGICEL SYR 417 001  SYRIATEL  SYRIATEL SYR  417  002  94 SYRIA  94 SYRIA SYR  417  009  SYR MOBILE SYR  MOBILE SYR 417 093  SYRIATEL  SYRIATEL SZ 653 010  Swazi-MTN  SwaziMTN TAI 466 089  T3G  T3G TCD 622 001  CELTEL TCD  CELTEL TD 622 002  TD LIBERTIS  LIBERTIS TG 615 001  TG-TOGO CELL  TGCELL TH  520  001  TH GSM  TH GSM
Appendix A – Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 160 Country Initials MCC  MNC  Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and Mobile Network Name Abbreviated Mobile Network Name TH  520  015  TH ACT 1900  ACT 1900 TH 520 018  TH-DTAC  DTAC TH  520  023  TH GSM 1800  GSM 1800 TH 520 099  ORANGE TH  ORANGE TJK 436 003  TJK MLT  MLT TN 605 002  TUNISIE TELECOM  TUNTEL TON 539 001  U-CALL  U-CALL TR 286 001  TR TURKCELL  TCELL TR 286 002  TR TELSIM  TELSIM TR 286 003  TR ARIA  ARIA TR 286 004  TR AYCELL  AYCELL TTO 374 012  TSTT  TSTT TUN 605 003  TUNISIANA  TUNISIANA TWN 466 001  Far Eastone  FET TWN  466  006  TWN TUNTEX GSM 1800  TUNTEX TWN 466 068  ACeS  ACeS TWN 466 088  KGT-ONLINE  KGT TWN  466  093  TWN Mobitai  TW MOB TWN 466 097  TWN GSM 1800  TCC TWN 466 099  TransAsia  TransAsia TZ 640 001 Tritel-TZ  TRITEL TZ 640 002 MOBITEL-TZ  MOBITEL TZ 640 003 ZANTEL-TZ  ZANTEL TZ 640 005 CELTEL-TZ  CELTEL UA 255 001  UA UMC  UMC UA 255 003  UA-KYIVSTAR  UA-KS UA 255 005  UA-GT  UA-GT UAE 424 002  UAE ETISALAT  ETSLT UG 641 001  UG CelTel  CELTEL UG 641 010  MTN-UGANDA  MTN-UG UG 641 011  UTL TELCEL  UTL UK  234  010  Q2 -UK  Q2 -UK UK 234 015  UK VODAFONE  VODA UK  234  020  3 UK   3 UK  UK 234 030  T-MOBILE UK  TMO UK UK 234 031  T-MOBILE UK  TMO UK UK 234 032  T-MOBILE UK  TMO UK UK 234 033  ORANGE  ORANGE UK  234  050  JT GSM  JT GSM UK  234  055  Cable & Wireless Guensey  C&W UK 234 058  MANX PRONTO  PRONTO UKR 255 002  UKR-WELLCOM  WELLCOM USA  310  011  USA Wireless 2000 Telepho  WTTCKy USA 310 020  SPRINT  SPRINT USA 310 026  T-MOBILE  TMO USA 310 031  T-MOBILE  TMO USA 310 050  DIGICEL  JAM DC USA  310  064  USA AE AIRADIGN  ARDGMC USA 310 150  CINGULAR WIRELESS  CINGULAR USA 310 160  T-MOBILE  TMO USA 310 170  CINGULAR WIRELESS  CINGULAR USA 310 180  CINGULAR WIRELESS  CINGULAR USA 310 200  T-MOBILE  TMO USA 310 210  T-MOBILE  TMO USA 310 220  T-MOBILE  TMO USA 310 230  T-MOBILE  TMO USA 310 240  T-MOBILE  TMO USA 310 250  T-MOBILE  TMO USA 310 260  T-MOBILE  TMO USA 310 270  T-MOBILE  TMO USA 310 310  T-MOBILE  TMO USA 310 340  WESTLINK COMM  WESTLINK USA 310 350  CAROLINA PHONE  CAROLINA USA 310 380  AT&T WIRELESS  AT&T USA 310 410  CINGULAR WIRELESS  CINGULAR USA 310 460  USA ONELINK  ONELINK USA  310  530  WEST VIRGINIA WIRELESS  WVW USA 310 560  DOBSONUS  DOBSONUS
Appendix A – Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 161 Country Initials MCC  MNC  Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and Mobile Network Name Abbreviated Mobile Network Name USA 310 580  T-MOBILE  TMO USA 310 610  EPICTOUCH  EPICTOUCH USA 310 630  AMERILINK PCS  AMERILINK USA 310 640  Einstein PCS  Einstein USA 310 660  T-MOBILE  TMO USA  310  670  WIRELESS 2000 PCS  W 2000 PCS USA 310 680  NPI WIRELESS  NPI USA 310 690  Conestoga  Conestoga USA 310 740  TELEMETRIX  TELEMETRIX USA 310 760  PTSI  PTSI USA 310 770  IWS  IWS USA 310 780  AIRLINK PCS  AIRLINK USA 310 790  PinPoint  PinPoint USA 310 800  T-MOBILE  TMO USA  310  980  AT&T WIRELESS  AT&T  UZB 434 001  BUZTEL  BUZTEL UZB 434 002  UZMACOM  UZMGSM UZB 434 004  UZB DAEWOO-GSM  DW-GSM UZB 434 005  UZB CSOCOM GSM  COSCOM UZB 434 007  UZB UZD  UZDGSM VN 452 001  VN MOBIFONE  VMS VN 452 002  VN VINAFONE  GPC VUT 541 001  VUT SMILE  SMILE VZ 734 001  VZ INFO  INFONT VZ 734 002  DIGITEL  DIGITEL YE 421 002  SPACETEL  SPACETEL YEM 421 001  YEM-SABA  SABAFON YU 220 001  YU MOBTEL  MOBTEL YU 220 002  PROMONTE  PROMONTE YU  220  003  Yug 03  YU MTS YU 220 004  MONET  MONET ZM 645 001  ZM CELTEL  CELTEL ZW 648 001  ZW NET*ONE  64801 ZW 648 003  TELECEL ZW  TELECEL ZW 648 004  ZW ECONET  ECONET
Appendix B – Data Commands and Multiplexing, CPHS Information Field, and CSP Constants Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 162  Appendix B – Data  Commands  & Multiplexing, CPHS Information Field, and CSP Constants  Data Commands and Multiplexing The multiplexing protocol operates between a DCE (Data Communication Equipment: the product) and a DTE (Data Terminal Equipment). It allows a double session over a serial link interface: one for AT commands and one for DATA communications. AT+WMUX=1 activates the Multiplexing Mode. With this mode, AT commands and DATA are encapsulated in packets. The header of these packets allows recognition of a DATA packet or an AT command packet. AT+WMUX=0 deactivates the Multiplexing Mode and gets the product back to the default mode. This appendix presents how the multiplexing mode handles DATA and AT command flow. It also describes the format of DATA packets and AT command packets. AT Command Packets An AT command is encapsulated in a packet with a header, which allows to separate it from DATA packets. This packet is formed by a header (3 bytes), the AT command itself, and a checksum (1 byte): B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Start pattern ¨ 0xAA AT command length LSB AT command pattern ¨ 0x1D  AT command length MSB AT command Checksum The 3 bytes of the header are: • The first byte (0xAA) is used to identify the packet, • The second byte represents the 8 LSB (Low Significant Bits) bits of the length of the AT command, • The third byte is made of 2 parts: ♦ The 3 LSB bits are the 3 MSB (Most Significant Bits) bits of the length of the AT command, ♦ The 5 MSB bits (0x1D which equals to 0xE8 with the 3 bits offset) are used to identify an AT command. The maximum length of an AT command could be 2047 bytes which is greater than all the existing AT commands.  The checksum is the addition (modulo 256) of all the transmitted bytes (header bytes and AT command bytes). Data Packets DATA is encapsulated into packets. These packets are composed of a header (3 bytes), the data bytes and the checksum (1 byte): B7  B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Start pattern ¨ 0xDD Data packet length LSB Data packet type  Data packet length MSB Data Bytes Checksum The 3 bytes of the header are: • The first byte (0xDD) used to identify the packet, • The second byte represents the 8 LSB bits of the length of the data field, • The last byte is made of 2 parts: ♦ The 3 LSB bits represent the 3 MSB bits of the length of the data field, ♦ The 5 MSB bits represent the packet type. Data packets can have different values according to the type of packet: 0 – DATA Packet: The packet contains the data to transmit on the radio link or received from the radio link, 1 – STATUS Packet: The packet contains the status of SA, SB, X bits and the break condition coding as follow: SA  SB  X  BRK  RI  Spare Spare Spare • The length of data for the status packet is always equal to 1, • Whenever a status changes (except break), all the status bits are included, • These bits are off by default (and therefore the bits DTR and RTS), so it is necessary to send a status packet to the target at the beginning of the multiplexing to start the transmission, • These bits are off by default (and therefore the bits DTR and RTS), so it is necessary to send a status packet to the target at the beginning of the multiplexing to start the transmission, Note About Status Bits  These status bits contain the V24 control information: • SA contains DTR (signal CT108 – from terminal to IWF) and DSR (signal CT107 – from terminal to IWF) • SB contains RTS (signal CT105 – from terminal to IWF) and DCD (signal CT109 – from IWF to terminal) • X contains CTS (signal CT106). For more information, refer to GSM 07.02.
Appendix B – Data Commands and Multiplexing, CPHS Information Field, and CSP Constants Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 163   2 – READY Packet: The packet indicates that the target is ready to receive data: • No data are transmitted in this packet (so the length is null), 3 – BUSY Packet: The packet indicates that the target is busy and can not receive data: • like the ready packet, no data are transmitted, Other Values: Currently, these values are not used (reserved for future enhancement). The Checksum is calculated like the AT command packet checksum (addition of all transmitted bytes including header bytes).   Examples AT Command and Its Answer When there is no encapsulation, the AT command transmitted on the serial link is like this (in ASCII and hexadecimal):  AT\r\n Ù 0x41 0x54 0x0D 0x0A The answer is like this:  \r\nOK\r\n Ù 0x0D 0x0A 0x4F 0x4B 0x0D 0x0A With the encapsulation in the serial link, the packet transmitted is (in hexadecimal):   0xAA 0x04 0xE8 0x41 0x54 0x0D 0x0A 0x42 And the answer is like this:   0xAA 0x06 0xE8 0x0D 0x0A 0x4F 0x4B 0x0D 0x0A 0x60 Initialization and Data Packet When the Multiplexing Mode is activated (+WMUX=1), the product sends 2 Data packets after the establishment of a DATA call (after the CONNECT xxxx message): 1 READY Packet and 1 STATUS Packet. To set the different signals to the right value, it is necessary to send a STATUS packet to the product. Here are some examples of STATUS packets:   0xDD 0x01 0x08 0x40 0x26 Ùbit RTS is on To start a data call, all the bits should be on:   0xDD 0x01 0x08 0xC0 0xA6 Ùbits DTR and RTS are on Restriction The autobauding mode is not available when the Multiplexing Mode is activated: the serial link speed must be set to a fixed rate.   CPHS Information Field CPHS Information Description  Data Field  Bit Field All information  0  None CSP service activated and allocated  1  0 SST service activated and allocated  2  1 Mailbox Number service activated and allocated  3  2 Operator Name Shortform service activated and allocated  4  3 Information Numbers service activated and allocated  5  4 RFU 6 5 RFU 7 6 RFU 8 7 Voice Message Waiting Indicator for Line 1  9  8 Voice Message Waiting Indicator for Line 2  10  9  Data Message Waiting Indicator  11  10  Fax Message Waiting Indicator  12  11 Call Forward Activated Indicator for Line 1  13  12 Call Forward Activated Indicator for Line 2  14  13 Call Forward Activated Indicator for Data  15  14 Call Forward Activated Indicator for Fax  16  15 Reserved 17 16 Reserved 18 17 Reserved 19 18 Reserved 20 19 Line 1 Mailbox Number Available  21  20 Line 2 Mailbox Number Available  22  21 Date Mailbox Number Available  23  22 Fax Mailbox Number Available  24  23 EF Mn Updatable  25  24
Appendix B – Data Commands and Multiplexing, CPHS Information Field, and CSP Constants Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 164  CSP Constants Service Group: Call Offering Service  External Value Call Forwarding Unconditional  1 Call Forwarding on User Busy  2 Call Forwarding on No Rely  3 Call Forwarding on User Not Reachable  4 Call Transfer  5  Service Group: Call Restriction Service  External Value Barring of All Outgoing Calls    9 Barring of Outgoing International Calls  10 Barring of Outgoing International Calls except those directed to the Home PLMN country 11 Barring of All Outgoing Calls  12 BIC Roam  13  Service Group: Other Supplementary Services Service  External Value Multi-Party Service  17 Closed User Group  18 Advice of Charge  19 Perferential CUG  20 CUG Outgoing Access  21  Service Group: Group Completion Service  External Value Call Hold  25 Call Waiting  26 Completion of Call to Busy Subscriber  27 Restriction of the menus allowing use of user to user signalling  28  Service Group: Teleservices Service  External Value Short Message – Mobile Terminated  33 Short Message – Mobile Originated  34 Short Message – Cell Broadcast  35 Restricts menu options for the ability to set reply path active on outgoing Short Messages 36 SMS Delivery Confirmation  37 Restriction of menus for SMS Protocol ID options  38 Validity Period, restriction of menus for SMS Validity period options 39  Service Group: CPHS Teleservices Service  External Value Alternate Line Service  41
Appendix B – Data Commands and Multiplexing, CPHS Information Field, and CSP Constants Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 165  Service Group: Number Identification Service  External Value Calling Line Identification Presentation  57 Connected Line Identification Restriction  59 Connected Line Identification Presentation  60 Malicious Call Indicator  61 CLI per call mode – default block CLI – menu to send CLI  63 CLI per call mode – default block CLI – menu to block CLI  64  Service Group: Phase 2+ Services Service  External Value Menus concerned with GPRS functionality  65 Menus concerned with High Speed Circuit Switched Data functionality 66 ASCII Voice Group call menus  67 ASCII Voice Broadcast service menus  68 Multi Subscriber profile menus  69 Multi band: Restriction of menus allowing user to select a particular GSM 900/1800 or 1900 band 70  Service Group: Value Added Services Service  External Value Restriction of menus options for manual PLMN selection  73 Restriction of menus options for Voice Mail or other similar menus  74 Restriction of menus options for the ability to send Short Messages with type Paging 75 Restriction of menus options for the ability to send Short Messages with type Email 76 Restriction of menus options for Fax calls  77 Restriction of menus options for Data calls  78 Restriction of menus allowing the user to change language  80  Service Group: Information Numbers Service  External Value The ME shall only present information numbers to the user if this field is set to FF 81
Appendix C – AT Command Examples Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 166  Appendix C - AT Command Examples Examples Example: When a PIN Is Required Example 1:  When the ME has to be powered ON. AT+CMEE=1  Enable the report mobile equipment errors. OK AT+CREG=1  Report registration. OK AT+CPAS  Query ME Status. +CPAS: 5  (ME is asleep) OK AT+CFUN=1  Set ME to full functionality. OK AT+COPS=0  Ask for automatic operator selection and registration. +CME ERROR: 11  SIM PIN required. AT+CPIN=1234  User entered a wrong PIN. +CME ERROR: 16  Incorrect password. AT+CPIN=0000 OK  PIN OK. AT+COPS=0  Ask for automatic operator selection and registration. OK +CREG:1  Registered on the network. AT+COPS=3,0  Select the long name alphanumeric format. OK AT+COPS?   Get the operator name. +COPS: 0,0,”I OMNITEL” OK Example 2:  When the ME has already been powered ON AT+CMEE=1  Enable the report mobile equipment errors. OK AT+CPAS  Get the ME Status. +CPAS: 0  ME is ready to receive commands. OK AT+CPIN?  Is ME requiring a password? +CPIN: SIM PIN  Yes, SIM PIN required. AT+CPIN=0000 OK  PIN OK. Example: When a Voice Call Is Originated When the ME is powered on and the SIM PIN has been entered AT+CMEE=1  Enable the reporting of mobile equipment errors. OK AT+WIND=63  Ask to display the general indications. OK AT+CPIN?  Is ME requiring a password? +CPIN: READY  Product is ready. ATD0607103543;  Make a voice call. +WIND: 5,1  Indication of call. +WIND: 2  Remote party is ringing. OK  Call setup was successful. Conversation… ATH  Release the call. OK
Appendix C – AT Command Examples Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 167  Incoming Calls Examples When the ME is powered ON and the SIM PIN has been entered AT+CMEE=1  Enable the report mobile equipment errors. OK AT+WIND=63  Ask to display the general indications. OK AT+CLIP=1  Enable the calling line identification presentation. OK AT+CRC=1  Enable extended format of incoming indication. OK AT+CNUM  Query own number (voice number) or MSISDN. +CNUM:   “Speech”,“+33608971019”,145. OK Call this number from another equipment. +WIND: 5,1  Indication of call (Ring). +CRING: Voice  Type of call is VOICE. +CLIP:”+33607103543”,145,,,”John Panborn”    Identification of the remote party. +CRING: Voice ATA  Answer the call. OK …Conversation… NO CARRIER  The call has been released by the remote party. +WIND: 6,1  Indication of call release.  Phonebook Examples For each example illustrated in this section, the ME is supposed to have been powered on and the SIM PIN entered. Example 1: The whole phonebook of the ME is read. AT+CPBS=?  Query supported phonebook memories. +CPBS: (“SM”,”FD”,”ON”)   ADN, FDN, and MSISDN phonebooks supported. AT+CPBS=”SM”  Select ADN phonebook. OK AT+CPBR=?  Read the index range and the length of the elements. +CPBR: (1-80),20,14  80 locations (from 1 to 80), max length of 20 for the phone number, 14 characters max for the text. AT+CLIP=1  Enable the calling line identification presentation. AT+CPBR=1,80  Read all entries (only the ones set are returned). +CPBR:  1,”0346572834”,129,”Delores Clairborne” +CPBR:  2,”1284374523”,129,”Thad Beaumont” +CPBR:  3,”1243657845”,129,”John Panborn” OK  Example 2: Erase or Write a phonebook entry. AT+CPBW=?  Get the phonebook type. +CPBW: (1-80),20,(129,145),14  80 locations, max length of 20 for the phone number, TON/NPI of 129 or 145 and 14 characters max for text. AT+CPBW=3  Erase location 3. OK AT+CPBW=3, “4356729012”,129,”Carry”  Write at location 3. OK AT+CPBR=1,80  Read all entries (only the ones set are returned). +CPBR:  1,”0346572834”,129,”Delores Clairborne” +CPBR:  2,”1284374523”,129,”Thad Beaumont” +CPBR:  3,”1243657845”,129,”John Panborn” OK  Example 3: Find phonebook entries. AT+CPBW=?  Get the phonebook type. +CPBF: 20,14  Max length of 20 for the phone number, 10 characters for the text. AT+CPBF=”D”  Read entries starting with “D”. +CPBF: 1,”0346572834”,129,”Delores Clairborne” OK AT+CPBF=”W”  Read entries starting with “W”. +CME ERROR: 22  Entry not found.
Appendix C – AT Command Examples Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 168   Examples of Short Messages Example 1: Send a short message. AT+CNMI=0,1,1,1,0  SMS-DELIVERs are directly stored. SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are displayed. OK AT+CSMP=17,169,0,0  SMS-SUBMIT message with a validity period (one day). OK AT+CMGF=1     ” ”   Text mode to send a Short Message. OK AT+CSCA=”+33608080706”  Set Service Center Address to +33608080706. OK AT+CMGS=0601290800  Send a SMS-SUBMIT to mobile phone. Product sends a 4-character sequence: 0x0D 0x0A 0x3E 0x20. This is the first text line  Edit first line and press carriage return (<CR>, 0x0D). This is the last text line  Edit last line and send message by pressing <ctrl-Z> (0x1A). +CMGS: 5  Success: message reference 5 is returned from the SMS Service Center. +CDS: 2,5,”0601290800”,129,”99/05/01 14:15:10+04.      ”   ”       ”      ”   Success: report of successful message delivery received.  Example 1: Read a short message. AT+CMGF=1  Text mode to read Short Messages. AT+CMGL=”ALL”  List all stored messages. +CMGL: 1,”REC READ”,”+336290918”,,”99/05/01 14:15:10+04”  I will be late.  This is the first message. +CMGL: 2,”REC UNREAD”,”+336290918”,,”99/05/01 14:19:44+04”  Traffic jam on Broadway.  This is the second message. OK AT+CMGR=1 ” ”   Read the first message. +CMGR: ”REC READ”,”+336290918”,,”99/05/01 14:19:44+04”  OK  Fax Class 2 Examples The normal characters are generated DTE. The bold characters are modem generated. Example 1: Send a fax Class 2. AT+FCLASS=2  Select fax class 2. OK AT+FLID="LocalFax" OK ATD0601234567  Call establishment. +FCON Connection OK.  [+FCSI:"RemoteFax"] +FDIS:0,3,0,2,0,0,0,0 OK AT+FDT  Beginning of the data transfer. +FDCS:0,3,0,2,0,0,0,0 CONNECT <0x11h> Send carrier. First page data terminated by <0x10h><0x03h>. OK Page transmitted. AT+FET=0  Send another page. +FPTS:1 First page acquitted. OK AT+FDT CONNECT <0x11h> Send carrier. Second page data terminated by <0x10h><0x03h>. OK Page transmitted. AT+FET=2  No more pages. +FPTS:1 First page acknowledged. +FHNG:0 Normal end of connection. OK
Appendix C – AT Command Examples Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 169  Example 2: Receive a fax Class 2. AT+FCR=1 OK AT+FLID="LocalFax" OK RING Incoming call. ATA  Answer. +FCON Connection OK. [+FTSI:"RemoteFax"] +FDCS:0,3,0,2,0,0,0,0 OK AT+FDR +FCFR +FDCS:0,3,0,2,0,0,0,0 CONNECT <0x12h>  Receive page carrier. First page data terminated by <0x10h><0x03h> OK Page received. +FPTS:1 First page acknowledged. +FET:0 To receive another page. OK AT+FDR +FDCS:0,3,0,2,0,0,0,0 CONNECT <0x12h>  Receive page carrier.  Second page data terminated by <0x10h><0x03h> OK Page received +FPTS:1 Second page acknowledged. +FET:2 No more page to receive. OK AT+FDR +FHNG:0 Normal end of connection. OK
Appendix D – ME SIM ToolKit Support   Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 170  Appendix D - ME SIM ToolKit Support  TABLE 1 – Support of SIM ToolKit classes   (This has been extracted from the GMS Technical Specification 11.14.) Command description  Class 1  Class 2  Class 3 CALL CONTROL   X X CELL BROADCAST DOWNLOAD   X X DISPLAY TEXT   X X EVENT DOWNLOAD     - MT call    X - Call connected    X - Call disconnected    X - Location status    X - User activity    X - Idle screen available    X GET INKEY   X X GET INPUT   X X GET READER STATUS   $(MultipleCard)$    Lc MENU SELECTION   X X MO SHORT MESSAGE CONTROL    X MORE TIME   X X PERFORM CARD APDU   $(MultipleCard)$    Lc PLAY TONE   X X POLLING OFF   X X POLL INTERVAL   X X POWER ON CARD   $(MultipleCard)$    Lc POWER OFF CARD   $(MultipleCard)$    Lc PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION   X X REFRESH  X X X RUN AT COMMAND  $(AT$)    Lc SELECT ITEM   X X SEND SHORT MESSAGE   X X SEND SS   X X SEND USSD    X SET UP CALL   X X SET UP EVENT LIST    X SET UP IDLE MODE TEXT  $(IdleModeText)$    X SET UP MENU   X X SMS-PP DOWNLOAD  X X X TIMER MANAGEMENT   $(Timer)$    Lc TIMER EXPIRATION   $(Timer)$    Lc  TABLE 2 - Compatibility between Available Terminal Responses and Proactive Commands                                                                       Proactive commands Terminal Reponses  Setup Menu (0) Display Text (1) Get Inkey(2) Get Input(3) SetupCall (4) PlayTone(5) SelectItem (6) Refresh (7) Send SS (8) Send SMS (9) Send USSD(10) Setupeventlist (11)Backward Move (95)   • • •   •        Command beyond ME capabilities (96)  • • • • • • • • • • • • ME currently unable to process command (97)  • • • • • • • • • • • • No response from the user (98)   • • •   •        SIM session terminated by the user (99)   • • • • • •
Appendix E – Structure of the Terminal Profile  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 171  Appendix E – Structure of the Terminal Profile First byte (Download):   b8      b7    b6      b5    b4      b3     b2    b1                                 Profile download  User choice           SMS-PP data download  Set by product to 1           Cell Broadcast data download  Set by product to 1           Menu selection  User choice           '9E XX' response code for SIM data download error Set by product to 1           Timer expiration  Set by product to 0           USSD string data object supported in Call Control User choice           RFU, bit=0    Second byte (Other):   b8      b7    b6      b5    b4      b3     b2    b1  4          Command result  User choice           Call Control by SIM  User choice           Cell identity included in Call Control by SIM User choice           MO short message control by SIM    User choice           Handling of the alpha identifier according to subclause 9.1.3 User choice           UCS2 Entry supported  User choice           UCS2 Display supported  User choice           Display of the extension text  User choice  Third byte (Proactive SIM):   b8      b7    b6      b5    b4      b3     b2    b1  4          Proactive SIM: DISPLAY TEXT  User choice           Proactive SIM: GET INKEY  User choice           Proactive SIM: GET INPUT  User choice           Proactive SIM: MORE TIME  User choice           Proactive SIM: PLAY TONE  User choice           Proactive SIM: POLL INTERVAL  Set by product to 1           Proactive SIM: POLLING OFF  Set by product to 1           Proactive SIM: REFRESH  User choice  Fourth byte (Proactive SIM):   b8      b7    b6      b5    b4      b3     b2    b1  4          Proactive SIM: SELECT ITEM   User choice           Proactive SIM: SEND SHORT MESSAGE  User choice           Proactive SIM: SEND SS   User choice           Proactive SIM: SEND USSD  User choice           Proactive SIM: SET UP CALL  User choice           Proactive SIM: SET UP MENU  User choice           Proactive SIM: PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION (MCC, MNC, LAC, Cell ID & IMEI) Set by product to 1           Proactive SIM: PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION (NMR) Set by product to 1
Appendix E – Structure of the Terminal Profile  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 172 Fifth byte (Event driven information):   b8      b7    b6      b5    b4      b3     b2    b1             Proactive SIM: SET UP EVENT LIST   Set by product to 1           Event: MT call  Set by product to 1           Event: Call connected  Set by product to 1           Event: Call disconnected  Set by product to 1           Event: Location status  Set by product to 1           Event: User activity  User choice           Event: Idle screen available  User choice           Event: Card reader status  Set by product to 0  Sixth byte: (reserved for Event driven information extensions)   b8      b7    b6      b5    b4      b3     b2    b1             RFU, bit = 0     Seventh byte (Multiple card proactive commands) for class "a"   b8      b7    b6      b5    b4      b3     b2    b1             Proactive SIM: POWER ON CARD  Set by product to 0           Proactive SIM: POWER OFF CARD  Set by product to 0           Proactive SIM: PERFORM CARD APDU   Set by product to 0           Proactive SIM: GET READER STATUS  Set by product to 0           RFU, bit = 0  Set by product to 0  Eighth byte (Proactive SIM):   b8      b7    b6      b5    b4      b3     b2    b1   Proactive SIM: TIMER MANAGEMENT (start, stop) Set by product to 1   Proactive SIM: TIMER MANAGEMENT (get current value) Set by product to 1   Proactive SIM: PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION (date, time and time zone) Set by product to 0   Binary choice in GET INKEY  Set by product to 0   SET UP IDLE MODE TEXT  Set by product to 0   RUN AT COMMAND (e.g.. class "b" is supported) Set by product to 0   2nd alpha identifier in SET UP CALL Set by product to 0   2nd capability configuration parameter (see 9.1.6) Set by product to 0 Ninth byte:   b8      b7    b6      b5    b4      b3     b2    b1   Sustained DISPLAY TEXT (see 6.4.1) Set by product to 0   SEND DTMF command (see 6.4.24)  Set by product to 0   RFU, bit = 0     RFU, bit = 0     RFU, bit = 0     RFU, bit = 0     RFU, bit = 0     RFU, bit = 0    Subsequent bytes:   b8      b7    b6      b5    b4      b3     b2    b1   RFU, bit = 0
Appendix F – Command Type and Next Action Indicator  Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 173  Appendix F – Command Type  and Next Action Indicator This table has been extracted from the GMS Technical Specification 11.14. Value  Name  Used for Type of Command coding Used for Next Action Indicator coding '00'   -  - '01' REFRESH  X   '02' MORE TIME  X   '03' POLL INTERVAL  X   '04' POLLING OFF  X   '05'  SET UP EVENT LIST  X   '10'  SET UP CALL  X  X '11' SEND SS  X  X '12' SEND USSD  X  X '13'  SEND SHORT MESSAGE  X  X '14' SEND DTMF  X   '20' PLAY TONE  X  X '21' DISPLAY TEXT  X  X '22' GET INKEY  X  X '23' GET INPUT  X  X '24' SELECT ITEM  X  X '25'  SET UP MENU  X  X '26'  PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION  X   '27' TIMER MANAGEMENT  X   '28'  SET UP IDLE MODEL TEXT  X  X '30'  PERFORM CARD APDU  class "a" only  X  X '31'  POWER ON CARD   class "a" only  X  X '32'  POWER OFF CARD   class "a" only  X  X '33'  GET READER STATUS   class "a" only  X  X '34'  RUN AT COMMAND  class "b" only  X   '81'  End of the proactive session  not applicable  X
Appendix G – Coding of Alpha Fields in the SIM for UCS2 Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 174  Appendix G – Coding of Alpha fields in the SIM for UCS2  The coding can take one of the three following structures. If the ME supports UCS2 coding of alpha fields in the SIM, the ME shall support all three coding schemes for character sets containing 128 characters or less; for character sets containing more than 128 characters, the ME shall at least support the first coding scheme. If the alpha field record contains GSM default alphabet characters only, then none of these schemes shall be used in that record. Within a record, only one coding scheme, either GSM default alphabet, or one of the three described below, shall be used. 1.    If the first byte in the alpha string is '0x80', then the other bytes are 16 bit UCS2 characters. The more significant byte (MSB) of the UCS2 character is coded in the lower numbered byte of the alpha field, and the less significant byte (LSB) of the UCS2 character is coded in the higher numbered alpha field byte. In other words, byte 2 of the alpha field contains the more significant byte (MSB) of the first UCS2 character, and byte 3 of the alpha field contains the less significant byte (LSB) of the first UCS2 character (as shown below).  Unused bytes shall be set to 'FF', and if the alpha field has an even number of bytes, then the last (unusable) byte shall be set to 'FF'. Example 1 Byte 1  Byte 2  Byte 3  Byte 4  Byte 5  Byte 6  Byte 7  Byte 8  Byte 9 '80' Ch1MSB Ch1LSB Ch2MSB Ch2LSB Ch3MSB Ch3LSB 'FF'  'FF'  2.  If the first byte of the alpha string is set to 0x'81', then the second byte contains a value indicating the number of characters in the string. The third byte contains an 8-bit number that defines bits 15 to 8 of a 16-bit base pointer, where bit 16 is set to zero, and bits 7 to 1 are also set to zero. These sixteen bits represent a base pointer to a "half-page" in the UCS2 code space, to be used with some or all of the remaining bytes in the string. The fourth and subsequent bytes in the string contain codings as follows: • If bit 8 of the byte is set to zero, the remaining bits of the byte contain a GSM Default Alphabet character • If bit 8 of the byte is set to one, then the remaining bits are an offset value added to the 16-bit base pointer defined by byte 3, and the resulting 16-bit value is a UCS2 code point and defines a UCS2 character. Example 2 Byte 1  Byte 2  Byte 3  Byte 4  Byte 5  Byte 6  Byte 7  Byte 8  Byte 9 '81' '05' '13' '53' '95' 'A6' 'XX' 'FF' 'FF' In the above example: • Byte 2 indicates there are 5 characters in the string • Byte 3 indicates bits 15 to 8 of the base pointer, and indicates a bit pattern of 0hhh hhhh h000 0000 as the 16 bit base pointer number. Bengali characters for example start at code position 0980 (0000 1001 1000 0000), which is indicated by the coding '13' in byte 3 (shown by the italicized digits). • Byte 4 indicates GSM Default Alphabet character ‘53’; e.g., "S". • Byte 5 indicates a UCS2 character offset to the base pointer of '15', expressed in binary as follows 001 0101, which, when added to the base pointer value results in a sixteen bit value of 0000 1001 1001 0101, e.g.. '0995', which is the Bengali letter KA. • Byte 8 contains the value 'FF', but as the string length is 5, this a valid character in the string, where the bit pattern 111 1111 is added to the base pointer, yielding a sixteen bit value of 0000 1001 1111 1111 for the UCS2 character (e.g.. '09FF'). • Byte 9 contains the padding value 0xFF.  3.  If the first byte of the alpha string is set to '0x82', then the second byte contains the length of the string (number of characters). The third and fourth bytes contain a 16-bit number that defines the complete 16-bit base pointer to a "half-page" in the UCS2 code space for use with some or all of the remaining bytes in the string. The fifth and subsequent bytes in the string contain coding as follows: • If bit 8 of the byte is set to zero, the remaining 7 bits of the byte contain a GSM Default Alphabet character • If bit 8 of the byte is set to one, the remaining 7 bits are an offset value added to the base pointer defined in bytes three and four, and the resultant 16 bit value is a UCS2 code point, and defines a UCS2 character. Example 3     Byte 1  Byte 2  Byte 3  Byte 4  Byte 5  Byte 6  Byte 7  Byte 8  Byte 9 '82' '05' '05' '30' '2D' '82'  'D3' '2D' '31' In the above example • Byte 2 indicates there are 5 characters in the string • Bytes 3 and 4 contain a sixteen bit base pointer number of '0530', pointing to the first character of the Armenian character set. • Byte 5 contains a GSM Default Alphabet character of '2D', which is a dash "-". • Byte 6 contains a value '82', which indicates it is an offset of '02' added to the base pointer, resulting in a UCS2 character code of '0532', which represents Armenian character Capital BEN. • Byte 7 contains a value 'D3', an offset of '53', which when added to the base pointer results in a UCS2 code point of '0583', representing Armenian Character small PIWR.
Appendix H – Specification of Power Down Control via RS232 Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 175  Appendix H – Specification of Power Down Control via RS232  This appendix describes how the power down mode of the product can be activated and deactivated via the RS232 serial link. Refer to +W32K to activate or deactivate the power down mode. In this appendix, the term “DTE” refers to the customer device driving the product, which is referred to as the “DCE”. The terms referring to the RS232 signals and levels are used according to recommendations V.24 and V.28. However they are worth at remembering: • DTR is the circuit 108/2 • TX is the circuit 103 • RX is the circuit 102 • CTS is the circuit 106  • The logical level “HIGH or ON” corresponds to the electrical level of 12V, and the level “LOW or OFF” corresponds to –12 V • The activation and deactivation are always initiated from the DTE and is carried out through the handshaking of DTR and CTS  The power down mode can be entered only when the DCE is idle; that means when there is no connection to the network is in progress.  Into the details: Whenever the DTE requests the DCE to enter the power down mode, the DTE drops (ON-to-OFF transition) DTR. From this time on, the DTE must not send any more characters on the TX line. The TX FIFO must be empty.  The DCE acknowledges entry in the power down mode by dropping CTS within an interval of 5s after the DTR drop. However, during that   period the DTE is prohibited from sending any more AT commands. AT responses can be sent back to the DTE even if the DCE is in power down mode (actually the DCE exits the power down mode, sends the AT response and enters back the power down mode). Therefore, the DTE can drop DTR just after sending an AT command and before receiving the AT response. The DCE is made to exit the power down mode by raising the DTR. DCE is not ready to receive further AT commands until it raises in turn CTS, which can take up to 2s from the DTR raise. Diagram Depicting Handshaking:  Description of the stages: 1:   the DTE sends an AT command 2:   the DTE drops DTR to make the DCE enter the power down mode. Warning: this mode will not really enter until CTS is dropped (stage 4). The DTE could also have dropped DTR after receiving the AT response (stage 3). 3:   the DCE sends back the AT response (if any) 4:   the DCE drops CTS and does enter the power down mode. 5:   the DCE sends back an unsolicited response (for instance a RING or +SMTI (incoming SMS indication)) 6:   the DTE wants to reply to that unsolicited response so it causes the DCE to exit the power down mode by raising its DTR. 7:   in turn the DCE acknowledges the exit of the power down mode by raising CTS. 8) & 9) exchange of AT commands/responses. Note 1):   The DTE must not send any AT commands from stage 2 on up to stage 7. Note 2):   During the latency period (between stages 2 and 4) should the DTE want to abort the power down mode, it raises DTR and should wait for 150us before assessing CTS. If CTS is still high than the DCE has aborted the power down mode and is ready to receive AT commands. The 150us wait should get around the race condition between DTR raise and CTS drop.   DTRCTSTXRXXXXXXXXX XXXX XXXXXXXX2456789 13
Appendix I – Conditions for Command Execution and SIM Dependence Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 176  Appendix I – Conditions for Command Execution and SIM Dependence The following table lists AT command execution syntax and the execution condition. The SIM dependency column indicates if the command behavior will vary if another card is used. For example, it will vary for phonebook reading commands. The Intermediate column indicates if intermediate response can occur.    General Commands  AT Commands  Conditions  SIM dependence  Intermediate AT+CGMI None  N  N AT+CGMM None  N  N AT+CGMR None  N  N AT+CGSN None  N  N AT+CSCS +WIND: 4  N  N AT+WPCS +WIND: 4  N  N AT+CIMI +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CCID +WIND: 1  Y  N AT+GCAP None  N  N A/  Depends on previous command  Depends on prev. command N AT+CPOF  +WIND: 3 without SIM,  +WIND: 1 with SIM N N AT+CFUN None  N  N AT+CPAS None  N  N AT+CMEE None  N  N AT+CKPD  Depends of the sequence used  Y/N  N AT+CCLK +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CALA None  N  Y Call Control Commands AT commands  Conditions  SIM dependence  Intermediate ATD  Depends of sequence used  Y/N  Y ATH None  N N ATA None  N N AT+CEER +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+VTD None  N  N AT+VTS None  N  N ATDL None  N Y AT%D None  N  N ATS0 None  N N AT+CICB None  N  N AT+CSNS None  N  N AT+VGR None  N  N AT+VGT None  N  N AT+CMUT None  N  N AT+SPEAKER None  N  N AT+ECHO None  N  N AT+SIDET None  N  N AT+VIP None  N  N AT+DUI PIN  N  N AT+HUI PIN  N  N AT+RUI PIN  N  N Network Service Commands AT commands  Conditions  SIM dependence  Intermediate AT+CSQ None  N  N AT+COPS +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CREG None  N  Y AT+WOPN None  N  N AT+CPOL +WIND: 7  Y  Y
Appendix I – Conditions for Command Execution and SIM Dependence Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 177  Security Commands AT commands  Conditions  SIM dependence  Intermediate AT+CPIN +WIND: 1  Y  N AT+CPIN2  after PIN entered  Y  N AT+CPINC +WIND: 1  Y  N AT+CLCK +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CPWD +WIND: 4  Y  N Phonebook Commands AT commands  Conditions  SIM dependence  Intermediate AT+CPBS +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CPBR +WIND: 4  Y  Y AT+CPBF +WIND: 4  Y  Y AT+CPBW +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CPBP +WIND: 4  Y  Y AT+CPBN +WIND: 4  Y  Y AT+CNUM +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+WAIP None  N  N AT+CSVM +WIND: 4  N  N Short Messages Commands AT commands  Conditions  SIM dependence  Intermediate AT+CSMS +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CNMA +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CPMS +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CMGF +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CSAS   Y  N AT+CRES   Y  N AT+CSDH +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CNMI +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CMGR +WIND: 4  Y  Y AT+CMGL +WIND: 4  Y  Y AT+CMGS +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CMGW +WIND: 4  Y  Y AT+CMSS +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CSMP +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CMGD +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CSCA   Y  N AT+CSCB +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+WCBM +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+WMSC +WIND: 4  Y  Y AT+WMGO +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+WUSS None  N  N Supplementary Services Commands AT commands  Conditions  SIM dependence  Intermediate AT+CCFC +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CLCK +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CPWD +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CCWA +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CLIR +WIND: 4 Y  N AT+CLIP +WIND: 4 Y  N AT+COLP +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CAOC +WIND: 4  Y  Y AT+CACM +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CAMM +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CPUC +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CHLD +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+CLCC None  N  N AT+CSSN None  N  N AT+CUSD None  N  N AT+CCUG +WIND: 4  Y  Y
Appendix I – Conditions for Command Execution and SIM Dependence Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 178  Data Commands  AT commands  Conditions  SIM dependence  Intermediate AT+CBST None  N  N AT+FCLASS None  N  N AT+CR None  N  N AT+CRC None  N  N AT+ILRR +WIND: 4 N  N AT+CRLP None  N  N AT+DOPT None  N  N AT%C None  N  N AT+DS None  N  N AT+DR None  N  N \N None N  N Fax Commands  AT commands  Conditions  SIM dependence  Intermediate AT+FTM None  N  N AT+FRM None  N  N AT+FTH None  N  N AT+FRH None  N  N AT+FTS None  N  N AT+FRS None  N  N Class 2 Commands  AT commands  Conditions  SIM dependence  Intermediate AT+FDT None  N  N AT+FDR None  N  N AT+FET None  N  N AT+FPTS None  N  N AT+FK None  N  N AT+FBOR None  N  N AT+FBUF None  N  N AT+FCQ None  N  N AT+FCR None  N  N AT+FDIS None  N  N AT+FDCC None  N  N AT+FLID None  N  N AT+FPHCTO None  N  N  V24-V25 Commands  AT commands  Conditions  SIM dependence  Intermediate AT+IPR None  N  N AT+ICF None  N  N AT+IFC None  N  N AT&C None  N N AT&D None  N N AT&S None  N N ATO +WIND: 4  N N ATQ None  N N ATV None  N N ATZ None  N N AT&W None  N N AT&T None  N N ATE None  N N AT&F None  N N AT&V None  N N ATI None  N N AT+WMUX None  N  N
Appendix I – Conditions for Command Execution and SIM Dependence Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 179  Specific AT Commands  AT commands  Conditions  SIM dependence  Intermediate AT+CCED None  N  N AT+WIND None  N  N AT+ADC None  N  N AT+CMER None  N  N AT+WLPR +WIND: 1  N  N AT+WLPW +WIND: 1  N  N AT+WIOR None  N  N AT+WIOW None  N  N AT+WIOM None  N  N AT+WAC None  N  N AT+WTONE None  N  N AT+WDTMF None  N  N AT+WDWL None  N  N AT+WVR None  N  N AT+WDR None  N  N AT+WSVG None  N  N AT+WSTR None  N  N AT+WSCAN None  N  N AT+WRIM None  N  N AT+W32K None  N  N AT+WCDM None  N  N AT+WCCS +WIND: 4  N  N AT+WLCK  None (PIN for auto CNL)  N (Y for auto CNL)  N AT+CPHS +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+WMIR None  N  N AT+WCDP None  N  N AT+WMBN PIN  Y  N AT+WOPEN None  N  N AT+WRST None  N  N AT+WSST None  N  N  SIM ToolKit Commands AT commands  Conditions  SIM dependence  Intermediate AT+STSF None  N  N AT+STIN +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+STGI +WIND: 4  Y  N AT+STGR +WIND: 4  Y  N
Index Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 180   Index  % %C  Select data compression ..................................70 %D  Automatic dialing with DTR ..............................20 & &C  Set DCD signal..................................................82 &D  Set DTR signal ..................................................82 &F  Restore factory settings.....................................84 &S  Set DSR signal ..................................................83 &T  Auto-tests ..........................................................84 &V  Display configuration .........................................85 &W  Save configuration............................................84 + +ADC  Analog digital converter measurements .......90 +CACM  Accumulated call meter .............................61 +CALA Alarm Management .....................................16 +CAMM  Accumulated call meter maximum ............62 +CAOC  Advice of charge ........................................61 +CBST  Bearer Type Selection ................................67 +CCED  Cell environment description......................87 +CCFC  Call forwarding ...........................................57 +CCID Card Identification ........................................14 +CCLK Clock Management......................................16 +CCUG  Closed User Group....................................65 +CCWA  Call waiting................................................59 +CEER  Extended error report ...............................140 +CEER, Failure Cause...........................................143 +CFUN Set phone functionality................................15 +CGACT  PDP context activate or deactivate........130 +CGANS  Manual response to network request for PDP context activation .......................................138 +CGATT  Attach or Detach ....................................129 +CGAUTO  Automatic response to network request for PDP context activation ..................................137 +CGCLASS  GPRS Mobile Station Class ..............132 +CGDATA  Enter Data State..................................131 +CGDCONT  Define PDP Context .........................124 +CGEREP  GPRS Event Reporting .......................134 +CGMI Manufacturer identification...........................12 +CGMM Request Model Identification .....................12 +CGMR Request revision identification....................12 +CGPADDR  Show PDP Address..........................139 +CGQMIN  Quality of Service Profile Minimum Acceptable..........................................................128 +CGQREQ  Quality of Service Profile Requested..126 +CGREG  GPRS network registration status .........135 +CGSMS  Select service for MO SMS messages..133 +CHLD  Call related supplementary services...........62 +CICB  Incoming Call Bearer ...................................20 +CIMI Request IMSI.................................................13 +CIND  Indicator Control..........................................92 +CKPD Keypad control ............................................16 +CLCC  List current calls .........................................63 +CLCK  Call barring .................................................58 +CLCK  Facility lock .................................................35 +CLIP  Calling line identification presentation ..........60 +CLIR  Calling line identification restriction ..............59 +CME ERROR  GPRS-related errors.....................143 +CME Error Result Code .......................................145 +CMEC  Mobile equipment control mode.................93 +CMEE Report Mobile Equipment errors .................16 +CMER  Mobile equipment event reporting .............91 +CMGD  Delete message ........................................53 +CMGF  Preferred Message Format........................46 +CMGL  List message..............................................50 +CMGR  Read message ..........................................49 +CMGS  Send message ..........................................51 +CMGW  Write Message to Memory .......................51 +CMMS  More messages to send............................56 +CMS ERROR Message service failure result code...........................................................................146 +CMSS  Send Message from Storage .....................52 +CMUT  Microphone Mute Control ..........................22 +CNMA  New Message Acknowledgement..............44 +CNMI  New message indication .............................48 +CNUM  Subscriber number ....................................41 +COLP  Connected line identification presentation..60 +COPN   Read Operator Name ...............................31 +COPS  Operator Selection .....................................26 +CPAS Phone activity status ...................................15 +CPBF  Find phonebook entries ..............................38 +CPBN  Move action in phonebook .........................40 +CPBP  Phonebook phone search ..........................40 +CPBR  Read phonebook entries ............................37 +CPBS  Select phonebook memory storage............37 +CPBW  Write phonebook entry ..............................39 +CPHS  CPHS command ......................................104 +CPIN  Enter PIN.....................................................32 +CPIN2  Enter PIN2.................................................34 +CPINC  PIN remaining attempt number .................34 +CPLS  Selection of Preferred PLMN list.................29 +CPMS  Preferred Message Storage.......................45 +CPOF Power off.....................................................14 +CPOL  Preferred operator list.................................29 +CPUC  Price per unit and currency table ...............62 +CPWD  Change password .....................................36 +CPWD  Modify SS password .................................58 +CR  Service reporting control ...............................140 +CR  Service Reporting Control...............................68 +CRC  Cellular result codes...................................139 +CRC  Cellular Result Codes...................................69 +CREG  Network Registration .................................28 +CRLP  Radio link protocol parameters ...................70 +CSAS  Save Settings .............................................46 +CSCA  Service center address ..............................53 +CSCB  Select Cell Broadcast Message Types.......54 +CSCS Select TE character set...............................13 +CSDH  Show text mode parameters ......................47 +CSMP  Set Text Mode Parameters........................52 +CSMS  Select message service.............................44 +CSNS  Single Numbering Scheme ........................21 +CSQ  Signal Quality ...............................................26 +CSSN  Supplementary Service Notifications..........64 +CSVM  Set Voice Mail Number ..............................42
Index Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 181 +CUSD  Unstructured Supplementary Service Data 65 +DOPT  Others radio link parameters......................70 +DR  V42bis data compression report .....................71 +DS  V42bis data compression................................71 +ECHO  Echo Cancellation......................................23 +FBOR  Page transfer bit order ...............................76 +FBUF  Buffer size report ........................................76 +FCLASS  Select Mode ...........................................68 +FCQ  Copy quality checking...................................76 +FCR  Capability to receive .....................................76 +FDCC  DCE capabilities parameters......................78 +FDIS  Current sessions parameters .......................77 +FDR  Receive Data ................................................75 +FDT  Transmit Data................................................75 +FET  Transmit page punctuation............................75 +FK  Terminate Session...........................................76 +FLID  Local ID string ..............................................78 +FPHCTO  Page transfer timeout parameter...........78 +FPTS  Page transfer status parameters.................75 +FRH  HDLC receive speed.....................................74 +FRM  Receive speed..............................................73 +FRS  Receive silence.............................................74 +FTH  HDLC transmit speed....................................73 +FTM  Transmit speed .............................................73 +FTS  Stop transmission and wait ...........................74 +GCAPCapabilities list .............................................14 +ICF  DTE-DCE character framing ..........................81 +IFC  DTE-DCE local flow control............................82 +ILRR  DTE-DCE local rate reporting ......................69 +IPR  Fixed DTE rate...............................................80 +SIDET  SideTone modification ...............................24 +SPEAKER  Speaker & Microphone selection.........22 +STCR  Unsolicited Result SIM ToolKit Control Response ...........................................................121 +STGI  SIM ToolKit Get Information ......................118 +STGR  SIM ToolKit Give Response .....................121 +STIN  SIM ToolKit Indication................................117 +STSF  SIM ToolKit Set Facilities ..........................115 +VGR, +VGT  Gain control ......................................21 +VIP  Initialize Voice Parameters.............................25 +VTD, +VTS  DTMF signals.....................................19 +W32K  32kHz power down mode.........................101 +WAC  Abort command ...........................................95 +WAIP  Avoid phonebook initialization.....................42 +WALS Alternate line service.................................110 +WATH  Hang-up...................................................112 +WCBM  Cell Broadcast Message Identifiers ..........54 +WCCS  Custom character set ..............................102 +WCDM  Change default melody...........................101 +WCDP  Change default player .............................108 +WCPI  CPHS information .....................................107 +WCSP  Customer service profile..........................108 +WDCI  Unsolicited result diverted call indicator....106 +WDCP  Delete Calls Phonebook............................42 +WDR  Data Rate ....................................................98 +WDTMF  Play DTMF tone......................................97 +WDWL  Downloading .............................................97 +WGPRS  GPRS Parameters Customization ........141 +WIND  General Indications.....................................89 +WIOM  Input/Output Management .........................95 +WIOR  Read GPIO value .......................................94 +WIOW  Write GPIO value.......................................94 +WLCK  Lock .........................................................103 +WLPR  Read Language Preference.......................93 +WLPW  Write Language Preference ......................94 +WMBN CPHS mail box number ...........................109 +WMBS  Multi-band selection ................................112 +WMIR  Customer storage mirror ..........................108 +WMSC  Message status modification.....................55 +WMUX  Multiplexing Mode.....................................86 +WNON  Network operator name ..........................107 +WOPEN  Open AT control command...................110 +WOPN  Read operator name .................................28 +WPCS Phonebook Character Set ..........................13 +WRIM  Ring Indicator Mode .................................100 +WRST  Reset .......................................................111 +WSCAN  Scan .......................................................99 +WSST  Set standard tone ....................................112 +WSTR  Status Request ..........................................99 +WSVG  Select Voice Gain......................................99 +WSVN Write IMEI SVN ........................................112 +WTONE  Play tone.................................................96 +WUSS  Unchange SMS Status ..............................56 +WVMI  Unsolicited result voice mail indicator.......106 +WVR  Voice Rate ...................................................98 3 32kHz power down mode  +W32K.........................101 A A  Answer a call .......................................................18 A/  Repeat last command.........................................14 Abort command  +WAC ...........................................95 Accumulated call meter  +CACM .............................61 Accumulated call meter maximum  +CAMM ............62 Advice of charge  +CAOC ........................................61 Alarm Management  +CALA ....................................16 Alternate line service  +WALS................................110 Analog digital converter measurements  +ADC .......90 Answer a call  A .......................................................18 AT Command Examples ........................................166 Automatic answer  S0 ..............................................20 Automatic dialing with DTR  %D ..............................20 Automatic response to network request for PDP context activation  +CGAUTO ............................137 Auto-tests  &T ..........................................................84 Avoid phonebook initialization  +WAIP.....................42 B Back to online mode  O............................................83 Bearer Type Selection  +CBST ................................67 Buffer size report  +FBUF ........................................76 C Call barring  +CLCK .................................................58 Call forwarding  +CCFC ...........................................57 Call related supplementary services  +CHLD...........62 Call waiting  +CCWA................................................59 Calling line identification presentation  +CLIP ..........60 Calling line identification restriction  +CLIR ..............59 Capabilities list +GCAP............................................14 Capability to receive  +FCR .....................................76 Card Identification  +CCID .......................................14 Cell Broadcast Message Identifiers +WCBM ...........54 Cell environment description  +CCED......................87 Cellular result codes  +CRC.............................69, 139 Change default melody  +WCDM...........................101 Change default player  +WCDP .............................108 Change password  +CPWD .....................................36 Clock Management  +CCLK.....................................16
Index Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 182 Closed User Group  +CCUG....................................65 Command line AT.........................................................................10 Command Type and Next Action Indicator.............173 Commands, Call Control Answer a call  A....................................................18 Automatic answer  S0...........................................20 Automatic dialing with DTR  %D...........................20 Dial command D ...................................................17 DTMF signals  +VTD, +VTS .................................19 Echo Cancellation  +ECHO ..................................23 Gain control  +VGR, +VGT...................................21 Hang-Up command  H..........................................18 Incoming Call Bearer  +CICB ...............................20 Initialize Voice Parameters  +VIP .........................25 Microphone Mute Control  +CMUT.......................22 Redial last telephone number  DL ........................19 SideTone modification  +SIDET ...........................24 Single Numbering Scheme  +CSNS.....................21 Speaker & Microphone selection  +SPEAKER .....22 Commands, Data Bearer Type Selection  +CBST ............................67 Cellular result codes  +CRC .................................69 DTE-DCE local rate reporting  +ILRR...................69 Others radio link parameters  +DOPT ..................70 Radio link protocol parameters  +CRLP ...............70 Select data compression  %C...............................70 Select data error correcting mode  \N...................72 Select Mode  +FCLASS........................................68 Service Reporting Control  +CR ...........................68 V42bis data compression  +DS ............................71 V42bis data compression report  +DR..................71 Commands, Fax HDLC receive speed  +FRH .................................74 HDLC transmit speed  +FTH ................................73 Receive silence  +FRS .........................................74 Receive speed  +FRM ..........................................73 Stop transmission and wait  +FTS........................74 Transmit speed  +FTM .........................................73 Commands, Fax Class 2 Buffer size report  +FBUF.....................................76 Capability to receive  +FCR..................................76 Copy quality checking  +FCQ ...............................76 Current sessions parameters  +FDIS ...................77 DCE capabilities parameters  +FDCC ..................78 Local ID string  +FLID...........................................78 Page transfer bit order  +FBOR............................76 Page transfer status parameters  +FPTS .............75 Page transfer timeout parameter  +FPHCTO .......78 Receive Data  +FDR.............................................75 Terminate Session  +FK .......................................76 Transmit Data  +FDT............................................75 Transmit page punctuation  +FET ........................75 Commands, General Alarm Management  +CALA.................................16 Capabilities list +GCAP ........................................14 Card Identification +CCID.....................................14 Clock Management  +CCLK .................................16 Keypad control  +CKPD........................................16 Manufacturer Identification +CGMI .......................12 Phone activity status  +CPAS...............................15 Phonebook Character Set  +WPCS .....................13 Power off  +CPOF ................................................14 Product Serial Number  +CGSN...........................12 Repeat last command  A/ .....................................14 Report Mobile Equipment errors  +CMEE ............16 Request IMSI  +CIMI ............................................13 Request Model Identification +CGMM ..................12 Request revision identification +CGMR ................12 Select TE character set  +CSCS ..........................13 Set phone functionality  +CFUN ...........................15 Commands, GPRS Automatic response to network request for PDP context activation +CGAUTO..........................137 Cellular result codes  +CRC ...............................139 Define PDP Context  +CGDCONT .....................124 Enter Data State  +CGDATA ..............................131 Extended error report  +CEER ...........................140 GPRS Attach or Detach  +CGATT .....................129 GPRS Event Reporting  +CGEREP....................134 GPRS Mobile Station Class  +CGCLASS...........132 GPRS network registration status  +CGREG .....135 GPRS Parameters Customization  +WGPRS.....141 GPRS-related errors +CME ERROR..................143 Manual response to network request for PDP context activation +CGANS ............................138 PDP context activate or deactivate  +CGACT ....130 Quality of Service Profile Minimum Acceptable  +CGQMIN .......................................................128 Quality of Service Profile Requested  +CGQREQ........................................................................126 Request GPRS IP service  D..............................135 Select service for MO SMS messages  +CGSMS........................................................................133 Service reporting control  +CR ...........................140 Show PDP Address  +CGPADDR ......................139 Commands, Network Service Network Registration  +CREG..............................28 Operator Selection  +COPS .................................26 Preferred operator list  +CPOL .............................29 Read Operator Name  +COPN.............................31 Read operator name  +WOPN .............................28 Selection of Preferred PLMN list  +CPLS .............29 Signal Quality  +CSQ............................................26 Commands, Phonebook Avoid phonebook initialization  +WAIP .................42 Delete Calls Phonebook +WDCP .........................42 Find phonebook entries  +CPBF ..........................38 Move action in phonebook  +CPBN......................40 Phonebook phone search  +CPBP .......................40 Read phonebook entries  +CPBR ........................37 Select phonebook memory storage  +CPBS ........37 Set Voice Mail Number  +CSVM ..........................42 Subscriber number  +CNUM ................................41 Write phonebook entry  +CPBW...........................39 Commands, Security Change password  +CPWD..................................36 Enter PIN  +CPIN .................................................32 Enter PIN2  +CPIN2 .............................................34 Facility lock  +CLCK .............................................35 Pin remaining attempt number  +CPINC ..............34 Commands, Short Messages Cell Broadcast Message Identifiers +WCBM........54 Delete message  +CMGD.....................................53 List message  +CMGL..........................................50 Message overwriting +WMGO..............................55 Message status modification  +WMSC .................55 More messages to send  +CMMS ........................56 New Message Acknowledgement  +CNMA ..........44 New message indication  +CNMI .........................48
Index Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 183 Preferred Message Format  +CMGF ....................46 Preferred Message Storage  +CPMS ...................45 Read message  +CMGR ......................................49 Restore settings  +CRES......................................46 Save Settings  +CSAS..........................................46 Select Cell Broadcast Message Types  +CSCB ...54 Select message service  +CSMS .........................44 Send message  +CMGS.......................................51 Send Message From Storage  +CMSS ................52 Service center address  +CSCA...........................53 Set Text Mode Parameters  +CSMP ....................52 Show text mode parameters  +CSDH...................47 Unchange SMS Status +WUSS ...........................56 Write Message to Memory  +CMGW....................51 Commands, SIM ToolKit SIM ToolKit Get Information  +STGI...................118 SIM ToolKit Give Response (+STGR) ................121 SIM ToolKit Indication  +STIN ............................117 SIM ToolKit Set Facilities  +STSF ......................115 Unsolicited Result SIM ToolKit Control Response  +STCR ............................................................121 Commands, Specific +WRST...............................................................111 32kHz power down mode +W32K ......................101 Abort command  +WAC........................................95 Alternate line service  +WALS ............................110 Analog digital converter measurements  +ADC....90 Cell environment description  +CCED ..................87 Change default melody  +WCDM .......................101 Change default player  +WCDP .........................108 CPHS command  +CPHS...................................104 CPHS information  +WCPI .................................107 CPHS mail box number  +WMBN.......................109 Custom character set +WCCS ...........................102 Customer service profile  +WCSP ......................108 Customer storage mirror  +WMIR.......................108 Data Rate  +WDR.................................................98 Downloading  +WDWL .........................................97 General Indications  +WIND .................................89 Hang-up  +WATH ...............................................112 Indicator Control  +CIND ......................................92 Input/Output Management  +WIOM......................95 Lock  +WLCK .....................................................103 Mobile equipment control mode  +CMEC .............93 Mobile equipment event reporting  +CMER..........91 Multi-band selection  +WMBS ............................112 Network operator name  +WNON.......................107 Open AT control command  +WOPEN ...............110 Play DTMF tone  +WDTMF ..................................97 Play tone  +WTONE .............................................96 Read GPIO value  +WIOR....................................94 Read Language Preference  +WLPR ...................93 Ring Indicator Mode +WRIM ..............................100 Scan +WSCAN.....................................................99 Select Voice Gain  +WSVG ..................................99 Set standard tone  +WSST.................................112 Status Request  +WSTR ......................................99 Unsolicited result diverted call indicator  +WDCI 106 Unsolicited result voice mail indicator  +WVMI ...106 Voice Rate  +WVR ...............................................98 Write GPIO value  +WIOW ...................................94 Write IMEI SVN  +WSVN....................................112 Write Language Preference  +WLPW...................94 Commands, Supplementary Services Accumulated call meter  +CACM..........................61 Accumulated call meter maximum  +CAMM.........62 Advice of charge  +CAOC ....................................61 Call barring  +CLCK..............................................58 Call forwarding  +CCFC........................................57 Call related supplementary services  +CHLD .......62 Call waiting  +CCWA ............................................59 Calling line identification presentation  +CLIP ......60 Calling line identification restriction  +CLIR ..........59 Closed User Group  +CCUG ................................65 Connected line identification presentation  +COLP..........................................................................60 List current calls +CLCC.......................................63 Modify SS password  +CPWD..............................58 Price per unit and currency table  +CPUC............62 Supplementary Service Notifications  +CSSN ......64 Unstructured Supplementary Service Data  +CUSD..........................................................................65 Commands, V24-V25 Auto-tests  &T.......................................................84 Back to online mode  O ........................................83 DCE response format  V.......................................83 Default configuration  Z ........................................83 Display configuration  &V .....................................85 DTE-DCE character framing  +ICF.......................81 DTE-DCE local flow control  +IFC ........................82 Echo  E.................................................................84 Fixed DTE rate  +IPR ...........................................80 Multiplexing Mode  +WMUX .................................86 Request identification information  I......................85 Restore factory settings  &F .................................84 Result code suppression  Q..................................83 Save configuration  &W ........................................84 Set DCD signal  &C ..............................................82 Set DSR signal  &S ..............................................83 Set DTR signal  &D ..............................................82 Connected line identification presentation  +COLP..60 Copy quality checking  +FCQ...................................76 CPHS command  +CPHS ......................................104 CPHS information  +WCPI .....................................107 CPHS Information Field .........................................163 CPHS mail box number  +WMBN ..........................109 CRES  Restore settings ...........................................46 Current sessions parameters  +FDIS.......................77 Custom character set  +WCCS ..............................102 Customer service profile  +WCSP..........................108 Customer storage mirror  +WMIR ..........................108 D D  Dial command......................................................17 D  Request GPRS IP service .................................135 Data Commands and Multiplexing .........................162 Data packets ..........................................................162 Data Rate  +WDR ....................................................98 DCE capabilities parameters  +FDCC......................78 DCE response format  V ..........................................83 Default configuration  Z ............................................83 Define PDP Context  +CGDCONT.........................124 Delete Calls Phonebook +WDCP.............................42 Delete message  +CMGD ........................................53 Dial command D.......................................................17 Display configuration  &V .........................................85 DL  Redial last telephone number ............................19 Downloading  +WDWL.............................................97 DTE-DCE character framing  +ICF ..........................81 DTE-DCE local flow control  +IFC............................82
Index Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 184 DTE-DCE local rate reporting  +ILRR ......................69 DTMF signals  +VTD, +VTS.....................................19 E E  Echo ....................................................................84 Echo  E ....................................................................84 Echo Cancellation  +ECHO......................................23 Enter Data State  +CGDATA..................................131 Enter PIN  +CPIN.....................................................32 Enter PIN2  +CPIN2.................................................34 Extended error report  +CEER ...............................140 F Facility lock  +CLCK.................................................35 Failure cause..........................................................147 Failure cause for +CEER .......................................143 Fax application setup ...............................................74 Fax Class 2 indication messages.............................79 Find phonebook entries  +CPBF ..............................38 Fixed DTE rate  +IPR...............................................80 G Gain control  +VGR, +VGT ......................................21 General Indications  +WIND.....................................89 GPRS AT command examples ..............................142 GPRS Attach or Detach  +CGATT .........................129 GPRS Event Reporting  +CGEREP .......................134 GPRS Mobile Station Class  +CGCLASS ..............132 GPRS network registration status  +CGREG .........135 GPRS Parameters Customization  +WGPRS ........141 GPRS-related errors  +CME ERROR ....................143 GSM call barring sequences list.............................153 GSM call forwarding sequences list .......................152 GSM call waiting sequences list.............................153 GSM number presentation sequences list .............153 GSM security sequences list ..................................152 GSM sequences list ...............................................152 H H  Hang-Up command .............................................18 Hang-up  +WATH...................................................112 Hang-Up command  H .............................................18 HDLC receive speed  +FRH.....................................74 HDLC transmit speed  +FTH....................................73 I I  Request identification information .........................85 Incoming Call Bearer  +CICB ...................................20 Indicator Control  +CIND..........................................92 Information responses, result codes ........................10 Initialization ..............................................................11 Initialize Voice Parameters  +VIP.............................25 Input/Output Management  +WIOM .........................95 K Keypad control  +CKPD ...........................................16 L Line settings .............................................................10 List current calls  +CLCC .........................................63 List message  +CMGL..............................................50 Local ID string  +FLID ..............................................78 Lock  +WLCK .........................................................103 M Manual response to network request for PDP context activation  +CGANS............................................138 Manufacturer identification +CGMI...........................12 ME SIM ToolKit Support.........................................170 Message overwriting  +WMGO ................................55 Message status modification  +WMSC.....................55 Microphone Mute Control  +CMUT ..........................22 Mobile equipment control mode  +CMEC.................93 Mobile equipment event reporting  +CMER .............91 Modify SS password  +CPWD .................................58 More messages to send  +CMMS............................56 Move action in phonebook  +CPBN .........................40 Multi-band selection  +WMBS ................................112 Multiplexing mode +WMUX......................................86 N N  Select data error correcting mode .......................72 Network operator name  +WNON ..........................107 Network Registration  +CREG .................................28 Network requested PDP context activation ............136 New Message Acknowledgement  +CNMA..............44 New message indication  +CNMI .............................48 O O  Back to online mode............................................83 Open AT control command  +WOPEN...................110 Operator names .....................................................154 Operator Selection  +COPS .....................................26 Other radio link parameters  +DOPT........................70 P Page transfer bit order  +FBOR ...............................76 Page transfer status parameters  +FPTS.................75 Page transfer timeout parameter  +FPHCTO...........78 Parameters storage................................................150 PDP Context Activate or Deactivate +CGACT .......130 Phone activity status  +CPAS ..................................15 Phone number length...............................................11 Phonebook Character Set  +WPCS .........................13 Phonebook phone search  +CPBP ..........................40 PIN remaining attempt number  +CPINC .................34 Play DTMF tone  +WDTMF......................................97 Play tone  +WTONE.................................................96 Power down control via RS232 ..............................175 Power off  +CPOF....................................................14 Preferred Message Format  +CMGF........................46 Preferred Message Storage  +CPMS.......................45 Preferred operator list  +CPOL.................................29 Price per unit and currency table  +CPUC ...............62 Product Serial Number  +CGSN ..............................12 Q Q  Result code suppression .....................................83 Quality of Service Profile Minimum Acceptable  +CGQMIN...........................................................128 Quality of Service Profile Requested  +CGQREQ..126 R Radio link protocol parameters  +CRLP ...................70 Read GPIO value  +WIOR .......................................94 Read Language Preference  +WLPR.......................93 Read message  +CMGR ..........................................49 Read Operator Name  +COPN ................................31 Read operator name  +WOPN .................................28
Index Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Wireless GSM/GPRS AT Commands - PN S000293E 185 Read phonebook entries  +CPBR ............................37 Receive Data  +FDR ................................................75 Receive silence  +FRS.............................................74 Receive speed  +FRM..............................................73 Redial last telephone number  DL ............................19 Remote disconnection..............................................18 Repeat last command A/..........................................14 Report Mobile Equipment errors  +CMEE ................16 Report Mobile Equipment errors+CMEE ..................16 Request GPRS IP service  D .................................135 Request identification information  I .........................85 Request IMSI +CIMI.................................................13 Request Model Identification +CGMM .....................12 Request revision identification +CGMR....................12 Reset  +WRST .......................................................111 Restore factory settings  &F.....................................84 Restore settings  +CRES .........................................46 Result code suppression  Q .....................................83 Result codes unsolicited ..........................................................149 Result codes final...................................................149 Result codes intermediate......................................149 Ring Indicator Mode  +WRIM .................................100 S S0  Automatic answer ..............................................20 Save configuration  &W............................................84 Save Settings  +CSAS .............................................46 Scan  +WSCAN .......................................................99 Select Cell Broadcast Message Types  +CSCB.......54 Select data compression  %C ..................................70 Select data error correcting mode  \N ......................72 Select message service  +CSMS.............................44 Select Mode  +FCLASS ...........................................68 Select phonebook memory storage  +CPBS............37 Select service for MO SMS messages  +CGSMS..133 Select TE character set  +CSCS..............................13 Select Voice Gain  +WSVG......................................99 Selection of Preferred PLMN list  +CPLS.................29 Send message  +CMGS ..........................................51 Send Message from Storage  +CMSS .....................52 Service center address  +CSCA ..............................53 Service reporting control  +CR ...............................140 Service Reporting Control  +CR...............................68 Set DCD signal  &C..................................................82 Set DSR signal  &S ..................................................83 Set DTR signal  &D ..................................................82 Set phone functionality  +CFUN...............................15 Set standard tone  +WSST ....................................112 Set Text Mode Parameters  +CSMP........................52 Set Voice Mail Number  +CSVM ..............................42 Short Messages Commands Parameters definition .43 Show PDP Address  +CGPADDR..........................139 Show text mode parameters  +CSDH ......................47 SideTone modification  +SIDET ...............................24 Signal Quality  +CSQ ...............................................26 SIM Application ToolKit Overview ..........................113 SIM Card Insertion and Removal .............................11 SIM Conditions Class 2 Commands ............................................178 Data commands .................................................178 Fax commands...................................................178 General commands ............................................176 Specific AT commands.......................................179 V24-V25 commands ...........................................178 SIM conditions for command execution and dependence........................................................176 SIM for UCS2, coding of alpha fields .....................174 SIM Toolkit Error codes..........................................116 SIM ToolKit Get Information  +STGI ......................118 SIM ToolKit Give Response  +STGR .....................121 SIM ToolKit Indication  +STIN ................................117 SIM ToolKit Set Facilities  +STSF ..........................115 Single Numbering Scheme  +CSNS ........................21 Speaker & Microphone selection  +SPEAKER.........22 Specific error result codes......................................146 Status Request  +WSTR ..........................................99 Stop transmission and wait  +FTS ...........................74 Structure of Terminal Profile ..................................171 Subscriber number  +CNUM ....................................41 Supplementary Service Notifications  +CSSN..........64 T Terminate Session  +FK...........................................76 Transmit Data  +FDT ...............................................75 Transmit page punctuation  +FET ............................75 Transmit speed  +FTM.............................................73 U Unchange SMS Status  +WUSS ..............................56 Unsolicited result diverted call indicator  +WDCI....106 Unsolicited Result SIM ToolKit Control Response  +STCR................................................................121 Unsolicited result voice mail indicator  +WVMI.......106 Unstructured Supplementary Service Data  +CUSD 65 Using commands during data connection ................66 V V  DCE response format ..........................................83 V42bis data compression  +DS................................71 V42bis data compression report  +DR .....................71 Voice Rate  +WVR ...................................................98 W Write GPIO value  +WIOW.......................................94 Write IMEI SVN  +WSVN .......................................112 Write Language Preference  +WLPW ......................94 Write Message to Memory  +CMGW .......................51 Write phonebook entry  +CPBW ..............................39 Z Z  Default configuration ............................................83

Navigation menu